Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2015

Securities Act File No. 333-195070

 

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

Post-Effective Amendment No. 4

 

 

THL CREDIT, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 450-4424

Sam W. Tillinghast/Christopher J. Flynn

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

Cynthia M. Krus

Lisa A. Morgan

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001

 

 

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

x

when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Title of Securities Being Registered		Amount Being Registered		Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)		Amount of Registration Fee(1)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share(2)
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share(2)
Warrants(2)
Subscription Rights(3)
Debt Securities(4)
TOTAL				$300,000,000(5)		$20,737(6)

(1)

Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.

(2)	Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of common stock, preferred stock, or warrants as may be sold, from time to time. Warrants represent rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities.

(3)	Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of subscription rights as may be sold, from time to time, representing rights to purchase common stock.

(4)

Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $300.0 million.

(5)	In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $300.0 million.

(6)	Previously paid.

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

May 27, 2015

$300,000,000

THL Credit, Inc.

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

 

 

This prospectus relates to the offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 of shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities.” There is $250,000,000 of securities available for issuance under this prospectus as a result of our issuance of $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% notes in November 2014. We may sell our common stock through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus.

We may offer shares of common stock at a discount to net asset value per share in certain circumstances. On June 3, 2014, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue up to 25% of our outstanding common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period ending on June 3, 2015. Sales of common stock at prices below net asset value per share dilute the interests of existing stockholders, have the effect of reducing our net asset value per share and may reduce our market price per share. For offerings of common stock made after June 3, 2014, the offering price per share will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our voting securities and approval of our board of directors, or (3) under such circumstances as the Securities and Exchange Commission may permit. Sales of common stock below net asset value per share are at the discretion of management with the approval of our board of directors but there is no maximum discount on the amount of dilution of existing stockholders. See “Risks” for more information.

We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We are managed by our investment adviser, THL Credit Advisors LLC, which also provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We are a direct lender to middle-market companies and invest in subordinated, or mezzanine, debt and second lien secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans as well as residual interests, or equity of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, from time to time. We also may provide advisory services to managed funds.

Substantially all of the debt securities in which the Company invests are below investment grade debt securities and are often referred to as “high yield” or “junk” securities. Exposure to below investment grade securities involves certain risk, and those securities are viewed as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. A material amount of our debt investments contain interest reset provisions that may make it more difficult for the borrowers to make debt repayments. Further, our debt investments generally will not pay down principal during their term which could result in a substantial loss to us if the portfolio company is unable to refinance or repay the debt at maturity.

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TCRD.” On May 26, 2015, the last reported sale price of a share of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $12.56. The net asset value per share of our common stock at March 31, 2015 (the last date prior to the date of this prospectus on which we determined net asset value) was $13.20.

Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. It contains important information about us that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in our securities. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information is available free of charge by contacting us THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st floor, Boston, MA 02110, or by calling us at (800) 450-4424 or on our website at www.thlcredit.com. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website at www.sec.gov where such information is available without charge upon request. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk, including credit risk and the risk of the use of leverage. Before buying any securities, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock in “Risks” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

 

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2015.

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
Prospectus Summary			1
Fees and Expenses			11
Selected Consolidated Financial Data			14
Risks			17
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			46
Use of Proceeds			47
Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions			48
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges			51
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations			52
Senior Securities			93
Portfolio Companies			94
The Company			102
Management of the Company			116
Certain Relationships			127
Control Persons and Principal Stockholders			131
The Advisor			134
Determination of Net Asset Value			145
Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value			148
Dividend Reinvestment Plan			153
Description of Our Capital Stock			155
Description of Our Preferred Stock			158
Description of Our Subscription Rights			160
Description of Warrants			162
Description of Our Debt Securities			164
Regulation			178
Tax Matters			184
Plan of Distribution			191
Custodian			193
Transfer Agent			193
Brokerage Allocations and Other Practices			193
Legal Matters			193
Experts			193
Additional Information			194
Privacy Principles			194
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting			194
Index to Financial Statements			F-1

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement to this prospectus. We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to provide you with different information or to make representations as to matters not stated in this prospectus or any accompanying prospectus supplement. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus and any such supplement do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information in this prospectus and any such supplement is accurate only as of its date, and under no circumstances should the delivery of this prospectus and any such supplement or the sale of any common stock imply that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any later date or that the affairs of THL Credit, Inc. have not changed since such date. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will be updated to reflect material changes.

 

i

---

Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, which constitutes a delayed offering in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities on the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. We may sell our securities through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker, into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. Please carefully read this prospectus and any such supplements together with the additional information described under “Additional Information” and “Risks” sections before you make an investment decision.

A prospectus supplement may also add to, update or change information contained in this prospectus.

 

ii

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

 

13

---

Table of Contents

 

14

---

Table of Contents

 

15

---

Table of Contents

 

16

---

Table of Contents

RISKS

Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, and any prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face, but they are the principal risks associated with an investment in us. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below, together with those set forth in any prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus, are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in our securities, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

We may suffer credit losses.

Investment in middle market companies is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk of credit loss, and therefore our securities may not be suitable for someone with a low tolerance for risk. These risks are likely to increase during an economic recession.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

Our investments generally are made in private companies. Substantially all of these securities are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will be otherwise less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded our investments. Further, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we or an affiliated manager have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

There will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

A large percentage of our portfolio investments are in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. We value these securities on a quarterly basis in accordance with our valuation policy, which is at all times consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting policies (“GAAP”). Our board of directors utilizes the services of third-party valuation firms to aid it in determining the fair value of these securities. The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value in good faith based on the input of our investment adviser and the respective third-party valuation firms. The factors that may be considered in fair value pricing our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on our ability to manage future growth effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our ability to acquire suitable investments and monitor and administer those investments, which depends, in turn, on THL Credit Advisors ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria.

 

17

---

Table of Contents

Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of the structuring of our investment process and the ability of our investment adviser to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us. Our executive officers and the members of our investment adviser’s investment committee have substantial responsibilities in connection with their roles at THL Credit and with the other THL Credit funds, as well as responsibilities under the investment advisory and management agreement. They may also be called upon to provide significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. These demands on their time, which will increase as the number of investments grow, may distract them or slow the rate of investment. In order to grow, THL Credit Advisors will need to hire, train, supervise, manage and retain new employees. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so effectively. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, as we grow, we may open up new offices in new geographic regions that may increase our direct operating expenses without corresponding revenue growth.

We may experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rates payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rates on such securities, the level of our expenses (including the interest rates payable on our borrowings), the dividend rates payable on preferred stock we issue, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates, including fluctuations in interest rates which could adversely affect our profitability.

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities, and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our investment objective and rate of return on investment capital. A portion of our income will depend upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the interest rate on the debt securities in which we invest. Because we will borrow money to make investments and may issue debt securities, preferred stock or other securities, our net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay interest or dividends on such debt securities, preferred stock or other securities and the rate at which we invest these funds. Typically, we anticipate that our interest earning investments will accrue and pay interest at both variable and fixed rates, and that our interest-bearing liabilities will accrue interest at variable rates. The benchmarks used to determine the floating rates earned on our interest earning investments are London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, with maturities that range between one and twelve months and alternate base rate, or ABR, (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), with no fixed maturity date. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. We use a combination of equity and long-term and short-term borrowings to finance our investment activities.

A significant increase in market interest rates could harm our ability to attract new portfolio companies and originate new loans and investments. We expect that a portion of our investments in debt will be at floating rates with a floor. However, in the event that we make investments in debt at variable rates, a significant increase in market interest rates could also result in an increase in our non-performing assets and a decrease in the value of our portfolio because our floating-rate loan portfolio companies may be unable to meet higher payment obligations. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, resulting in a decrease in our net investment income. In addition, a decrease in interest rates may reduce net income, because new investments may be made at lower rates despite the increased demand for our capital that the decrease in interest rates may produce. We may, but will not be required to, hedge against the risk of adverse movement in interest rates in our short-term and long-term borrowings relative to our portfolio of assets. If we engage in hedging activities, it may

 

18

---

Table of Contents

limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we fail to continue to qualify as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility and could significantly increase our costs of doing business. Furthermore, any failure to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the 1940 Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us.

To the extent we use debt or preferred stock to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

To the extent we borrow money, or issue preferred stock, to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay dividends on preferred stock and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, except to the extent we issue fixed rate debt or preferred stock, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Because we have substantial indebtedness, there could be increased risk in investing in our company.

Lenders have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of stockholders, and we have granted, and may in the future grant, lenders a security interest in our assets in connection with borrowings. In the case of a liquidation event, those lenders would receive proceeds before our stockholders. In addition, borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged.

Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to decline more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our revenue in excess of interest expense on our borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage. Any decrease in our revenue would cause our net income to decline more than it would have had we not borrowed funds and could negatively affect our ability to make distributions on common stock. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. We and, indirectly, our stockholders will bear the cost associated with our leverage activity.

As of March 31, 2015, there was $303.5 million of commitments under our revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and $106.5 million of commitments under our term loan agreement, or Term Loan Facility.

 

19

---

Table of Contents

The Revolving Facility has a maturity date of April 2018 (with a one year term out period beginning in April 2017). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, we are required to make mandatory prepayments on our loans from the proceeds we receive from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt. The Term Loan Facility has a maturity date of April 2019. Each of the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility, together the Facilities, includes an accordion feature permitting us to expand the Facilities, if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $600.0 million. ING serves as administrative agent, lead arranger and bookrunner under each of the Facilities.

On November 18, 2014, we closed a public offering of $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% notes, or the Notes, which included the subsequent exercise of an overallotment. The Notes mature on November 15, 2021, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after November 15, 2017. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.75% per year.

As of March 31, 2015, there was $261.9 million of borrowings outstanding against the Facilities at a weighted average interest rate of 3.04%. As of March 31, 2015, there was $50.0 million of Notes payable at an interest rate of 6.75%. As of March 31, 2015, our asset coverage ratio was over 200%. This example is for illustrative purposes only, and actual interest rates on our Facility borrowing are likely to fluctuate. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital resources—Credit Facility” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital resources— Notes” for additional information about the Facilities and Notes.

As a BDC, generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). In addition, we may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on our outstanding common shares, or purchase any such shares, unless, at the time of such declaration or purchase, we have asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price. If this ratio declines below 200%, we may not be able to incur additional debt and may need to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, and we may not be able to make distributions.

The following table is designed to illustrate the effect on the return to a holder of our common stock on the leverage created by our use of borrowing at March 31, 2015 of $311.9 million at an average interest rate at the time of 3.63%, and assuming hypothetical annual returns on our portfolio of minus 10 to plus 10 percent. The table also assumes that we maintain a constant level of leverage and a constant weighted average interest rate. The amount of leverage we use will vary from time to time. As can be seen, leverage generally increases the return to stockholders when the portfolio return is positive and decreases return to stockholders when the portfolio return is negative. Actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table below.

 

Assumed return on portfolio (net of expenses)(1)			(10.00%)				(5.00%)				0.00%				5.00	%			10.00	%
Corresponding return to common stockholders(2)			(20.87%)				(11.71%)				(2.55%)				6.60	%			15.76	%

 

(1)	The assumed portfolio return is required by regulation of the SEC and is not a prediction of, and does not represent, our projected or actual performance.

(2)

In order to compute the “corresponding return to common stockholders,” the “assumed return on the portfolio” is multiplied by the total value of our assets at the beginning of the period ($812.5 million as of March 31, 2015) to obtain an assumed return to us. From this amount, all interest expense expected to be accrued during the period ($11.3 million) is subtracted to determine the return available to stockholders. The return available to stockholders is then divided by the total value of our net assets as of the beginning of the period ($443.6 million) to determine the “corresponding return to common stockholders.”

 

20

---

Table of Contents

The Notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of THL Credit, Inc. and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries are a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish. In addition, our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

The indenture under which our Notes were issued offers limited protection to holders of our Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes were issued offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

•

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC (these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt or the sale of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowings);

 

•

pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes;

 

•

sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

 

•

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

•

create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

•

make investments; or

 

•

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

In addition, the indenture will not require us to offer to purchase the Notes in connection with a change of control or any other event.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow, or liquidity.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Certain of our current debt instruments include more protections for their holders than the indenture and the Notes. In addition, other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources—Credit Facility.” The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Notes.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the Revolving Facility, the Term Loan Facility or other indebtedness to which we may be a party that is not waived by the required lenders or holders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or other debt that we may incur in the future to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or other debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders or holders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or other debt, the lenders or holders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations, including the lenders under the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Facility, could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Facility have, and any future credit facilities will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness under the Notes, the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

We may default under the Facilities or any future borrowing facility we enter into or be unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

As of March 31, 2015, all of our assets were pledged as collateral under the Facilities. In the event we default under the Facilities or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell all or a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous

 

22

---

Table of Contents

prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under the Facilities or such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under the Facilities or such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Substantially all of our assets are subject to security interests under the Facilities and if we default on our obligations under the Facilities we may suffer adverse consequences, including foreclosure on our assets.

As of March 31, 2015, all of our assets were pledged as collateral under the Facilities. If we default on our obligations under the Facilities, the lenders may have the right to foreclose upon and sell, or otherwise transfer, the collateral subject to their security interests or their superior claim. In such event, we may be forced to sell our investments to raise funds to repay our outstanding borrowings in order to avoid foreclosure and these forced sales may be at times and at prices we would not consider advantageous. Moreover, such deleveraging of our company could significantly impair our ability to effectively operate our business in the manner in which we have historically operated. As a result, we could be forced to curtail or cease new investment activities and lower or eliminate the dividends that we have historically paid to our stockholders.

In addition, if the lenders exercise their right to sell the assets pledged under the Facilities, such sales may be completed at distressed sale prices, thereby diminishing or potentially eliminating the amount of cash available to us after repayment of the amounts outstanding under the Facilities.

Because we use debt to finance our investments and have issued senior securities, and, in the future, may issue additional senior securities, including preferred stock and debt securities, if market interest rates were to increase, our cost of capital could increase, which could reduce our net investment income.

Because we borrow money to make investments and have issued senior securities and, in the future, may issue additional senior securities, including preferred stock and debt securities, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. In addition, a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees payable to THL Credit Advisors. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may in the future determine to fund a portion of our investments with preferred stock, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss and the risks of investing in us in the same way as our borrowings.

Preferred stock, which is another form of leverage, has the same risks to our common stockholders as borrowings because the dividends on any preferred stock we issue must be cumulative. Payment of such dividends and repayment of the liquidation preference of such preferred stock must take preference over any dividends or other payments to our common stockholders, and preferred stockholders are not subject to any of our expenses or losses and are not entitled to participate in any income or appreciation in excess of their stated preference.

 

23

---

Table of Contents

Our use of borrowed funds to make investments exposes us to risks typically associated with leverage.

We borrow money and may issue additional debt securities or preferred stock to leverage our capital structure. As a result:

 

•

our common shares would be exposed to incremental risk of loss; therefore, a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on the value of our common shares than if we did not use leverage;

 

•

any depreciation in the value of our assets may magnify losses associated with an investment and could totally eliminate the value of an asset to us;

 

•

if we do not appropriately match the assets and liabilities of our business and interest or dividend rates on such assets and liabilities, adverse changes in interest rates could reduce or eliminate the incremental income we make with the proceeds of any leverage;

 

•

our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be restricted if our asset coverage ratio, as provided in the 1940 Act, is not at least 200%, and any amounts used to service indebtedness or preferred stock would not be available for such dividends;

 

•

any credit facility would be subject to periodic renewal by our lenders, whose continued participation cannot be guaranteed;

 

•

such securities would be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility or affecting our investment or operating policies, and may require us to pledge assets or provide other security for such indebtedness;

 

•

we, and indirectly our common stockholders, bear the entire cost of issuing and paying interest or dividends on such securities;

 

•

if we issue preferred stock, the special voting rights and preferences of preferred stockholders may result in such stockholders’ having interests that are not aligned with the interests of our common stockholders, and the rights of our preferred stockholders to dividends and liquidation preferences will be senior to the rights of our common stockholders;

 

•

any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common shares; and

 

•

any custodial relationships associated with our use of leverage would conform to the requirements of the 1940 Act, and no creditor would have veto power over our investment policies, strategies, objectives or decisions except in an event of default or if our asset coverage was less than 200%.

Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test and we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our senior securities at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

To the extent original issue discount and PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash representing such income.

Our investments may include original issue discount, or OID, instruments and contractual PIK, interest, which represents contractual interest added to a loan balance and due at the end of such loan’s term. To the extent OID or PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we are exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash. Such risks include:

 

•

The higher interest rates of OID and PIK instruments reflect the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with these instruments, and OID and PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans.

 

24

---

Table of Contents

•

Even if the accounting conditions for income accrual are met, the borrower could still default when our actual collection is supposed to occur at the maturity of the obligation.

 

•

OID and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral. OID and PIK income may also create uncertainty about the source of our cash distributions.

 

•

For accounting purposes, any cash distributions to shareholders representing OID and PIK income are not treated as coming from paid-in capital, even though the cash to pay them comes from the offering proceeds. As a result, despite the fact that a distribution representing OID and PIK income could be paid out of amounts invested by our stockholders, the 1940 Act does not require that stockholders be given notice of this fact by reporting it as a return of capital.

 

•

PIK interest has the effect of generating investment income at a compounding rate, thereby further increasing the incentive fees payable to the Advisor. Similarly, all things being equal, the deferral associated with PIK interest also decreases the loan-to-value ratio at a compounding rate.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with making a loan, or possibly in other circumstances, or PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of PIK arrangements are included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. In addition, the PIK interest of many subordinated loans effectively operates as negative amortization of loan principal, thereby increasing credit risk exposure over the life of the loan because more will be owed at the end of the term of the loan than was owed when the loan was initially originated. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash.

Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our status as a RIC. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements.

We may pay an incentive fee on income we do not receive in cash.

That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Consequently, while we may make incentive fee payments on income accruals that we may not collect in the future and with respect to which we do not have a formal clawback right against our investment adviser per se, the amount of accrued income written off in any period will reduce the income in the period in which such write-off was taken and thereby reduce such period’s incentive fee payment, but only to the extent that such an incentive fee is payable for that period because the write-off will not be carried forward to reduce any incentive fee payable in subsequent quarters.

The highly competitive market in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we make. We compete with other BDCs, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, CLO funds, commercial finance

 

25

---

Table of Contents

companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Additionally, because competition for investment opportunities generally has increased among alternative investment vehicles such as hedge funds, entities have begun to invest in areas in which they had not traditionally invested. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities intensified in recent years and may intensify further in the future. Some of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC and that the Code imposes on us as a RIC. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this existing and potentially increasing competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

With respect to the investments we make, we do not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are lower than the rates we offer. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss. We may also compete for investment opportunities with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by THL Credit Advisors. Although THL Credit Advisors will allocate opportunities in accordance with its policies and procedures, allocations to such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles will reduce the amount and frequency of opportunities available to us and may not be in the best interests of us and our stockholders.

We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment adviser for our future success, and if our investment adviser is unable to retain qualified personnel or if our investment adviser loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the members of senior management of THL Credit Advisors, particularly its Co-Chief Executive Officers, Sam W. Tillinghast and Christopher J. Flynn, its President, W. Hunter Stropp, its Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Terrence W. Olson, and its Chief Legal Officer, Stephanie Paré Sullivan, collectively, the THL Credit Principals. Messrs. Tillinghast, Flynn, Stropp and Olson constitute the investment committee of THL Credit Advisors’ direct lending platform, or the Investment Principals, which serves as our investment committee. The Investment Principals and other investment professionals make up our investment team and are responsible for the identification, final selection, structuring, closing and monitoring of our investments. These investment team members have critical industry experience and relationships that we will rely on to implement our business plan. Our future success depends on the continued service of the THL Credit Principals and the rest of our investment adviser’s senior management team. The departure of any of the members of THL Credit Advisors’ senior management or a significant number of the members of its investment team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. As a result, we may not be able to operate our business as we expect, and our ability to compete could be harmed, which could cause our operating results to suffer. In addition, we can offer no assurance that THL Credit Advisors will remain our investment adviser or our administrator.

 

26

---

Table of Contents

Our investment adviser has the right to resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

THL Credit Advisors has the right, under our investment management agreement, to resign at any time upon not more than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a new replacement or not. If our investment adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our net investment income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will need additional capital to finance our growth and such capital may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

We have elected to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we meet certain requirements, including source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements, and if we continue to qualify as a BDC, we will continue to qualify to be a RIC under the Code and will not have to pay corporate-level income taxes on income we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, allowing us to substantially reduce or eliminate our corporate-level income tax liability. As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200% at the time we issue any debt or preferred stock. This requirement limits the amount that we may borrow. Because we will continue to need capital to grow our investment portfolio, this limitation may prevent us from incurring debt or preferred stock and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. We cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, and debt financings may be restricted by the terms of any of our outstanding borrowings. In addition, as a BDC, we are generally not permitted to issue common stock priced below net asset value without stockholder approval. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new lending and investment activities, and our net asset value could decline.

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval (except as required by the 1940 Act). However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results or value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects could adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our investment adviser and its affiliates, senior management and employees have certain conflicts of interest.

Our investment adviser, its senior management and employees serve or may serve as investment advisers, officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business. For example, THL Credit Advisors serves as investment adviser to one or more private funds and registered closed-end funds. In

 

27

---

Table of Contents

addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more registered closed-end funds. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds, the fulfillment of which might not be in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, certain of the personnel employed by our investment adviser or focused on our business may change in ways that are detrimental to our business. Any affiliated investment vehicle formed in the future and managed by THL Credit Advisors or its affiliates may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. As a result, THL Credit Advisors may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and such other entities. Although THL Credit Advisors will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in such investments. In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. We, THL Credit Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by THL Credit Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be obtained at all.

There are potential conflicts of interest between us and the funds managed by us which could impact our investment returns.

THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway LLC, and THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC, or Greenway II LLC, are portfolio companies and are managed by us. As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC limited liability agreement, we established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by us. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the accounts of related investment vehicles.

Certain of our officers serve or may serve in an investment management capacity to Greenway and Greenway II. As a result, investment professionals may allocate such time and attention as is deemed appropriate and necessary to carry out operations of Greenway and Greenway II. In this respect, they may experience diversions of their attention from us and potential conflicts of interest between their work for us and their work for Greenway and Greenway II in the event that the interests of Greenway and Greenway II run counter to our interests.

Greenway and Greenway II invests in the same or similar asset classes that we target. These investments may be made at the direction of the same individuals acting in their capacity on behalf of us, Greenway and Greenway II. As a result, there may be conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between us, Greenway and Greenway II. We may or may not participate in investments made by funds managed by us or one of our affiliates.

We are dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends.

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control and adversely affect our business. There could be:

 

•

sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

 

•

natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

 

28

---

Table of Contents

•

disease pandemics;

 

•

events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and

 

•

cyber-attacks.

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

The failure in cyber security systems, as well as the occurrence of events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems and management continuity planning could impair our ability to conduct business effectively.

The occurrence of a disaster such as a cyber attack, a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, a terrorist attack or war, events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems, or a support failure from external providers, could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly if those events affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval systems or destroy data. If a significant number of our managers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct our business could be severely compromised.

We depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems could be subject to cyber attacks and unauthorized access, such as physical and electronic break-ins or unauthorized tampering. Like other companies, we may experience threats to our data and systems, including malware and computer virus attacks, unauthorized access, system failures and disruptions. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, financial losses, litigation, increased costs, regulatory penalties and/or customer dissatisfaction or loss.

Our base management fee may induce our investment adviser to incur leverage.

Our base management fee is calculated on the basis of our total assets, including assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage. This may encourage the Advisor to use leverage to increase the aggregate amount of and the return on our investments, even when it may not be appropriate to do so, and to refrain from delivering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so. Under certain circumstances, the use of increased leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would impair the value of our common stock. Given the subjective nature of the investment decisions made by our investment adviser on our behalf, we will not be able to monitor this conflict of interest.

Our incentive fee may induce our investment adviser to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

The incentive fee payable by us to THL Credit Advisors may create an incentive for THL Credit Advisors to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to THL Credit Advisors is determined, which is calculated separately in two components as a percentage of the interest and other ordinary income in excess of a quarterly minimum hurdle rate and as a percentage of the realized gain on invested capital, may encourage our THL Credit Advisors to use leverage or take additional risk to increase the return on our investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor the holders of our common stock, or of securities convertible into our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock. In addition, THL Credit Advisors receives the incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments.

 

29

---

Table of Contents

Unlike the portion of the incentive fee based on ordinary income, there is no minimum level of gain applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, THL Credit Advisors may have an incentive to invest more in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities or to advance or delay realizing a gain in order to enhance its incentive fee. This practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to certain of our debt investments and may accordingly result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, we will bear our ratable share of any such investment company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to THL Credit Advisors with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of other investment companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our common stockholders will bear his or her share of the management and incentive fee of THL Credit Advisors as well as indirectly bear the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment companies in which we invest.

We may be obligated to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation payments even if we have incurred unrecovered cumulative losses from more than three years prior to such payments and may pay more than 20% of our net capital gains as incentive compensation payments because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.

Our investment adviser will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a threshold return for that quarter and subject to a total return requirement. The general effect of this total return requirement is to prevent payment of the foregoing incentive compensation except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. Consequently, we may pay an incentive fee if we incurred losses more than three years prior to the current calendar quarter even if such losses have not yet been recovered in full. Thus, we may be required to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an incentive fee of 20.0% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INVESTMENTS

We invest primarily in debt and equity securities of middle market companies and we may not realize gains from our equity investments.

We are a direct lender to middle-market companies and invest in first lien and second lien loans, including through unitranche investments, as well as subordinated debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or similar securities. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments and may also selectively invest in the residual interests, or equity, of CLOs. Investments in CLOs can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

 

30

---

Table of Contents

Our investments in prospective private and middle market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investment in private and middle market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on the ability of THL Credit Advisors’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us. Middle market companies also generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies.

Our investments in lower credit quality obligations are risky and highly speculative, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Most of our debt investments are likely to be in lower grade obligations. The lower grade investments in which we invest may be rated below investment grade by one or more nationally-recognized statistical rating agencies at the time of investment or may be unrated but determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The debt in which we invest typically is not rated by any rating agency, but we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, lower than “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s). We may invest without limit in debt of any rating, as well as debt that has not been rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

Investment in lower grade investments involves a substantial risk of loss. Lower grade securities or comparable unrated securities are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and principal and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments. The market values for lower grade debt tend to be very volatile and are less liquid than investment grade securities. For these reasons, your investment in our company is subject to the following specific risks: increased price sensitivity to a deteriorating economic environment; greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality; adverse company specific events are more likely to render the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments; and if a negative perception of the lower grade debt market develops, the price and liquidity of lower grade securities may be depressed. This negative perception could last for a significant period of time.

We may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not generally intend to take controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. To the extent that we do not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, we are subject to the risk that such portfolio

 

31

---

Table of Contents

company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of such portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company, and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

The portfolio companies in which we have invested debt capital usually have, or may be permitted to incur with certain limitations, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the mezzanine, or subordinated, loans and second lien loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under

 

32

---

Table of Contents

such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

If the assets securing the loans that we make decrease in value, then we may lack sufficient collateral to cover losses.

We will at times take a security interest in the available assets of these portfolio companies, including the equity interests of their subsidiaries and, in some cases, the equity interests of our portfolio companies held by their stockholders. There is a risk that the collateral securing these types of loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of a portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. Additionally, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for these types of loans. Moreover, in the case of most of our investments, we do not have a first lien position on the collateral. Consequently, the fact that a loan may be secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Economic downturns or recessions could impair the value of the collateral for our loans to our portfolio companies and consequently increase the possibility of an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Many of our portfolio companies are susceptible to economic recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments.

Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of the portfolio company’s loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if a portfolio company goes bankrupt, even though we may have structured our investment as mezzanine debt, or senior secured debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant “managerial assistance,” if any, to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. These events could harm our financial condition and operating results.

We may suffer a loss if a portfolio company defaults on a loan and the underlying collateral is not sufficient.

In the event of a default by a portfolio company on a secured loan, we will only have recourse to the assets collateralizing the loan. If the underlying collateral value is less than the loan amount, we will suffer a loss. In

 

33

---

Table of Contents

addition, we often make loans that are unsecured, which are subject to the risk that other lenders may be directly secured by the assets of the portfolio company. In the event of a default, those collateralized lenders would have priority over us with respect to the proceeds of a sale of the underlying assets. In cases described above, we may lack control over the underlying asset collateralizing our loan or the underlying assets of the portfolio company prior to a default, and as a result the value of the collateral may be reduced by acts or omissions by owners or managers of the assets.

In the event of bankruptcy of a portfolio company, we may not have full recourse to its assets in order to satisfy our loan, or our loan may be subject to equitable subordination. In addition, certain of our loans are subordinate to other debt of the portfolio company. If a portfolio company defaults on our loan or on debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a portfolio company bankruptcy, our loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt receives payment. Where debt senior to our loan exists, the presence of intercreditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend our loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise our remedies (through “standstill” periods) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to the portfolio company. Bankruptcy and portfolio company litigation can significantly increase collection losses and the time needed for us to acquire the underlying collateral in the event of a default, during which time the collateral may decline in value, causing us to suffer losses.

If the value of collateral underlying our loan declines or interest rates increase during the term of our loan, a portfolio company may not be able to obtain the necessary funds to repay our loan at maturity through refinancing. Decreasing collateral value and/or increasing interest rates may hinder a portfolio company’s ability to refinance our loan because the underlying collateral cannot satisfy the debt service coverage requirements necessary to obtain new financing. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss which may adversely impact our financial performance.

Our loans could be subject to equitable subordination by a court which would increase our risk of loss with respect to such loans.

Courts may apply the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim or lien of a lender against a borrower to claims or liens of other creditors of the borrower, when the lender or its affiliates is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct. The courts have also applied the doctrine of equitable subordination when a lender or its affiliates is found to have exerted inappropriate control over a client, including control resulting from the ownership of equity interests in a client. We have made direct equity investments or received warrants in connection with loans representing approximately 6.0% of the aggregate amortized cost basis of our portfolio as of March 31, 2015. Payments on one or more of our loans, particularly a loan to a client in which we also hold an equity interest, may be subject to claims of equitable subordination. If we were deemed to have the ability to control or otherwise exercise influence over the business and affairs of one or more of our portfolio companies resulting in economic hardship to other creditors of that company, this control or influence may constitute grounds for equitable subordination and a court may treat one or more of our loans as if it were unsecured or common equity in the portfolio company. In that case, if the portfolio company were to liquidate, we would be entitled to repayment of our loan on a pro-rata basis with other unsecured debt or, if the effect of subordination was to place us at the level of common equity, then on an equal basis with other holders of the portfolio company’s common equity only after all of its obligations relating to its debt and preferred securities had been satisfied.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments in order to: (1) increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage; (2) exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or (3) attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our initial investment. We have the

 

34

---

Table of Contents

discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. We may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments. Our failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make such follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, because we prefer other opportunities, because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements or because we desire to maintain our tax status. In addition, our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by THL Credit Advisors’ allocation policy.

Our ability to invest in public companies may be limited in certain circumstances.

To maintain our status as a BDC, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as a qualifying asset only if such issuer has a market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment and meets the other specified requirements.

Our investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates that a portion of our investments may be in securities of foreign companies in order to provide diversification or to complement our U.S. investments although we are required generally to invest at least 70% of our assets in companies organized and having their principal place of business within the U.S. and its possessions. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. These risks many be more pronounced for portfolio companies located or operating primarily in emerging markets, whose economies, markets and legal systems may be less developed.

Although it is anticipated that most of our investments will be denominated in U.S. dollars, our investments that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency may change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk or, that if we do, such strategies will be effective. As a result, a change in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our profitability.

Hedging transactions may expose us to additional risks.

While we may enter into transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek or be able to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition,

 

35

---

Table of Contents

it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. On May 10, 2012, we entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50.0 million, we pay a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receive a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. We entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

We may incur greater risk with respect to investments we acquire through assignments or participations of interests.

Although we originate a substantial portion of our loans, we may acquire loans through assignments or participations of interests in such loans. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to such debt obligation. However, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and we may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under an assigned debt obligation and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest and not directly with the borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. In purchasing participations, we generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the borrower, and we may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which we have purchased the participation. As a result, we will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. In addition, to the extent that the lead institution fails and any borrower collateral is used to reduce the balance of a participated loan, we will be regarded as a creditor of the lead institution and will not benefit from the exercise of any set-off rights by the lead institution or its receiver. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, we will not be able to conduct the same level of due diligence on a borrower or the quality of the loan with respect to which we are buying a participation as we would conduct if we were investing directly in the loan. This difference may result in us being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to such loans than we expected when initially purchasing the participation.

Cyclicality within the energy sector may adversely affect some of our portfolio companies.

Industries within the energy sector are cyclical with fluctuations in commodity prices and demand for, and production of commodities driven by a variety of factors. The highly cyclical nature of the industries within the energy sector may lead to volatile changes in commodity prices, which may adversely affect the earnings of energy companies in which we may invest and the performance and valuation of our portfolio.

Changes in healthcare laws and other regulations applicable to some of our portfolio companies’ businesses may constrain their ability to offer their products and services.

Changes in healthcare or other laws and regulations applicable to the businesses of some of our portfolio companies may occur that could increase their compliance and other costs of doing business, require significant systems enhancements, or render their products or services less profitable or obsolete, any of which could have a material adverse effect on their results of operations. There has also been an increased political and regulatory focus on healthcare laws in recent years, and new legislation could have a material effect on the business and operations of some of our portfolio companies.

 

36

---

Table of Contents

RISKS IN THE CURRENT ENVIRONMENT

Capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability and we cannot predict when these conditions will occur. Such market conditions could materially and adversely affect debt and equity capital markets in the United States and abroad, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The global capital markets have experienced a period of disruption as evidenced by a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the failure of certain major financial institutions. While the capital markets improved during 2013, these conditions could deteriorate in the future. During such market disruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital, especially as a result of regulatory constraints.

Market conditions may in the future make it difficult to extend the maturity of or refinance our existing indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if required. As a result, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments. In addition, significant changes in the capital markets, including the disruption and volatility, have had, and may in the future have, a negative effect on the valuations of our investments and on the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. An inability to raise capital, and any required sale of our investments for liquidity purposes, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, particularly in the Middle East, Eastern Europe and Russia may continue to contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the United States and worldwide financial markets, and may cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain, and Portugal, continue to face budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is also continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union member countries. The recent United States and global economic downturn, or a return to the recessionary period in the United States, could adversely impact our investments. We cannot predict the duration of the effects related to these or similar events in the future on the United States economy and securities markets or on our investments. We monitor developments and seek to manage our investments in a manner consistent with achieving our investment objective, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR OPERATIONS AS A BDC

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

Because we have elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, we are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. We, THL Credit Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by THL Credit Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be obtained. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or

 

37

---

Table of Contents

entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC may limit our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may in the future require a substantial amount of capital. We may acquire additional capital from the issuance of senior securities (including debt and preferred stock) or the issuance of additional shares of our common stock. However, we may not be able to raise additional capital in the future on favorable terms or at all. Additionally, we may only issue senior securities up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act permits us to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such issuance or incurrence. If our assets decline in value and we fail to satisfy this test, we may be required to liquidate a portion of our investments and repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales or repayment may be disadvantageous, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

•

Senior Securities (including debt and preferred stock). As a result of issuing senior securities, we would also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred securities, such securities would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, resulting in preferred stockholders having separate voting rights, dividend and liquidation rights, and possibly other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those granted to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, the issuance of preferred securities could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stockholders or otherwise be in your best interest.

 

•

Additional Common Stock. Our board of directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a BDC, we are generally not able to issue our common stock at a price below net asset value without first obtaining required approvals from our stockholders and our independent directors. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below the Company’s net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors of the offering. Except in connection with the exercise of warrants or the conversion of convertible securities, in any such case the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price, that in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities at the relevant time. We may also make subscription rights offerings or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our securities to our stockholders at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and such stockholders may experience dilution.

Additionally, if we do raise additional capital in one or more subsequent financings, until we are able to invest the net proceeds of such any financing in suitable investments, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, which we expect will earn yields lower than the interest, dividend or other income that we anticipate receiving in respect of investments in debt and equity securities of our target portfolio companies. As a result, our ability to pay dividends in the years of operation during which we have such net proceeds available to invest will be based on our ability to invest our capital in suitable portfolio companies in a timely manner. Further, the management fee payable to our investment adviser, THL Credit Advisors, will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such temporary investments.

 

38

---

Table of Contents

Changes in the laws or regulations governing our business, or changes in the interpretations thereof, and any failure by us to comply with these laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in the laws or regulations or the interpretations of the laws and regulations that govern BDCs, RICs or non-depository commercial lenders could significantly affect our operations and our cost of doing business. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including our loan originations, maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure procedures and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent requirements than those in which we currently conduct business, we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply, or we might have to restrict our operations. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws, regulations and decisions, we may lose licenses needed for the conduct of our business and may be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

Legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a business development company, under the 1940 Act, generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). We also have agreed in the covenant in the Indenture not to violate this section of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provision, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives during the 113^th Congress intended to modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that business development companies may incur. If the legislation is reintroduced and passed, we would be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and, therefore, your risk associated with an investment in the Notes would increase.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation.” We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be found to be in violation of the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs and possibly lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inopportune times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it may be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. For example, we may have difficulty in finding a buyer and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss.

There is a risk that we may not make distributions and consequently will become subject to corporate-level income tax.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or periodically increase our dividend rate.

 

39

---

Table of Contents

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in our investment portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s potential inability to meet its repayment obligations to us. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods.

If we are unable to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we will be subject to corporate-level income tax, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We intend to continue to qualify as a RIC under the Code. As a RIC we do not have to pay federal income taxes on our income (including realized gains) that is distributed to our stockholders, provided that we satisfy certain distribution and other requirements. Accordingly, we are not permitted under accounting rules to establish reserves for taxes on our unrealized capital gains. If we fail to qualify for RIC status in any year, to the extent that we had unrealized gains, we would have to establish reserves for taxes, which would reduce our net asset value and the amount potentially available for distribution. In addition, if we, as a RIC, were to decide to make a deemed distribution of net realized capital gains and retain the net realized capital gains, we would have to establish appropriate reserves for taxes that we would have to pay on behalf of stockholders. It is possible that establishing reserves for taxes could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock.

To maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code, which is required in order for us to distribute our income without being taxed at the corporate level, we must maintain our status as a BDC and meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements and including:

 

•

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, on an annual basis. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and we may be subject to certain financial covenants under our debt arrangements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and, thus, become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

•

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.

 

•

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy these requirements, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Internal Revenue Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and, therefore, will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

Satisfying these requirements may require us to take actions we would not otherwise take, such as selling investments at unattractive prices to satisfy diversification, distribution or source of income requirements. In addition, while we are authorized to borrow funds in order to make distributions, under the 1940 Act we are not permitted to make distributions to stockholders while we have debt obligations or other senior securities outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and

 

40

---

Table of Contents

become or remain subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial conditions, and thus, our stockholders.

RISKS RELATED TO AN INVESTMENT IN OUR SECURITIES

Our common stock price may be volatile and may fluctuate substantially.

As with any stock, the price of our common stock will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. Our common stock is intended for long-term investors and should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Shares of closed-end management investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. Our shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the offering.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our common shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

•

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in the sector in which we operate, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

•

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

•

loss of RIC status;

 

•

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

•

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

•

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

•

departure of key personnel from our investment adviser;

 

•

operating performance of companies comparable to us;

 

•

general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

•

loss of a major funding source.

Certain provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Among other provisions, our directors may be removed for cause only by the affirmative vote of 75% of the holders of our outstanding capital stock. Our board of directors also is authorized to issue preferred stock in one or more series. In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our board of directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of common stock, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions, including mergers and the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of our assets with 10% or greater holders of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates or associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of our board of directors, in which case approval by “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) will be required. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might

 

41

---

Table of Contents

otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders and could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices. See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Anti-takeover provisions.”

Our common stock may trade below its net asset value per share, which limits our ability to raise additional equity capital.

If our common stock is trading below its net asset value per share, we will generally not be able to issue additional shares of our common stock at its market price without first obtaining the approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. Shares of BDCs, including shares of our common stock, have traded at discounts to their net asset values. As of March 31, 2015, our net asset value per share was $13.20. The last reported sale price of a share of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on May 26, 2015 was $12.56. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below our then-current net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors for the offering. The authorization expires on June 3, 2015. Our stockholders also approved a proposal to authorize us to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then-current net asset value per share. If our common stock trades below net asset value, the higher the cost of equity capital may result in it being unattractive to raise new equity, which may limit our ability to grow. The risk of trading below net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our net asset value.

Our Notes are unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have currently incurred or may incur in the future.

The Notes are not secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries have currently incurred and may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes. As of March 31, 2015, we had $155.4 million outstanding under the Revolving Facility and $106.5 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility. The indebtedness under the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Facility is effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

The net asset value per share of our common stock may be diluted if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock or securities to subscribe for or convertible into shares of our common stock.

At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below the Company’s net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors of the offering. Although any such sale must be approved by our board of directors, there is no limit on the amount of dilution that may occur as a result of such sale. If we were to issue shares at a price below net asset value, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to existing common stockholders, which would include a reduction in the net asset value per share as a result of the issuance. This dilution would also include a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance.

 

42

---

Table of Contents

In addition, at our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, our stockholders authorized us to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then current net asset value.

Any decision to sell shares of our common stock below its then current net asset value per share or securities to subscribe for or convert into shares of our common stock would be subject to the determination by our board of directors that such issuance is in our and our stockholders’ best interests.

If we were to sell shares of our common stock below its then current net asset value per share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the net asset value per share of our common stock. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in the stockholders’ interest in our earnings and assets and their voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. Because the number of shares of common stock that could be so issued and the timing of any issuance is not currently known, the actual dilutive effect cannot be predicted.

In addition, if we issue warrants or securities to subscribe for or convert into shares of our common stock, subject to certain limitations, the exercise or conversion price per share could be less than net asset value per share at the time of exercise or conversion (including through the operation of anti-dilution protections). Because we would incur expenses in connection with any issuance of such securities, such issuance could result in a dilution of the net asset value per share at the time of exercise or conversion. This dilution would include reduction in net asset value per share as a result of the proportionately greater decrease in the stockholders’ interest in our earnings and assets and their voting interest than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance.

Further, if our current stockholders do not purchase any shares to maintain their percentage interest, regardless of whether such offering is above or below the then current net asset value per share, their voting power will be diluted. For example, if we sell an additional 10% of our common shares at a 10% discount from net asset value, a stockholder who does not participate in that offering for its proportionate interest will suffer net asset value dilution of up to 0.9% or $9 per $1000 of net asset value. For additional information and hypothetical examples of these risks, see “Sale of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value” and the prospectus supplement pursuant to which such sale is made.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

As a publicly traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other rules implemented by the SEC.

The trading market or market value of our publicly issued debt securities may fluctuate.

Our publicly issued debt securities may or may not have an established trading market. We cannot assure you that a trading market for our publicly issued debt securities will ever develop or be maintained if developed. In addition to our creditworthiness, many factors may materially adversely affect the trading market for, and market value of, our publicly issued debt securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•

the time remaining to the maturity of these debt securities;

 

•

the outstanding principal amount of debt securities with terms identical to these debt securities;

 

43

---

Table of Contents

•

the ratings assigned by national statistical ratings agencies;

 

•

the general economic environment;

•

the supply of debt securities trading in the secondary market, if any;

 

•

the redemption or repayment features, if any, of these debt securities;

 

•

the level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally; and

 

•

market rates of interest higher or lower than rates borne by the debt securities.

You should also be aware that there may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell your debt securities. This too may materially adversely affect the market value of the debt securities or the trading market for the debt securities.

Terms relating to redemption may materially adversely affect your return on any debt securities that we may issue.

If your debt securities are redeemable at our option, we may choose to redeem your debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In addition, if your debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we may be required to redeem your debt securities also at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In this circumstance, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as your debt securities being redeemed.

If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value and market value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value and market value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which may be required by the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. If we do not maintain our required asset coverage ratios, we may not be permitted to declare dividends. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect members of the board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred stockholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.

In the event we issue subscription rights, stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than the net asset value per share of our common stock, then our stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offering. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of a rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Such dilution could be substantial.

 

45

---

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to factors previously identified elsewhere in this prospectus, including the “Risks” section of this prospectus, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:

 

•

the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies;

 

•

changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or financial and capital markets, which could result in changes in the value of our assets;

 

•

the relative and absolute investment performance and operations of our investment adviser;

 

•

the impact of increased competition;

 

•

the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;

 

•

the unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings;

 

•

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

•

the impact, extent and timing of technological changes and the adequacy of intellectual property protection;

 

•

the impact of legislative and regulatory actions and reforms and regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions of government agencies relating to us or THL Credit Advisors;

 

•

the ability of THL Credit Advisors to identify suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

•

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

•

any future financings by us;

 

•

the ability of THL Credit Advisors to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

•

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

•

the impact of changes to tax legislation and, generally, our tax position.

This prospectus and any prospectus supplement, and other statements that we may make, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “trend,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “potential,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements do not meet the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

 

46

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities for general corporate purposes, which include investing in debt and equity securities, repayment of any outstanding indebtedness, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of proceeds from such offering.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from any offering of our securities will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years, depending on the availability of attractive opportunities and market conditions. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve this goal.

Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. The management fee payable by us to our investment adviser will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such securities. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TCRD.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the sales price as a percentage of net asset value for each fiscal quarter. The stock quotations are interdealer quotations and do not include markups, markdowns or commissions.

 

						Sales Price								Premium/ Discount of High Sales Price to NAV(2)				Premium/ Discount of Low Sales Price to NAV(2)
		NAV(1)				High				Low
Year Ended December 31, 2013
First Quarter		$	13.20			$	16.08			$	14.49				22	%			10	%
Second Quarter		$	13.58			$	15.77			$	14.00				16	%			3	%
Third Quarter		$	13.38			$	16.17			$	14.75				21	%			10	%
Fourth Quarter		$	13.36			$	17.00			$	15.27				27	%			14	%
Year Ended December 31, 2014
First Quarter		$	13.34			$	16.61			$	13.78				25	%			3	%
Second Quarter		$	13.28			$	14.27			$	12.80				7	%			-4	%
Third Quarter		$	13.29			$	14.30			$	12.90				8	%			-3	%
Fourth Quarter		$	13.08			$	13.42			$	11.22				3	%			-14	%
2015
First Quarter		$	13.20			$	12.64			$	10.71				-4	%			-19	%
Second Quarter (through May 26, 2015)			*			$	12.62			$	11.61				*				*

 

(1)	NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The NAVs shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.

(2)	Calculated as of the respective high or low sales price premium or discount divided by NAV.

*	NAV for this period has not been determined.

The last reported price for our common stock on May 26, 2015 was $12.56 per share.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. At times, our shares of common stock have traded at a premium to net asset value and at times our shares of common stock have traded at a discount to the net assets attributable to those shares. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade at, above, or below net asset value.

Dividends

We have elected to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain our status as a regulated investment company, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, we are required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of our net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax. We intend to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of our net investment income. Although we intend to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In addition, the extent and timing of special dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors and will largely be driven by portfolio specific events and tax considerations at the time.

 

48

---

Table of Contents

In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares including dividends reinvested, if any:

 

Date Declared		Record Date		Payment Date		Amount Per Share
August 5, 2010		September 2, 2010		September 30, 2010		$	0.05
November 4, 2010		November 30, 2010		December 28, 2010		$	0.10
December 14, 2010		December 31, 2010		January 28, 2011		$	0.15
March 10, 2011		March 25, 2011		March 31, 2011		$	0.23
May 5, 2011		June 15, 2011		June 30, 2011		$	0.25
July 28, 2011		September 15, 2011		September 30, 2011		$	0.26
October 27, 2011		December 15, 2011		December 30, 2011		$	0.28
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$	0.29
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$	0.05
May 2, 2012		June 15, 2012		June 29, 2012		$	0.30
July 26, 2012		September 14, 2012		September 28, 2012		$	0.32
November 2, 2012		December 14, 2012		December 28, 2012		$	0.33
December 20, 2012		December 31, 2012		January 28, 2013		$	0.05
February 27, 2013		March 15, 2013		March 29, 2013		$	0.33
May 2, 2013		June 14, 2013		June 28, 2013		$	0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$	0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$	0.08
October 30, 2013		December 16, 2013		December 31, 2013		$	0.34
March 4, 2014		March 17, 2014		March 31, 2014		$	0.34
May 7, 2014		June 16, 2014		June 30, 2014		$	0.34
August 7, 2014		September 15, 2014		September 30, 2014		$	0.34
November 4, 2014		December 15, 2014		December 31, 2014		$	0.34
March 6, 2015		March 20, 2015		March 31, 2015		$	0.34
May 5, 2015		June 15, 2015		June 30, 2015		$	0.34

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of our status as a regulated investment company. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level. We maintain an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore, a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be sent to our U.S. stockholders of record. Our board of directors presently intends to declare and pay quarterly dividends. Our ability to pay dividends could be affected by future business performance, liquidity, capital needs, alternative investment opportunities and loan covenants.

 

49

---

Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had determined that the tax attributes of its 2015 distributions were 100% from ordinary income, 0% from capital gains and 0% from a return of capital. There can be no certainty to stockholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of the Company’s 2015 distributions to stockholders will actually be. The tax character of distributions declared and paid in 2014 represented $44.2 million from ordinary income, $1.9 million from capital gains and $0 from tax return of capital. The tax character of distributions declared and paid in 2013 represented $43.0 million from ordinary income, $0.3 million from capital gains and $0 from tax return of capital. Generally accepted accounting principles require adjustments to certain components of net assets to reflect permanent differences between financial and tax reporting. These adjustments have no affect on net asset value per share. Permanent differences between financial and tax reporting at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $1.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

 

50

---

Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table contains our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated, computed as set forth below. You should read these ratios of earnings to fixed charges in connection with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes to those statements, included in this prospectus.

 

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)(2)

5.4:1

4.4:1

7.4:1

8.0:1

15.0:1

N/A

 

For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent net increase in stockholders’ equity resulting from operations plus (or minus) income tax expense (benefit), including excise and other tax expenses, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest and credit facility fees expense and amortization of deferred financing costs.

 

(1)	Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses can vary substantially from period to period.

(2)	Not applicable for year ending December 31, 2010 as the Company had no fixed charges.

 

51

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and other parts of this report contain forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to the factors discussed under “Risks” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere herein.

Overview

THL Credit, Inc., or the Company, was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009 and initially funded on July 23, 2009. We commenced principal operations on April 21, 2010. Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated investments in debt and equity securities of middle market companies.

As of March 31, 2015, we, together with our credit-focused affiliates, collectively had $5,533 million of assets under management. This amount included $773 million of our assets, $211 million of assets of the managed funds and separate account managed by us, and $4,549 million of assets of the collateralized loan obligations (CLOs), separate accounts and various fund formats managed by the investment professionals of THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC, the consolidated subsidiary of the Advisor.

We are a direct lender to middle market companies and invest in first lien and second lien secured loans, including through unitranche investments, as well as subordinated debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments and may also selectively invest in the residual interests, or equity, of collateralized loan obligations. We may also provide advisory services to managed funds.

We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act, as amended, or the 1940 Act. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private or thinly traded public U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

As a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private companies, companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million, in each case organized in the United States.

We are also registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act.

Since April 2010, after we completed our initial public offering and commenced principal operations, we have been responsible for making, on behalf of ourselves, managed funds and separately managed account, over approximately an aggregate of $1,560 million in commitments into 79 separate portfolio companies through a combination of both initial and follow-on investments. Since April 2010, we, along with our managed funds and separately managed account, have received $732 million from paydowns related to these investments. The Company alone has received $603 million from paydowns and sales of investments.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

We have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements. Pursuant to these elections, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level income taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders.

Aggregate Cash Flow Realized Gross Internal Rate of Return

Since April 2010, after we completed our initial public offering and commenced principal operations, our exited investments have resulted in an aggregate cash flow realized gross internal rate of return to us of 18.1% (based on cash invested of $483.4 million and total proceeds from these exited investments of $608.2 million). 94.6% of these exited investments resulted in an aggregate cash flow realized gross internal rate of return to us of 10% or greater.

Internal rate of return, or IRR, is a measure of our discounted cash flows (inflows and outflows). Specifically, IRR is the discount rate at which the net present value of all cash flows is equal to zero. That is, IRR is the discount rate at which the present value of total capital invested in our investments is equal to the present value of all realized returns from the investments. Our IRR calculations are unaudited.

Capital invested, with respect to an investment, represents the aggregate cost basis allocable to the realized or unrealized portion of the investment, net of any upfront fees paid at closing for the term loan portion of the investment.

Realized returns, with respect to an investment, represents the total cash received with respect to each investment, including all amortization payments, interest, dividends, prepayment fees, upfront fees (except upfront fees paid at closing for the term loan portion of an investment), amendment fees and other fees and proceeds.

Gross IRR, with respect to an investment, is calculated based on the dates that we invested capital and dates we received distributions, regardless of when we made distributions to our stockholders. Initial investments are assumed to occur at time zero, and all cash flows are deemed to occur on the date in which they did occur.

Gross IRR reflects historical results relating to our past performance and is not necessarily indicative of our future results. In addition, gross IRR does not reflect the effect of management fees, expenses, incentive fees or taxes borne, or to be borne, by us or our stockholders, and would be lower if it did.

Aggregate cash flow realized gross IRR on our exited investments reflects only invested and realized cash amounts as described above, and does not reflect any unrealized gains or losses in our portfolio or non-cash restructuring transactions. Cash flows exclude sales of participations if they were anticipated at the time of the initial investment.

Portfolio Composition and Investment Activity

Portfolio Composition

As of March 31, 2015, we had $748.4 million (at fair value) of portfolio investments, which represents a $35.8 million, or 4.6% decrease from the $784.2 million (at fair value) as of December 31, 2014. We also decreased our portfolio to 57 investments, including THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, and THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC, or Greenway II, as of March 31, 2015, from 60 portfolio investments, including Greenway and Greenway II, as of December 31, 2014.

At March 31, 2015, our average portfolio company investment, exclusive of Greenway, Greenway II and portfolio investments where we only have an equity investment, at amortized cost and fair value was

 

53

---

Table of Contents

approximately $14.2 million and $14.3 million, respectively and our largest portfolio company investment by both amortized cost and fair value was approximately $39.9 million and $40.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2014, our average portfolio company investment, exclusive of Greenway, Greenway II and portfolio investments where we only have an equity investment, at amortized cost and fair value was approximately $14.3 million and $14.3 million, respectively and our largest portfolio company investment by both amortized cost and fair value was approximately $39.9 million and $39.7 million, respectively

At March 31, 2015, based upon fair value, 77.1% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 22.9% bore interest at fixed rates. At December 31, 2014, 72.2% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 27.8% bore interest at fixed rates.

The following table shows the weighted average yield by investment category at their current cost.

 

		As of
Description:		March 31, 2015				December 31, 2014
First lien secured debt			11.4	%			11.3	%
Second lien debt			11.1	%			11.0	%
Subordinated debt(1)			12.9	%			13.4	%
Investments in payment rights(2)			16.8	%			16.8	%
CLO residual interests(2)			13.9	%			13.4	%
Income-producing equity securities			10.7	%			10.6	%
Debt and income-producing investments(3)			11.7	%			11.7	%
Debt investments			11.5	%			11.6	%

 

(1)	Includes the impact of all loans on non-accrual status.

(2)	Yields from investments in payment rights and CLO residual interests represents an effective yield expected from anticipated cash flows.

(3)	Excludes yield on the Logan JV as the fund commenced operations on December 3, 2014.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, portfolio investments, in which we have debt investments, had an average earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA of approximately $29 million and $27 million, respectively, based on the latest available financial information provided by the portfolio companies for each of these periods. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our weighted average attachment point in the capital structure of our portfolio companies is approximately 4.2 times and 4.1 times EBITDA, respectively, for each of these based on our latest available financial information for each of these periods.

As of March 31, 2015, excluding investments made in Greenway and Greenway II, 80.0% of our portfolio investments are in sponsored investments and 20.0% of our portfolio investments are in unsponsored investments. Our portfolio investments as of March 31, 2015 have used our capital for change of control transactions (23.6%), acquisitions/growth capital (27.3%), refinancings (14.5%), recapitalizations (16.4%) and other (18.2%). As March 31, 2015, we have closed portfolio investments with 46 different sponsors since inception.

As of December 31, 2014, excluding investments made in Greenway and Greenway II, 81.0% of our portfolio investments are in sponsored investments and 19.0% of our portfolio investments are in unsponsored investments. Our portfolio investments as of December 31, 2014 have used our capital for change of control transactions (25.9%), acquisitions/growth capital (25.9%), refinancings (13.8%), recapitalizations (17.2%) and other (17.2%). As December 31, 2014, we have closed portfolio investments with 46 different sponsors since inception.

 

54

---

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of investments as of March 31, 2015 (in millions).

 

Description		Amortized Cost				Percentage of Total				Fair Value(1)				Percentage of Total
First lien secured debt		$	384.2				51.9	%		$	382.3				51.0	%
Second lien debt			166.2				22.5	%			165.9				22.2	%
Subordinated debt			71.1				9.6	%			65.7				8.8	%
Equity investments			44.3				6.0	%			57.0				7.6	%
CLO residual interests			33.5				4.5	%			35.2				4.7	%
Investment in Logan JV			24.8				3.4	%			25.2				3.4	%
Investment in payment rights			11.9				1.6	%			13.5				1.8	%
Investments in funds			3.4				0.5	%			3.6				0.5	%
Total investments		$	739.4				100.0	%		$	748.4				100.0	%

 

(1)	All investments are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of investments as of December 31, 2014 (in millions).

 

Description		Amortized Cost				Percentage of Total				Fair Value(1)				Percentage of Total
First lien secured debt		$	396.6				50.9	%		$	393.8				50.3	%
Second lien debt			168.9				21.7	%			168.5				21.5	%
Subordinated debt			103.9				13.3	%			100.7				12.8	%
Equity investments			43.5				5.6	%			52.7				6.7	%
CLO residual interests			34.2				4.4	%			34.9				4.5	%
Investment in Logan JV			16.8				2.2	%			16.7				2.1	%
Investment in payment rights			11.9				1.5	%			13.5				1.7	%
Investments in funds			3.2				0.4	%			3.4				0.4	%
Total investments		$	779.0				100.0	%		$	784.2				100.0	%

 

(1)	All investments are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of March 31, 2015 (in millions).

 

Industry		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Consumer products		$	120.9			$	121.4				27.12	%
IT services			108.6				106.0				23.68	%
Financial services			79.7				74.2				16.57	%
Healthcare			61.2				66.8				14.95	%
Manufacturing			68.3				66.2				14.78	%
Industrials			60.5				60.2				13.44	%
Retail & grocery			43.1				50.8				11.35	%
Energy / utilities			49.7				48.1				10.76	%
Structured products			33.5				35.2				7.86	%
Business services			32.1				32.3				7.22	%
Food & beverage			22.4				23.3				5.20	%
Restaurants			20.9				20.9				4.66	%
Media, entertainment and leisure			16.0				20.5				4.57	%
Transportation			16.4				16.4				3.66	%
Aerospace & defense			6.1				6.1				1.36	%
Total Investments		$	739.4			$	748.4				167.18	%

 

55

---

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2014 (in millions).

 

Industry		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Consumer products		$	120.7			$	120.4				27.15	%
IT services			108.7				106.5				24.02	%
Healthcare			77.5				83.2				18.75	%
Financial services			71.4				68.9				15.55	%
Manufacturing			70.8				68.4				15.41	%
Retail & grocery			53.0				55.8				12.58	%
Industrials			54.6				54.1				12.18	%
Energy / utilities			50.3				48.9				11.04	%
Food & beverage			38.6				39.3				8.85	%
Structured products			34.2				34.9				7.87	%
Business services			32.2				32.2				7.27	%
Media, entertainment and leisure			25.1				29.7				6.69	%
Restaurants			20.8				20.8				4.68	%
Transportation			14.3				14.3				3.21	%
Aerospace & defense			6.8				6.8				1.53	%
Total Investments		$	779.0			$	784.2				176.78	%

Investment Activity

The following is a summary of our investment activity, presented on a cost basis, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions).

 

		Three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
New portfolio investments		$	—			$	91.7
Existing portfolio investments:
Follow-on investments			15.5				32.1
Delayed draw and revolver investments			2.3				1.8
Total existing portfolio investments			17.8				33.9
Total portfolio investment activity		$	17.8			$	125.6
Number of new portfolio investments			—				7
Number of existing portfolio investments			5				5
First lien secured debt		$	8.8			$	67.5
Second lien debt			—				47.2
Subordinated debt			—				8.3
Investments in funds			0.2				0.8
Investment in Logan JV			8.0				—
Equity investments			0.8				1.8
CLO residual interests			—				—
Total portfolio investments		$	17.8			$	125.6
Weighted average yield of new debt investments			10.6	%			10.6	%
Weighted average yield, including all new income-producing investments			10.6	%			10.6	%

 

56

---

Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we received proceeds from prepayments and sales of our investments, including any prepayment premiums, totaling $59.0 million and $39.3 million, respectively.

The following are proceeds received from notable prepayments and sales of our investments (in millions):

For the three months ended March 31, 2015

 

•

Partial sale of a second lien debt investment in BBB US Industries Holdings, Inc., which resulted in proceeds of $2.8 million and included a nominal realized gain;

 

•

Partial sale of a first lien secured debt investment in Charming Charlie, LLC, which resulted in proceeds of $9.9 million and included a nominal realized gain;

 

•

Repayment of a subordinated debt investment in Country Pure Foods, LLC at par, resulting in proceeds of $16.2 million;

 

•

Repayment of a first lien secured debt investment in Ingenio Acquisition, LLC, resulting in proceeds of $9.3 million, which included a prepayment premium of $0.2 million; and

 

•

Repayment of a subordinated debt investment in The Studer Group, L.L.C. at par, resulting in proceeds of $16.9 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014

 

•

Repayment of an investment in LCP Capital Fund LLC, resulting in proceeds of $8.4 million;

 

•

Repayment of a subordinated debt investment in SeaStar Solutions, resulting in proceeds of $16.8 million, which included a prepayment premium of $0.3 million; and

 

•

Partial sale of $4.9 million, which included a nominal realized gain, of a second lien debt investment in Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

Our level of investment activity can vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make. The frequency of volume of any prepayments may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

Investment Risk

The value of our investments will generally fluctuate with, among other things, changes in prevailing interest rates, U.S. federal tax rates, counterparty risk, general economic conditions, the condition of certain financial markets, developments or trends in any particular industry and the financial condition of the issuer. During periods of limited liquidity and higher price volatility, our ability to dispose of investments at a price and time that we deem advantageous may be impaired.

Lower-quality debt securities involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the credit quality of the issuer. The value of lower-quality debt securities often fluctuates in response to company, political, or economic developments and can decline significantly over short periods of time or during periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Lower-quality debt securities can be thinly traded or have restrictions on resale, making them difficult to sell at an acceptable price. The default rate for lower-quality debt securities is likely to be higher during economic recessions or periods of high interest rates.

 

57

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit Logan JV LLC

On December 3, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Perspecta Trident LLC, an affiliate of Perspecta Trust LLC, or Perspecta,, to create THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV, a joint venture, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. All Logan JV investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta.

Logan JV is capitalized with equity contributions which are generally called from its members as transactions are completed. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had equity commitments totaling $150.0 million, of which the Company committed $120.0 million and Perspecta committed $30.0 million.

Equity contributions are called from each member pro-rata, based on their equity commitments. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had received $31.0 million and $8.0 million in aggregate capital of which the Company funded $24.8 million and $6.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had called but not yet received an additional $13.0 million in aggregate capital of which the Company’s pro-rata share is $10.4 million and, which is record as a payable for investments purchased in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2015, remaining equity commitments to Logan JV totaled $119.0 million, of which the Company’s share is $95.2 million and Perspecta’s share is $23.8 million. As of December 31, 2014, remaining equity commitments to Logan JV totaled $129.0 million, of which the Company’s share is $103.2 million and Perspecta’s share is $25.8 million.

We have determined that Logan JV is an investment company under ASC 946, however, in accordance with such guidance, we will generally not consolidate our investment in a company other than a wholly owned investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to us. Accordingly, we do not consolidate our non-controlling interest in Logan JV.

On December 17, 2014, Logan JV entered into a senior credit facility, or the Logan JV Credit Facility, with Deutsche Bank AG which allows Logan JV to borrow up to $50.0 million subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions. The Logan JV Credit Facility can be increased to $200.0 million subject to certain conditions. The revolving loan period ends on December 17, 2016 and the final maturity date is December 17, 2019. As of March 31, 2015, Logan JV had $31.5 million of outstanding debt under the credit facility. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had no outstanding debt under the credit facility. The Logan JV Credit Facility bears interest at three month LIBOR (with no LIBOR floor) plus 2.50%.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had total investments at fair value of $75.0 million and $30.7 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV’s portfolio was comprised of senior secured first lien and second lien loans to 46 and 22 different borrowers, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, none of these loans were on non-accrual status. Additionally, as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had unfunded commitments to revolver and delayed draw loans to its portfolio companies totaling $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The portfolio companies in Logan JV are in industries similar to those in which we may invest directly.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recognized dividend income of $0.3 million related to Logan JV. As of March 31, 2014, Logan JV was not yet formed.

 

58

---

Table of Contents

Below is a summary of Logan JV’s portfolio, followed by a listing of the individual loans in Logan JV’s portfolio as of March 31, 2015:

 

		As of March 31,				As of December 31,
		2015				2014
		(Dollars in thousands)				(Dollars in thousands)
First lien secured debt(1)		$	67,097			$	30,237
Second lien debt(1)			8,500				1,000
Total debt investments		$	75,597			$	31,237
Weighted average yield on first lien senior secured loans(2)			6.5	%			6.5	%
Weighted average yield on second lien loans(2)			9.2	%			10.0	%
Weighted average yield on all loans(2)			6.8	%			6.6	%
Number of borrowers in Logan JV			46				22
Largest loan to a single borrower(1)		$	5,000			$	2,500
Total of five largest loans to borrowers(1)		$	16,975			$	8,994

 

(1)	At current principal amount.

(2)	Weighted average yield at their current cost.

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

Industry

Interest Rate(1)

Initial Acquisition Date

Maturity Date

Principal

Amortized Cost

Fair Value(2)

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

Ability Networks Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6% (LIBOR +5%)

3/17/2015

05/14/2021

$

1,496

$

1,511

$

1,501

Albertson’s Holdings LLC

Retail

5.5% (LIBOR +4.5%)

12/5/2014

08/25/2021

2,000

2,004

2,019

American Pacific Corporation

Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber

7% (LIBOR +6%)

12/10/2014

02/27/2019

995

995

1,000

AP NMT Acquisition B.V.

Media: Broadcasting & Subscription

6.75% (LIBOR +5.75%)

12/18/2014

08/13/2021

1,493

1,471

1,486

Arctic Glacier U.S.A., Inc

Beverage, Food & Tobacco

6% (LIBOR +5%)

2/12/2015

05/10/2019

997

988

992

Avaya Inc

Telecommunications

6.5% (LIBOR +5.5%)

12/18/2014

03/31/2018

1,491

1,478

1,490

BioScrip, Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6.5% (LIBOR +5.25%)

12/22/2014

07/31/2020

938

940

933

BioScrip, Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6.5% (LIBOR +5.25%)

12/22/2014

07/31/2020

563

564

559

Birch Communications, Inc.

Telecommunications

7.75% (LIBOR +6.75%)

12/5/2014

07/17/2020

972

951

967

Caesars Entertainment Resort Properties, LLC

Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

7% (LIBOR +6%)

1/15/2015

10/11/2020

1,496

1,426

1,420

 

59

---

Table of Contents

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

Industry

Interest Rate(1)

Initial Acquisition Date

Maturity Date

Principal

Amortized Cost

Fair Value(2)

Cengage Learning Acquisitions, Inc.

Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing

7% (LIBOR +6%)

12/15/2014

03/31/2020

$

2,487

$

2,465

$

2,501

Compuware Corp

Services: Business

6.25% (LIBOR +5.25%)

12/11/2014

12/15/2021

1,496

1,424

1,454

Creative Artists

Media: Diversified & Production

5.5% (LIBOR +4.5%)

3/16/2015

12/17/2021

2,494

2,525

2,527

Crowne Group LLC

Automotive

6% (LIBOR +5%)

1/14/2015

09/30/2020

1,496

1,474

1,488

CT Technologies Intermediate Holdings, Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6% (LIBOR +5%)

2/11/2015

12/01/2021

1,995

2,015

2,015

CWGS Group, LLC

Automotive

5.75% (LIBOR +4.75%)

12/22/2014

02/20/2020

1,471

1,475

1,486

Delta 2 Lux Sarl

Telecommunications

4.75% (LIBOR +3.75%)

12/18/2014

07/30/2021

1,500

1,468

1,494

EnergySolutions, LLC

Environmental Industries

6.75% (LIBOR +5.75%)

3/16/2015

05/29/2020

2,000

2,025

2,011

Evergreen Skills Lux S.á r.l.

High Tech

5.75% (LIBOR +4.75%)

1/15/2015

04/28/2021

1,497

1,467

1,483

FR Utility Services LLC

Construction & Building

6.75% (LIBOR +5.75%)

12/18/2014

10/18/2019

1,492

1,489

1,493

FullBeauty Brands LP / OSP Group Inc.

Retail

4.75% (LIBOR +3.75%)

3/20/2015

03/18/2021

1,000

995

1,000

Getty Images, Inc.

High Tech Industries

4.75% (LIBOR +3.5%)

2/18/2015

10/18/2019

997

922

844

Great Wolf Resorts Inc.

Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

5.75% (LIBOR +4.75%)

1/15/2015

08/06/2020

997

997

1,001

GTCR Valor Companies, Inc.

Telecommunications

7.75% (LIBOR +6.75%)

12/5/2014

05/30/2021

1,993

1,974

1,988

IMG LLC/William Morris Endeavor Entertainment, LLC

Media: Diversified & Production

5.25% (LIBOR +4.25%)

12/31/2014

05/06/2021

1,492

1,464

1,484

Insurance Technologies

High Tech

8% (LIBOR +7%)

3/26/2015

12/01/2019

2,000

1,980

1,980

Insurance Technologies(3)

High Tech

0% (LIBOR +0%)

3/26/2015

12/01/2019

—

(3

)

—

IPC Corp

Telecommunications

6.5% (LIBOR +5.5%)

2/3/2015

08/06/2021

2,000

1,978

2,016

KOOSHAREM, LLC

Services: Business

7.5% (LIBOR +6.5%)

2/4/2015

05/15/2020

1,995

1,980

1,980

Lattice Semiconductor Corp.

High Tech Industries

5.25% (LIBOR +4.25%)

3/6/2015

03/10/2021

1,000

990

1,004

Margaritaville Holdings LLC

Beverage, Food & Tobacco

7% (LIBOR +6%)

3/12/2015

03/11/2021

5,000

4,950

4,950

Mood Media Corporation

Media: Broadcasting & Subscription

7% (LIBOR +6%)

12/5/2014

05/01/2019

995

981

989

Novitex Acquisition, LLC

Consumer goods: Non-Durable

7.5% (LIBOR +6.25%)

12/5/2014

07/07/2020

995

979

948

 

60

---

Table of Contents

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company		Industry		Interest Rate(1)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity Date				Principal				Amortized Cost				Fair Value(2)
Parq Holdings LP(4)		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR +7.5%)			12/5/2014				12/17/2020			$	—			$	(3	)		$	—
Parq Holdings LP		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR +7.5%)			12/5/2014				12/17/2020				830				814				838
Radio One, Inc.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7.5% (LIBOR +6%)			12/22/2014				03/31/2016				1,492				1,489				1,493
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		6.25% (LIBOR +5.25%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2021				2,494				2,466				2,500
Riverbed Technology, Inc.		High Tech		6% (LIBOR +5%)			2/25/2015				03/25/2022				1,000				995				1,011
Sirva Worldwide, Inc.		Transportation: Cargo		7.5% (LIBOR +6.25%)			12/18/2014				03/27/2019				1,991				1,985				1,991
SourceHOV LLC		Services: Business		6% (LIBOR +5%)			3/17/2015				10/31/2019				1,988				1,904				1,943
Stonewall Gas Gathering LLC		Energy: Oil & Gas		8.75% (LIBOR +7.75%)			1/26/2015				01/28/2022				1,000				951				1,006
TOMS Shoes LLC		Retail		6.5% (LIBOR +5.5%)			12/18/2014				10/31/2020				1,500				1,393				1,393
Varsity Brands		Consumer goods: Durable		6% (LIBOR +5%)			12/10/2014				12/11/2021				998				988				1,010
Verdesian Life Sciences LLC		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		6% (LIBOR +5%)			12/9/2014				07/01/2020				975				974				980
Visant Corp.		Consumer goods: Non-Durable		7% (LIBOR +6%)			1/6/2015				09/23/2021				1,995				1,951				2,007
Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans																		$	66,249			$	66,675
Second Lien Term Loans
Asurion Delivery and Installation Services, Inc.		Telecommunications		8.5% (LIBOR +7.5%)			2/18/2015				03/03/2021				2,000				2,009				2,013
Eastman Kodak Company		High Tech Industries		10.75% (LIBOR +9.5%)			3/24/2015				09/30/2020				1,000				996				1,004
Filtration Group Corporation		Services: Business		8.25% (LIBOR +7.25%)			3/16/2015				11/22/2021				2,000				2,010				2,013
IPC Corp		Telecommunications		10.5% (LIBOR +9.5%)			3/3/2015				02/06/2022				1,500				1,390				1,401
Learfield Communications, Inc.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		8.75% (LIBOR +7.75%)			2/18/2015				10/08/2021				1,000				1,005				1,001
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		10% (LIBOR +9%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2022				1,000				913				929
Total Second Lien Term Loans																		$	8,323			$	8,361
																		$	74,572			$	75,036

 

61

---

Table of Contents

(1)	Variable interest rates indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option. LIBOR rates are subject to interest rate floors.

(2)	Represents fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820. The determination of such fair value is not included in our board of director’s valuation process described elsewhere herein.

(3)	Represents a revolver commitment of $209, which was unfunded as of March 31, 2015.

(4)	Represents a delayed draw commitment of $170, which was unfunded as of March 31, 2015.

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

Industry

Interest Rate(1)

Initial Acquisition Date

Maturity Date

Principal

Amortized Cost

Fair Value(2)

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

Albertson’s Holdings LLC

Retail

5.5% (LIBOR + 4.5%)

12/05/2014

08/25/2021

$

2,000

$

2,004

$

2,003

American Pacific Corporation

Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber

7% (LIBOR + 6%)

12/10/2014

02/27/2019

997

997

996

AP NMT Acquisition B.V.

Media: Broadcasting & Subscription

6.75% (LIBOR + 5.75%)

12/18/2014

08/13/2021

1,496

1,474

1,474

Avaya Inc.

Telecommunications

6.5% (LIBOR + 5.5%)

12/18/2014

03/31/2018

1,496

1,481

1,476

BioScrip, Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6.5% (LIBOR + 5.25%)

12/22/2014

07/31/2020

1,500

1,504

1,496

Birch Communications, Inc.

Telecommunications

7.75% (LIBOR + 6.75%)

12/05/2014

07/17/2020

972

950

957

Cengage Learning Acquisitions, Inc.

Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing

7% (LIBOR + 6%)

12/15/2014

03/31/2020

2,494

2,470

2,473

Compuware Corp

Services: Business

6.25% (LIBOR + 5.25%)

12/11/2014

12/15/2021

1,500

1,426

1,427

CWGS Group, LLC

Automotive

5.75% (LIBOR + 4.75%)

12/22/2014

02/20/2020

1,490

1,494

1,494

Delta 2 Lux Sarl

Telecommunications

4.75% (LIBOR + 3.75%)

12/18/2014

07/30/2021

1,500

1,466

1,468

FR Utility Services LLC

Construction & Building

6.75% (LIBOR + 5.75%)

12/18/2014

10/18/2019

1,496

1,493

1,491

GTCR Valor Companies, Inc.

Services: Business

6% (LIBOR + 5%)

12/05/2014

05/30/2021

995

975

972

IMG LLC/William Morris Endeavor Entertainment, LLC

Media: Diversified & Production

5.25% (LIBOR + 4.25%)

12/31/2014

05/06/2021

1,496

1,463

1,451

Mood Media Corporation

Media: Broadcasting & Subscription

7% (LIBOR + 6%)

12/05/2014

05/01/2019

997

983

979

Novitex Acquisition, LLC

Consumer goods: Non-Durable

7.5% (LIBOR + 6.25%)

12/05/2014

07/07/2020

998

980

958

Parq Holdings L.P.(3)

Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

8.5% (LIBOR + 7.5%)

12/05/2014

12/17/2020

—

(3

)

—

Parq Holdings L.P.

Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

8.5% (LIBOR + 7.5%)

12/05/2014

12/17/2020

830

814

818

 

62

---

Table of Contents

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company		Industry		Interest Rate(1)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity Date				Principal				Amortized Cost				Fair Value(2)
Radio One, Inc.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7.5% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/22/2014				03/31/2016			$	1,496			$	1,492			$	1,491
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		6.25% (LIBOR + 5.25%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2021				1,500				1,470				1,476
Sirva Worldwide, Inc.		Transportation: Cargo		7.5% (LIBOR + 6.25%)			12/18/2014				03/27/2019				1,496				1,489				1,492
TOMS Shoes LLC		Retail		6.5% (LIBOR + 5.5%)			12/18/2014				10/31/2020				1,500				1,388				1,388
Varsity Brands		Consumer goods: Durable		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/10/2014				12/11/2021				1,000				990				1,001
Verdesian Life Sciences LLC		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/09/2014				07/01/2020				987				986				982
Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans																		$	29,786			$	29,763
Second Lien Term Loans
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		10% (LIBOR + 9%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2022				1,000				911				915
Total Second Lien Term Loans																		$	911			$	915
																		$	30,697			$	30,678

 

(1)	Variable interest rates indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option. LIBOR rates are subject to interest rate floors.

(2)	Represents fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820. The determination of such fair value is not included in our board of director’s valuation process described elsewhere herein.

(3)	Represents a delayed draw commitment of $170, which was unfunded as of December 31, 2014.

Below is certain summarized financial information for Logan JV as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015:

Selected Balance Sheet Information

 

		As of March 31,				As of December 31,
		2015				2014
		(Dollars in thousands)				(Dollars in thousands)
Investments at fair value (cost of $74,572 and $30,697, respectively)		$	75,036			$	30,678
Capital contributions receivable			—				13,000
Cash			5,325				3,898
Other assets			1,110				898
Total assets		$	81,471			$	48,474

 

63

---

Table of Contents

		As of March 31,				As of December 31,
		2015				2014
		(Dollars in thousands)				(Dollars in thousands)
Loans payable		$	31,500			$	—
Payable for investments purchased			17,898				26,732
Dividends payable			410				—
Other liabilities			231				813
Total liabilities		$	50,039			$	27,545
Members’ Equity		$	31,432			$	20,929
Total liabilities and net assets		$	81,471			$	48,474

Selected Statement of Operations Information

 

		For the three months ended March 31, 2015
		(Dollars in thousands)
Total investment income		$	732
Total expenses			302
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments			483
Net increase in net assets		$	913

As of March 31, 2014, Logan JV was not yet formed.

Managed Funds

The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds, and presently serves as an investment adviser to collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-1 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). In addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds. The Advisor and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Advisor or its affiliates may determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Advisor’s allocation procedures.

Greenway

On January 14, 2011, THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Greenway is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway operates under a limited liability agreement dated January 19, 2011, or the Agreement. Greenway will continue in existence until January 14, 2021, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. Greenway had a two year investment period.

 

64

---

Table of Contents

Greenway has $150 million of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor, and is managed by the Company. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway is $0.02 million. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, all of the capital had been called by Greenway. Our nominal investment in Greenway is reflected in the March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. As of March 31, 2015, distributions representing 97.0% of the committed capital of the investor have been made from Greenway. Distributions from Greenway, including return of capital and earnings, to its members from inception through March 31, 2015 totaled $145.6 million.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company earned $0.2 million and $0.2 million in fees related to Greenway, respectively, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.2 million and $0.3 million of fees and expenses related to Greenway, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway invested in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Greenway II

On January 31, 2013, THL Credit Greenway Fund II, LLC, or Greenway II LLC, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company and is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway II LLC is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway II LLC operates under a limited liability agreement dated February 11, 2013, as amended, or the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC will continue in existence for eight years from the final closing date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC has a two year investment period.

As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC Agreement, we have established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by the Company. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the account of the related investment vehicle. Greenway II has $186.5 million of commitments primarily from institutional investors. As of March 31, 2015, the entire $186.5 million of commitments have been called. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway II is $0.01 million. Our nominal investment in Greenway II LLC is reflected in the March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. Greenway II LLC is managed by the Company. As of March 31, 2015, distributions representing 17.8% of the committed capital of the Greenway II investors have been made from Greenway II. Distributions from Greenway II to its members and investors, including return of capital and earnings, from inception through March 31, 2015 totaled $33.2 million.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway II is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2013, we earned $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, in fees related to Greenway II, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.6 million and $0.8 million of fees and expenses related to Greenway II were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

65

---

Table of Contents

Other deferred costs consist of placement agent expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of partnership interests in Greenway II. These costs are capitalized when commitments close and are recognized as an expense over the period when the Company expects to collect management fees from Greenway II. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we recognized $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in expenses related to placement agent expenses, which are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, were included in other deferred costs on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway II invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway II and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

CLO Residual Interests

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had investments in the CLO residual interests, or subordinated notes, which can also be structured as income notes. These subordinated notes are subordinate to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans. The following table shows a summary of our investments in CLO residual interests (in millions):

 

												As of March 31, 2015								As of December 31, 2014
Issuer		Security Description		Ownership Interest				Total CLO Amount at initial par				THL Credit Residual Amount at Amortized Cost				THL Credit Residual Amount at Fair Value				THL Credit Residual Amount at Amortized Cost				THL Credit Residual Amount at Fair Value
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			18.7	%		$	517.0			$	8.0			$	8.4			$	8.2			$	8.2
Dryden CLO, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			23.1	%			516.4				7.7				8.3				8.0				8.2
Flagship VII, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			12.6	%			441.8				4.0				4.2				4.1				4.3
Flagship VIII, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			25.1	%			470.9				8.5				8.5				8.5				8.5
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd		Income Notes, Residual Interest			10.4	%			724.5				5.3				5.8				5.4				5.7
Total CLO residual interests												$	33.5			$	35.2			$	34.2			$	34.9

The subordinated notes and income notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes and income notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes and income notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes and income notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized interest income totaling $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to CLO residual interests.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

Investment in Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights

In June 2012, we invested in a TRA that entitles us to certain payment rights, or TRA Payment Rights, from Duff & Phelps Corporation, or Duff & Phelps. The TRA transfers the economic value of certain tax deductions, or tax benefits, taken by Duff & Phelps to us and entitles us to a stream of payments to be received. The TRA payment right is, in effect, a subordinated claim on the issuing company which can be valued based on the credit risk of the issuer, which includes projected future earnings, the liquidity of the underlying payment right, risk of tax law changes, the effective tax rate and any other factors which might impact the value of the payment right.

Through the TRA, we are entitled to receive an annual tax benefit payment based upon 85% of the savings from certain deductions along with interest. The payments that we are entitled to receive result from cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that Duff & Phelps realizes (i) from the tax savings derived from the goodwill and other intangibles created in connection with the Duff & Phelps initial public offering and (ii) from other income tax deductions. These tax benefit payments will continue until the relevant deductions are fully utilized, which is projected to be 16 years from the initial investment date. Pursuant to the TRA, we maintain the right to enforce Duff & Phelps payment obligations as a transferee of the TRA contract. If Duff & Phelps chooses to pre-pay and terminate the TRA, we will be entitled to the present value of the expected future TRA payments. If Duff & Phelps breaches any material obligation then all obligations are accelerated and calculated as if an early termination occurred. Failure to make a payment is a breach of a material obligation if the failure occurs for more than three months.

The projected annual tax benefit payment is accrued on a quarterly basis and paid annually. The payment is allocated between a reduction in the cost basis of the investment and interest income based upon an amortization schedule. Based upon the characteristics of the investment, we have chosen to categorize the investment in the TRA payment rights as an investment in payment rights.

The amortized cost basis and fair value of the TRA as of March 31, 2015 was $11.9 million and $13.5 million, respectively. The amortized cost basis and fair value of the TRA as of December 31, 2014 was $11.9 million and $13.5 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized interest income totaling $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to the TRA.

Asset Quality

We employ the use of board observation and information rights, regular dialogue with company management and sponsors, and detailed internally generated monitoring reports to actively monitor performance. Additionally, THL Credit has developed a monitoring template that promotes compliance with these standards and that is used as a tool to assess investment performance relative to plan.

As part of the monitoring process, the Advisor assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and assigns each portfolio investment a score of a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5

The revised investment performance scores, or IPS, are as follows:

1 – The portfolio investment is performing above our underwriting expectations.

2 – The portfolio investment is performing as expected at the time of underwriting. All new investments are initially scored a 2.

3 – The portfolio investment is operating below our underwriting expectations, and requires closer monitoring. The company may be out of compliance with financial covenants, however, principal or interest payments are generally not past due.

4 – The portfolio investment is performing materially below our underwriting expectations and returns on our investment are likely to be impaired. Principal or interest payments may be past due, however, full recovery of principal and interest payments are expected.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

5 – The portfolio investment is performing substantially below expectations and the risk of the investment has increased substantially. The company is in payment default and the principal and interest payments are not expected to be repaid in full.

For any investment receiving a score of a 3 or lower THL Credit Advisors will increase their level of focus and prepare regular updates for the investment committee summarizing current operating results, material impending events and recommended actions.

The Advisor monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment scores assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our investment valuation process, the Advisor and board of directors review these investment scores on a quarterly basis. Our average investment score was 2.12 and 2.07 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The following is a distribution of the investment scores of our portfolio companies at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in millions):

 

		March 31, 2015								December 31, 2014
Investment Score		Fair Value				% of Total Portfolio				Fair Value				% of Total Portfolio
1(a)		$	62.7				8.4	%		$	72.1				9.2	%
2(b)			533.1				71.2	%			569.5				72.7	%
3(c)			149.6				20.0	%			136.0				17.3	%
4(d)			—				—				6.6				0.8	%
5(e)			3.0				0.4	%			—				—
Total		$	748.4				100.0	%		$	784.2				100.0	%

 

(a)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “1” included $22.2 million and $0, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(b)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “2” included $111.9 million and $126.0 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(c)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “3” included $38.2 million and $24.7 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(d)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “4” included $0 and $4.6 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(e)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “5” included $3.0 million and $0, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, we may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had one loan on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $4.5 million and fair value of $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had no loans on non-accrual. We record the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

Investment Income

We generate revenues primarily in the form of interest on the debt and other income-producing securities we hold. Other income-producing securities include investments in funds, investment in payment rights and residual interests, or equity, of CLOs. Our investments in fixed income instruments generally have an expected maturity of five to seven years, and typically bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on our debt securities is

 

68

---

Table of Contents

generally payable quarterly. Payments of principal of our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt instruments and preferred stock investments may defer payments of dividends or pay interest in-kind, or PIK. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. The level of interest income we receive is directly related to the balance of interest-bearing investments multiplied by the weighted average yield of our investments. In addition to interest income, we may receive dividends and other distributions related to our equity investments. We may also generate revenue in the form of fees from the management of Greenway and Greenway II, prepayment premiums, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, exit fees, portfolio company administration fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees.

The following shows the breakdown of investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Interest income on debt securities
Cash interest		$	17.8			$	14.0
PIK interest			0.5				0.5
Prepayment premiums			0.2				0.3
Net accretion of discounts and other fees			0.7				1.1
Total interest on debt securities			19.2				15.9
Dividend income			0.3				2.1
Interest income on other income-producing securities			2.0				1.7
Fees related to Greenway and Greenway II			0.6				0.8
Other income			1.7				0.4
Total		$	23.8			$	20.9

The increases in investment income from the respective periods were primarily due to the growth in the overall investment portfolio, since March 31, 2014, which led to higher interest income, as well as the increase in other income primarily from amendment and other fees including non-recurring fees earned of $1.0 million related to certain portfolio investments. This was offset by lower dividends received from our equity investments for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):

 

		Three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Accumulated PIK balance, beginning of period		$	7.0			$	6.1
PIK income capitalized/receivable			0.6				0.5
PIK received in cash from repayments			(1.4	)			—
Accumulated PIK balance, end of period		$	6.2			$	6.6

In certain investment transactions, we may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. We earned no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

69

---

Table of Contents

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of base management fees, an incentive fee, borrowing expenses related to our credit facilities and Notes, and expenses reimbursable under the investment management agreement and the allocable portion of overhead under the administration and investment management agreements (“administrator expenses”). The base management fee compensates the Advisor for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. Our investment management agreement and administration agreement provides that we will reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for facilities, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the agreements, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions.

The following shows the breakdown of expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Expenses
Incentive fees(a)		$	3.0			$	2.7
Base management fees			3.0				2.5
Administrator expenses			0.9				0.9
Interest and fees on borrowings(b)			3.5				2.4
Other expenses			1.3				1.1
Total expenses before taxes			11.7				9.6
Income tax provision, excise and other taxes(c)			0.2				0.6
Total expenses after taxes		$	11.9			$	10.2

 

(a)

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, incentive fees include the effect of the GAAP Incentive Fee expense of $0 and $0.1 million, respectively. The GAAP Incentive Fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments. There can be no assurance that such amounts of unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such GAAP Incentive Fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the Investment Management Agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent quarters.

(b)	Interest, fees and amortization of deferred financing costs related to our Revolving Facility, Term Loan Facility and Notes.

(c)	Amounts include the income taxes related to earnings by our consolidated wholly-owned tax blocker corporations established to hold equity or equity-like portfolio company investments organized as pass-through entities, excise taxes related to our undistributed earnings and Delaware franchise taxes.

The increase in operating expenses for the respective periods was due primarily to the increase in base management fees and incentive fees related to the growth of the portfolio since March 31, 2014, as well as interest and fees, which was a result of an increase in the credit facility commitments and borrowings outstanding.

We expect certain of our operating expenses, including administrator expenses, professional fees and other general and administrative expenses to decline as a percentage of our total assets during periods of growth and increase as a percentage of our total assets during periods of asset declines.

 

70

---

Table of Contents

Net Investment Income

Net investment income was $11.9 million, or $0.35 per common share based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2015, as compared to $10.7 million, or $0.32 per common share based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The increase in net investment income for the respective periods is primarily attributable to the growth in the overall investment portfolio since March 31, 2014, which led to higher interest income, and as partially offset by an increase in base management fees, incentive fees and borrowing expenses.

Net Realized Gains and Losses on Investments, net of income tax provision

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized.

The following shows the breakdown of realized gains and losses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC		$	—			$	(0.4	)
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.			—				0.7
Other			—				—
Net realized (losses)/gains		$	—			$	0.3

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, a tax provision of $0.3 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and reflected a revision to previously recognized estimated realized gains and dividend income as a result of adjusted tax estimates from the portfolio company.

Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation of Investments

Net change in unrealized appreciation primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

The following shows the breakdown in the changes in unrealized appreciation of investments for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):

 

		Three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Gross unrealized appreciation on investments		$	9.5			$	4.9
Gross unrealized depreciation on investments			(5.7	)			(5.3	)
Reversal of prior period net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) upon a realization			(0.1	)			(0.2	)
Total		$	3.7			$	(0.6	)

The net change in unrealized appreciation on our investments was driven primarily by changes in the capital market conditions and financial performance of certain portfolio investments.

 

71

---

Table of Contents

Provision for Taxes on Unrealized Gains on Investments

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of ours are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated with the Company for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized a benefit for tax on unrealized gains on investments of $0.2 million and $1.0 million for consolidated subsidiaries, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $2.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to deferred tax on unrealized gain on investments. The change in provision for tax on unrealized gains on investments relates primarily to changes to the unrealized appreciation of the investments held in these taxable consolidated subsidiaries as well as the change in prior year estimates received from certain portfolio companies.

Realized and Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) of Interest Rate Derivative

The interest rate derivative was entered into on May 10, 2012. Unrealized depreciation reflects the value of the interest rate derivative agreement at the end of the reporting period. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the net change of unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative totaled ($0.2) million and $0.1 million, respectively, which is listed under net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivatives in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The changes were due to capital market changes impacting swap rates.

We measure realized gains or losses on the interest rate derivative based upon the difference between the proceeds received or the amount paid on the interest rate derivative. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we realized a loss of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $15.6 million, or $0.46 per common share based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares for the three months ended March 31, 2015, as compared to $11.0 million, or $0.32 per common share, based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The increase in net assets resulting from operations between the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 is due primarily to the growth in net investment income and unrealized appreciation in the portfolio.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Investment Income

We generate revenues primarily in the form of interest on the debt and other income-producing securities we hold. Other income-producing securities include investments in funds, investment in payment rights and residual interests, or equity, of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. Our investments in fixed income instruments generally have an expected maturity of five to seven years, and typically bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on our debt securities is generally payable quarterly. Payments of principal of our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt instruments and preferred stock investments may defer payments of dividends or pay interest in-kind, or PIK. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. The level of interest income we receive is directly related to the balance of interest-bearing investments multiplied by the weighted average yield of our investments. In addition to interest income, we may receive dividends and other distributions related to our equity investments. We may also generate revenue in the form of fees from the management of Greenway and Greenway II,

 

72

---

Table of Contents

prepayment premiums, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, exit fees, portfolio company administration fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees.

The following shows the breakdown of investment income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Interest income on debt securities
Cash interest		$	67.4			$	51.7			$	36.7
PIK interest			2.3				3.2				4.1
Prepayment premiums			2.5				1.3				2.6
Net accretion of discounts and other fees			4.4				4.1				3.6
Total interest on debt securities			76.6				60.3				47.0
Dividend income			3.1				4.1				0.4
Interest income on other income-producing securities			7.2				6.5				2.8
Fees related to Greenway and Greenway II			3.0				3.0				2.6
Other income			2.0				0.8				0.3
Total		$	91.9			$	74.7			$	53.1

The increases in investment income from the respective periods were primarily due to the growth in the overall investment portfolio and related interest income as well as other income.

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Accumulated PIK balance, beginning of year		$	6.1			$	5.8			$	3.5
PIK income capitalized/receivable			2.3				3.2				4.1
PIK received in cash from repayments			(1.4	)			(2.9	)			(1.8	)
Accumulated PIK balance, end of year		$	7.0			$	6.1			$	5.8

In certain investment transactions, we may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. We earned no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of base management fees, an incentive fee, borrowing expenses related to our credit facilities, and expenses reimbursable under the investment management agreement and the allocable portion of overhead under the administration and investment management agreements (“administrator expenses”). The base management fee compensates the Advisor for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. Our investment management agreement and administration agreement provides that we will reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for facilities, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the agreements, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions.

 

73

---

Table of Contents

The following shows the breakdown of expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Expenses
Incentive fees(a)		$	11.2			$	10.7			$	7.0
Base management fees			11.1				7.5				4.9
Administrator expenses			3.8				3.6				3.2
Credit facility interest and fees(b)			11.1				7.1				4.1
Other expenses			5.5				3.9				3.1
Total expenses before taxes			42.7				32.8				22.3
Income tax provision and excise tax(c)			1.0				0.5				0.6
Total expenses after taxes		$	43.7			$	33.3			$	22.9

 

(a)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, incentive fees include the effect of the GAAP Incentive Fee (reversal) expense of ($0.7) million, $0.3 million and $(0.5) million, respectively. The GAAP Incentive Fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments. There can be no assurance that such amounts of unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such GAAP Incentive Fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the Investment Management Agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent quarters.

(b)	Interest, fees and amortization of deferred financing costs related to our Revolving Facility, Term Loan Facility, and Notes.

(c)	Amounts include the income taxes related to earnings by our consolidated wholly-owned tax blocker corporations established to hold equity or equity-like portfolio company investments organized as pass-through entities and excise taxes related to our undistributed earnings.

The increase in operating expenses for the respective periods was due primarily to the increase in base management fees related to the growth of the portfolio and credit facility expenses, which was a result of an increase in the credit facility commitments and borrowings outstanding. The increase to other expenses was due to an increase in professional fees and other operating costs related to the growth and maturity of the portfolio. Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2014 included $0.7 million related to recently restructured investments.

We expect certain of our operating expenses, including administrator expenses, professional fees and other general and administrative expenses to decline as a percentage of our total assets during periods of growth and increase as a percentage of our total assets during periods of asset declines.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income was $48.2 million, or $1.42 per common share based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $41.4 million, or $1.37 per common share based on a weighted average of 30,286,955 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013 and, as compared to $30.2 million, or $1.38 per common share based on a weighted average of 21,852,197 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The increase in net investment income for the respective periods is primarily attributable to the growth in the overall investment portfolio and related interest income.

 

 

74

---

Table of Contents

Net Realized Gains and Losses on Investments, net of income tax provision

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized.

The following shows the breakdown of realized gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Escrow receivable settlement(a)		$	(1.0	)		$	—			$	—
BBB Industries, Inc.			0.1				—				—
Blue Coat Systems, Inc.			0.6				—				—
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.			(0.3	)			—				—
C&K Market, Inc.(b)			(1.0	)			—				—
Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC			(0.5	)			—				—
Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.			0.2				—				—
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.			0.7				0.7				—
YP Equity Investors, LLC(c)			—				2.0				—
Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc.(d)			(11.9	)			—				—
Other			0.2				(0.1	)			0.4
Net realized (losses)/gains		$	(12.9	)		$	2.6			$	0.4

 

(a)

Escrow receivable settlement in connection with arbitration proceedings. Escrow related to the sale of IMDS Corporation in a prior period. In addition to the realized loss, we reversed $0.3 million of previously accelerated amortization income against interest income recognized for the year ended December 31, 2014.

(b)

On August 12, 2014, the date C&K emerged from bankruptcy, the cost basis of the senior subordinated note, certain interest due and warrants totaling $14.3 million were converted to common and preferred equity. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a realized loss in the amount of $1.0 million, which was offset by a corresponding change in unrealized appreciation.

(c)

For the year ended December 31, 2014, an offsetting tax provision of $0.2 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012 there was no tax provision. These amounts reflect a revision to previously recognized estimated realized gains and dividend income as a result of adjusted tax estimates from the portfolio company.

(d)

On October 20, 2014, the cost basis of the subordinated note totaling $18.4 million was converted to common equity as part of a restructuring of the business. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity of an affiliate, Dimont & Associates, Inc., the Company recognized a realized loss in the amount of $11.9 million, which was offset by a corresponding change in unrealized appreciation.

The change in realized (losses) and gains for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is primarily attributable to realized losses recognized on C&K Market Inc. and Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc. as a result of converting subordinated debt and warrants into controlling equity ownership interests as part of a restructuring of each business as well as the loss on the IMDS Corporation escrow.

The change in realized gains for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is primarily attributable to distributions from equity investments in Surgery Center Holdings, Inc. and YP Equity Investors, LLC.

Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation of Investments

Net change in unrealized appreciation primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

 

75

---

Table of Contents

The following shows the breakdown in the changes in unrealized appreciation of investments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Gross unrealized appreciation on investments		$	13.3			$	9.1			$	4.5
Gross unrealized depreciation on investments			(17.0	)			(8.8	)			(2.8	)
Reversal of prior period net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) upon a realization			5.9				—				(2.9	)
Total		$	2.2			$	0.3			$	(1.2	)

The net change in unrealized appreciation on our investments was driven primarily by changes in the capital market conditions, financial performance of certain portfolio companies, and the reversal of unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments repaid or converted into equity in connection with a restructuring and related debt extinguishment.

Provision for Taxes on Unrealized Gains on Investments

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of ours are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated with the Company for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized a provision for tax on unrealized gains on investments of $0.2 million, $2.0 million and $0.5 million for consolidated subsidiaries, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to deferred tax on unrealized gain on investments. The change in provision for tax on unrealized gains on investments relates primarily to changes to the unrealized appreciation of the investments held in these taxable consolidated subsidiaries as well as the change in the 2013 estimates received from certain portfolio companies.

Realized and Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) of Interest Rate Derivative

The interest rate derivative was entered into on May 10, 2012. Unrealized depreciation reflects the value of the interest rate derivative agreement at the end of the reporting period. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the net change of unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative totaled $0.1 million, $0.8 million and ($1.1) million, respectively, which is listed under net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivatives in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The changes were due to capital market changes impacting swap rates.

We measure realized gains or losses on the interest rate derivative based upon the difference between the proceeds received or the amount paid on the interest rate derivative. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we realized a loss of $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $36.8 million, or $1.08 per common share based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $42.7 million, or $1.41 per common share based on a weighted average of 30,286,955 common shares for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $27.6 million, or $1.26 per common share based on a weighted average of 21,852,197 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

76

---

Table of Contents

The decrease in net assets resulting from operations between the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is due primarily to the growth in net investment income offset by net realized and unrealized losses in the portfolio. The increase in net assets from operations between the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is due to the continued growth in net investment income, which is a result of growing our portfolio, dividends and realized gains from certain equity investments, the provision for taxes on unrealized gains on investments as well as changes in the unrealized value of our interest rate derivative.

Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources

Cash Flows from Operating and Financing Activities

Our liquidity and capital resources are derived from our borrowings, equity raises and cash flows from operations, including investment sales and repayments, and investment income earned. Our primary use of funds from operations includes investments in portfolio companies, payment of dividends to the holders of our common stock and payments of fees and other operating expenses we incur. We have used, and expect to continue to use, our borrowings and the proceeds from the turnover in our portfolio and from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

We may raise additional equity or debt capital through both registered offerings off our shelf registration statement and private offerings of securities, by securitizing a portion of our investments or borrowings from credit facilities. To the extent we determine to raise additional equity through an offering of our common stock at a price below net asset value, existing investors will experience dilution. During our 2014 Annual Stockholder Meeting held on June 3, 2014, our stockholders authorized us, with the approval of our Board of Directors, to sell up to 25% of our outstanding common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share and to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that will not be less than the fair market value per share but may be below the then current net asset value per share. There can be no assurance that these capital resources will be available.

In November 2014, the Company closed a public debt offering selling $50.0 million of Notes due 2021, or the Notes, including the exercise of the over allotment option, through a group of underwriters, less an underwriting discount, and received net proceeds of $48.5 million.

On April 30, 2014, we closed an additional $85.0 million of commitments to our Facilities, which brings the aggregate size to $410.0 million of commitments. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we borrowed $20.5 million under our Revolving Facility and repaid $53.5 million on our Revolving Facility from proceeds received from prepayments and sales and investment income. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we borrowed $122.6 million under our Revolving Facility and repaid $21.5 million on our Revolving Facility from prepayments and investment income.

Our operating activities provided (used) cash of $49.4 million and ($83.4) million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, primarily in connection with the purchase, repayments and sales of portfolio investments. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our financing activities used $33.0 million to repay borrowings and used $11.5 million for distributions to stockholders and $0.0 million for the payment of financing and offering costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, our financing activities provided cash of $101.1 million from net borrowings and used cash of $11.5 million for distributions to stockholders.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had cash of $7.5 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

We believe cash balances, our Revolving Facility capacity and any proceeds generated from the sale or pay down of investments provides us with the liquidity necessary to acquit our pipeline in the near future.

 

77

---

Table of Contents

Borrowings

The following shows a summary of our Borrowings as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in millions):

 

		As of
		March 31, 2015												December 31, 2014
Facility		Commitments				Borrowings Outstanding				Weighted Average Interest Rate				Commitments				Borrowings Outstanding				Weighted Average Interest Rate
Revolving Facility		$	303.5			$	155.4				2.76	%		$	303.5			$	188.4				2.69	%
Term Loan Facility			106.5				106.5				3.44	%			106.5				106.5				3.44	%
2021 Notes			50.0				50.0				6.75	%			50.0				50.0				6.75	%
Total		$	460.0			$	311.9				3.63	%		$	460.0			$	344.9				3.51	%

Credit Facility

On April 30, 2014, we entered into an amendment, or the Revolving Amendment, to our existing revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and entered into an amendment, or the Term Loan Amendment, to our Term Loan Facility. The Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility are collectively referred to as the Facilities.

The Revolving Loan Amendment revised the Facility dated May 10, 2012 to, among other things, increase the amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Facility from $232.0 million to $303.5 million and extend the maturity date from May 2017 to April 2018 (with a one year term out period beginning in April 2017). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, we are required to make mandatory prepayments on its loans from the proceeds we receive from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt. The Revolving Amendment also changes the interest rate of the Revolving Facility to LIBOR plus 2.5% (with no LIBOR floor). The non-use fee is 1.0% annually if we use 35% or less of the Revolving Facility and 0.50% annually if we use more than 35% (with LIBOR floor) of the Revolving Facility. We elect the LIBOR rate on the loans outstanding on our Revolving Facility, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or nine months. The LIBOR rate on the borrowings outstanding on our Revolving Facility currently has a one month maturity.

The Term Loan Amendment revised the Term Loan Facility dated May 10, 2012 to, among other things, increase the amount borrowed from $93.0 million to $106.5 million and extend the maturity date from May 2018 to April 2019. The Term Loan Amendment also changes the interest rate of the Term Loan Facility to LIBOR plus 3.25% (with no LIBOR Floor) and has substantially similar terms to our existing Revolving Facility (as amended by the Revolving Amendment). The Company elects the LIBOR rate on our Term Loan, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or nine months. The LIBOR rate on its Term Loan currently has a one month maturity.

Each of the Facilities includes an accordion feature permitting us to expand the Facilities, if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $600.0 million.

The Facilities generally require payment of interest on a quarterly basis for ABR loans (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), and at the end of the applicable interest period for Eurocurrency loans bearing interest at LIBOR, the interest rate benchmark used to determine the variable rates paid on the Facilities. LIBOR maturities can range between one and nine months at the election of the Company. All outstanding principal is due upon each maturity date. The Facilities also require a mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain customary triggering events (including, without limitation, the disposition of assets or the issuance of certain securities).

 

78

---

Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Facilities are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base. The Facilities have certain collateral requirements and/or financial covenants, including covenants related to: (a) limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, (b) limitations on certain investments, (c) limitations on certain restricted payments, (d) limitations on the creation or existence of agreements that prohibit liens on certain properties of ours and our subsidiaries, and (e) compliance with certain financial maintenance standards including (i) minimum stockholders’ equity, (ii) a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities not represented by senior securities) to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness, of us and our subsidiaries, of not less than 2.10:1.0, (iii) minimum liquidity, (iv) minimum net worth, and (v) a consolidated interest coverage ratio. In addition to the financial maintenance standards, described in the preceding sentence, borrowings under the Facilities (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) are subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in our portfolio.

The Facilities’ documents also include default provisions such as the failure to make timely payments under the Facilities, the occurrence of a change in control, and the failure by us to materially perform under the operative agreements governing the Facilities, which, if not complied with, could, at the option of the lenders under the Facilities, accelerate repayment under the Facilities, thereby materially and adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Each loan originated under the Revolving Facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. We cannot be assured that we will be able to borrow funds under the Revolving Facility at any particular time or at all. We are currently in compliance with all financial covenants under the Facilities.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we borrowed $20.5 million and repaid $53.5 million under the Facilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we borrowed $122.6 million and repaid $21.5 million under the Facilities.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the carrying amount of the Company’s outstanding Facilities approximated fair value. The fair values of the Company’s Facilities are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Company’s Facilities are estimated based upon market interest rates and entities with similar credit risk. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Facilities would be deemed to be Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Interest expense and related fees, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, of $3.1 million and $2.1 million were incurred in connection with the Facilities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. The asset coverage as of March 31, 2015 is in excess of 200%.

Notes

On November 18, 2014, we closed a public offering of $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% notes due 2021, or the Notes. The Notes mature on November 15, 2021, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after November 15, 2017. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.75% per year payable quarterly on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30, of each year, beginning December 30, 2014 and trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “TCRX.”

The Notes are our direct unsecured obligations and rank: (i) pari passu with our other outstanding and future senior unsecured indebtedness; (ii) senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is

 

79

---

Table of Contents

subordinated to the Notes; (iii) effectively subordinated to all our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including without limitation, borrowings under our Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility; (iv) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries.

The Base Indenture, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, contains certain covenants including covenants requiring us to comply with (regardless of whether it is subject to) the Section 18 (a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt or the sale of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowings. These covenants are subject to important limitations and exceptions that are described in the Indenture, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture. The Indenture provides for customary events of default and further provides that the Trustee or the holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes in a series may declare such Notes immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of any event of default after expiration of any applicable grace period.

As of March 31, 2015, the carrying amount and fair value of our Notes was $50.0 million and $50.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the carrying value and fair value of our Notes was $50.0 million and $51.6 million, respectively. The fair value of our Notes are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Notes is based on the closing price of the security, which is a Level 2 input under ASC 820 due to the trading volume. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we incurred $2.1 million of fees and expenses. These amounts were capitalized and are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the Notes. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we amortized approximately $0.1 million of deferred financing costs, which is included under amortization of deferred financing costs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had approximately $2.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively, of remaining deferred financing costs on the Notes, which is included under Deferred Financing Costs on our Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

For the three months ending March 31, 2015, we incurred interest expense on the Notes of approximately $0.8 million. This interest expense was paid on March 30, 2015.

As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with the terms of the indenture and the supplemental indenture governing the Notes. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for more detail on the Notes.

Interest Rate Derivative

On May 10, 2012, we entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50 million, we pay a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receive a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. We entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

We record the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss) as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

 

80

---

Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we recognized $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of realized loss from the swap agreement, which is reflected as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we recognized ($0.2) million and $0.1 million of net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from the swap agreement, respectively, which is listed under net change in unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our fair value of the swap agreement is $(0.4) million and $(0.2) million, respectively, which is listed as an interest rate derivative liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

From time to time, we, or the Advisor, may become party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings related to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Neither we, nor the Advisor, are currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

Unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are not reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Our unfunded commitments may be significant from time to time. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as are the on-balance sheet financial instruments that we hold. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We intend to use cash flow from normal and early principal repayments and proceeds from borrowings and offerings to fund these commitments. Funding to Logan JV will only be made pursuant to unanimous approval from its board of directors, which is composed of a representative from each of us and Perspecta.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we have the following unfunded commitments to portfolio companies (in millions):

 

		As of
		March 31, 2015				December 31, 2014
Unfunded delayed draw facilities		$	27.5			$	29.8
Unfunded revolving commitments			4.5				4.5
Unfunded commitments to investments in funds			1.6				1.9
Unfunded commitments to Logan JV			95.2				113.6
Total unfunded commitments		$	128.8			$	149.8

Dividends

We have elected to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain our status as a regulated investment company, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, we are required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of our net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. We intend to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of our net investment income. Although we intend to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In addition, the extent and timing of special dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors and will largely be driven by portfolio specific events and tax considerations at the time.

 

 

81

---

Table of Contents

In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares including dividends reinvested, if any:

 

Date Declared		Record Date		Payment Date		Amount Per Share
August 5, 2010		September 2, 2010		September 30, 2010		$	0.05
November 4, 2010		November 30, 2010		December 28, 2010		$	0.10
December 14, 2010		December 31, 2010		January 28, 2011		$	0.15
March 10, 2011		March 25, 2011		March 31, 2011		$	0.23
May 5, 2011		June 15, 2011		June 30, 2011		$	0.25
July 28, 2011		September 15, 2011		September 30, 2011		$	0.26
October 27, 2011		December 15, 2011		December 30, 2011		$	0.28
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$	0.29
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$	0.05
May 2, 2012		June 15, 2012		June 29, 2012		$	0.30
July 26, 2012		September 14, 2012		September 28, 2012		$	0.32
November 2, 2012		December 14, 2012		December 28, 2012		$	0.33
December 20, 2012		December 31, 2012		January 28, 2013		$	0.05
February 27, 2013		March 15, 2013		March 29, 2013		$	0.33
May 2, 2013		June 14, 2013		June 28, 2013		$	0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$	0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$	0.08
October 30, 2013		December 16, 2013		December 31, 2013		$	0.34
March 4, 2014		March 17, 2014		March 31, 2014		$	0.34
May 7, 2014		June 16, 2014		June 30, 2014		$	0.34
August 7, 2014		September 15, 2014		September 30, 2014		$	0.34
November 4, 2014		December 15, 2014		December 31, 2014		$	0.34
March 6, 2015		March 20, 2015		March 31, 2015		$	0.34
May 5, 2015		June 15, 2015		June 30, 2015		$	0.34

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of its status as a regulated investment company. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level.

We maintain an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. There were no dividends reinvested for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 under the dividend reinvestment plan.

Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon its taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore, a

 

82

---

Table of Contents

determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. If we had determined the tax attributes of its 2015 distributions as of March 31, 2015, 100% would be from ordinary income, 0% would be from capital gains and 0% would be a return of capital. There can be no certainty to stockholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of our 2015 distributions to stockholders will actually be. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to our stockholders.

Contractual obligations

We have entered into a contract with the Advisor to provide investment advisory services. Payments for investment advisory services under the investment management agreement in future periods will be equal to (a) an annual base management fee of 1.5% of our gross assets and (b) an incentive fee based on our performance. In addition, under our administration agreement, the Advisor will be reimbursed for administrative services incurred on our behalf. See description below under Related Party Transactions.

The following table shows our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015 (in millions):

 

		Payments due by period
Contractual Obligations(1)		Total				Less than 1 year				1 - 3 years				3 - 5 years				After 5 years
Term Loan Facility		$	106.5				—				—			$	106.5				—
Note Payable		$	50.0				—				—				—			$	50.0

 

(1)	Excludes commitments to extend credit to our portfolio companies.

We entered into an interest rate derivative to manage interest rate risk. We record the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly interest rate swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss). Further discussion of the interest rate derivative is included in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 7 “Interest Rate Derivative” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Related Party Transactions

Investment Management Agreement

On March 6, 2015, our investment management agreement with the Advisor was re-approved by our Board of Directors. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of our assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of our gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred base management fees payable to the Advisor of $3.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

 

83

---

Table of Contents

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which our preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of our preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively of incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

 

 

84

---

Table of Contents

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated. There was no capital gains incentive fee payable to our Advisor under the investment management agreement as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP Incentive Fee”). There can be no assurance that such unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred $0 and $0.1 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP incentive fee.

Administration Agreement

We have also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to us. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for our operation, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. We will reimburse the Advisor for our allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and our allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided to us by the Advisor. Our board of directors reviews the allocation methodologies with respect to such expenses. Such costs are reflected as Administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on our behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that our Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred administrator expenses of $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.1 million and $0, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

License Agreement

We and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners under which THL Partners has granted to us and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable worldwide non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with our respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means we are not charged a fee for our use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in

 

85

---

Table of Contents

its entirety or with respect to us or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either us or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either us or the Advisor at our or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, we and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL, including any use in our respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require us to withdraw or replace our names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, we and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. We are an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with us have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due to and from Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on our behalf. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.01 million and $0 of expenses were included in accrued expenses and other payables on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we overpaid $0 and $0.1 million of Administrator expense to the Advisor, respectively, which was included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

We act as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and are entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, each of Greenway and Greenway II is classified as an affiliate. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.8 million and $1.0 million of fees related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

We paid certain professional fees related to organizing Logan JV, on behalf of Logan JV. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.04 million and $0.04 million, respectively, of expenses were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Critical accounting policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, the Company’s significant accounting policies are further described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

As a BDC, we generally invest in illiquid securities including debt and equity investments of middle market companies. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued using market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available or are not considered to be the best estimate of fair value are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, it is expected that many of our portfolio investments’ values will be determined in good faith by our board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

 

 

86

---

Table of Contents

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

•

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Advisor;

 

•

to the extent determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, independent valuation firms are used to conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

•

the audit committee of our board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firms to reflect any comments; and

 

•

our board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. We generally utilize an income approach to value our debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value our equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, the Advisor and our board of directors, in consultation with our independent third party valuation firms, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by our board of directors. For debt investments, we generally determine the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. Our estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument. The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors. The enterprise value is used to determine the value of equity investments and for debt investments that are credit impaired, close to maturity or where we also hold a controlling equity interest. The method for determining enterprise value uses a multiple analysis, whereby appropriate multiples are applied to the portfolio company’s net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA.

We value our interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

We value our residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of our residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, we use Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of our residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rate and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

 

 

87

---

Table of Contents

We value our investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, our principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, we disclose the fair value of our investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

We consider whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if we determine that either the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

We have adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, we estimate the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment if the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for investment companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We record interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date. Original issue discount, principally representing the estimated fair value of detachable equity or warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities, and market discount or premium are capitalized and accreted or amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective yield method. The amortized cost of investments represents the original cost adjusted for the accretion/amortization of discounts and premiums and upfront loan origination fees.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, we may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. We record the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of March 31, 2015, we had one loan on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $4.5 million and fair value of $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had no loans on non-accrual status.

We have investments in our portfolio which contain a contractual paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest provision. PIK interest is computed at the contractual rate specified in each investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, and is recorded as income. We will cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or if we do not expect amounts to be collectible and will generally only begin to recognize PIK income again when all principal and interest have been paid or upon a restructuring of the investment where the interest is deemed collectable. To maintain our status as a RIC, PIK interest income, which is considered investment company taxable income, must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though we have not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash.

We capitalize and amortize upfront loan origination fees received in connection with the closing of investments. The unearned income from such fees is accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan based on the effective interest method. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees, and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income.

Interest income from our investment in TRA and CLO residual interest investments are recorded based upon an estimation of an effective yield to expected maturity using anticipated cash flows with any remaining amount recorded to the cost basis of the investment. We monitor the anticipated cash flows from our TRA and CLO residual interest investments and will adjust our effective yield periodically as needed.

Other income includes commitment fees, fees related to the management of Greenway and Greenway II, fees related to the management of certain controlled equity investments, structuring fees, amendment fees and unused commitment fees associated with investments in portfolio companies. These fees are recognized as income when earned by us in accordance with the terms of the applicable management or credit agreement.

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized. We measure realized gains or losses on the interest rate derivative based upon the difference between the proceeds received or the amounts paid on the interest rate derivative. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values or value of the interest rate derivative during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

 

89

---

Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Taxes, including excise tax

We operate so as to maintain our status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intend to continue to do so. Accordingly, we are not subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders. In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC, we are required to distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% U.S. federal excise tax, we must distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income for each such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of our net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year, and (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. We may choose not to distribute all of our taxable income for the calendar year and pay a non-deductible 4% excise tax on this income. If we choose to do so, all other things being equal, this would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to stockholders. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions from such taxable income, the Company accrues excise taxes on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned using an annual effective excise tax rate. We will accrue excise tax on undistributed taxable income as required. Please refer to “Dividends” above for a summary of the distributions. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred excise tax expense of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred Delaware franchise tax expense of $0.02 million and $0.02 million, respectively.

Certain consolidated subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from permanent and temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

The following shows the breakdown of current and deferred income tax provisions for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Current income tax provision or benefit:
Current income tax provision		$	0.1			$	0.5
Current provision for taxes on realized gain on investments			—				0.3
Deferred income tax provision or benefit:
Benefit for taxes on current operating losses			—				—
Benefit for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			0.2				1.0

These current and deferred income taxes are determined from taxable income estimates provided by portfolio companies where we hold equity or equity-like investments organized as pass-through entities in its tax blocker corporations. These tax estimates may be subject to further change once tax information is finalized for the year. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of income tax receivable was included in prepaid expenses and other assets and $0.0 million and $0, respectively, was included as income taxes payable on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $2.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities primarily relating to deferred taxes on unrealized gains on investments held in tax blocker corporations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively of deferred tax assets were included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to net operating loss carryforwards that are expected to be used in future periods.

 

 

90

---

Table of Contents

Because U.S. federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the consolidated financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

We follow the provisions under the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. The provisions require us to determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. There are no unrecognized tax benefits or obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Although we file U.S. federal and state tax returns, our major tax jurisdiction is U.S. federal. Our inception-to-date U.S. federal tax years remain subject to examination by taxing authorities.

Recent Developments

From April 1, 2015 through May 11, 2015, we made new and follow-on investments totaling $29.5 million in the consumer products, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing and transportation industries. Of the new and follow-on investments, 9.4% were first lien senior secured debt, 56.6% were second lien debt, 17.0% were subordinated debt and 17.0% were income-producing preferred equity securities. Of the new and follow-on debt investments, 79.6% were floating rate and 20.4% were fixed rate based upon principal balance. The follow-on debt investments and income-producing preferred equity investment had a weighted average yield based upon cost at the time of the investment of 12.0%.

On April 13, 2015, the Logan JV board of directors authorized an increase in equity commitments to $250.0 million, of which we committed $200.0 million and Perspecta committed $50.0 million. As a result, total remaining equity commitments to Logan JV as of May 11, 2015 totaled $219.0 million, of which our share is $175.2 million and Perspecta’s share is $43.8 million.

On May 1, 2015, in accordance with the terms of the Logan JV Credit Facility, Deutsche Bank AG increased its commitment amount from $50.0 million to $75.0 million. Commitments under the Logan JV Credit Facility can be increased to $200 million subject to certain conditions.

On May 4, 2015, we completed the sale of $11.0 million of our first lien senior secured debt and $0.7 million of our equity in Igloo Products Corp., and affiliated entities, for a gain.

On May 5, 2015, our board of directors declared a dividend of $0.34 per share payable on June 30, 2015 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 15, 2015.

As of May  11, 2015, Logan JV has $75.6 million of investments in 48 companies with a weighted average yield, based upon current cost, of 6.9%.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. As of March 31, 2015, 22.9%, of the debt investments in our portfolio bore interest at fixed rates based upon fair value. All of the debt investments in our portfolio have interest rate floors, which have effectively converted the debt investments to fixed rate loans in the current interest rate environment. In the future, we expect other debt investments in our portfolio will have floating rates. Our borrowings as well as the amount we receive under the interest rate derivative agreement are based upon floating rates.

 

91

---

Table of Contents

Based on our March 31, 2015 Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities, the following table shows the annual impact on net income of changes in interest rates, which assumes no changes in our investments and borrowings (in millions):

 

Change in Basis Points		Interest Income				Interest Expense				Net Income (1)
Up 300 basis points		$	10.1			$	6.4			$	3.7
Up 200 basis points		$	5.2			$	4.2			$	1.0
Up 100 basis points		$	0.8			$	2.1			$	(1.3	)
Down 300 basis points		$	—			$	—			$	—
Down 200 basis points		$	—			$	—			$	—
Down 100 basis points		$	—			$	—			$	—

 

(1)	Excludes the impact of incentive fees based on pre-incentive fee net investment income. See “Note 3. Related Party Transaction” footnote to our consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2015 for more information on the incentive fee.

Based upon the current three month LIBOR rate, a hypothetical decrease in LIBOR would not affect our net income, due to the aforementioned floors in place on our debt investments. Based upon the current one month LIBOR rates, a hypothetical decrease in LIBOR would not affect interest expense, due to the current rates being lower than 100 basis points. We currently hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using an interest rate swap whereby we pay a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receive three-month LIBOR on a notional amount of $50 million. In the future, we may use other standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contacts subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments.

Although we believe that this measure is indicative of our sensitivity to interest rate changes, it does not adjust for potential changes in credit quality, size and composition of the assets on the balance sheet and other business developments that could affect net increase in net assets resulting from operations, or net income.

 

92

---

Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Information about our senior securities (including preferred stock, debt securities and other indebtedness) is shown in the following tables as of the end of each fiscal year ended December 31 since we commenced operations on April 21, 2010 and as of March 31, 2015. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, on the senior securities table as of December 31, 2014, is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The “—” indicates information that the SEC expressly does not require to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

 

Class and Year		Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities(1)				Asset Coverage Per Unit(2)				Involuntary Liquidating Preference Per Unit(3)				Average Market Value Per Unit(4)
Revolving Facility
Fiscal 2015 (through March 31, 2015, unaudited)		$	155,351			$	4,889			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2014		$	188,351			$	4,186			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2013		$	111,300			$	5,905			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2012		$	—			$	—			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2011		$	5,000			$	54,523			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2010		$	—			$	—			$	—				N/A
Term Loan Facility
Fiscal 2015 (through March 31, 2015, unaudited)		$	106,500			$	7,132			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2014		$	106,500			$	7,403			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2013		$	93,000			$	7,067			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2012		$	50,000			$	7,950			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2011		$	—			$	—			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2010		$	—			$	—			$	—				N/A
The Notes
Fiscal 2015 (through March 31, 2015, unaudited)		$	50,000			$	15,190			$	—			$	14,953
Fiscal 2014		$	50,000			$	15,769			$	—			$	15,422

 

(1)	Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2)

The asset coverage ratio for a class of senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by total senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by $1,000 to determine the “Asset Coverage Per Unit.”

(3)	The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it.

(4)	Average market price per unit for the Notes represents the average of the daily closing prices as reported on the NYSE during the period presented. Not applicable to the Revolving Facility and Term Loan because these are not registered for public trading.

 

93

---

Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following tables set forth certain information as of March 31, 2015 regarding each portfolio company in which we had a debt or equity investment. The general terms of our loans and other investments are described in “The Company.” We offer to make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. In addition, we may receive rights to participate in or observe the board of directors’ meetings of our portfolio companies. Amounts are presented in thousands.

 

Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Type of Investment		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis				Principal(4) No. of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—153.52% of net asset value
20-20 Technologies Inc.
400 Armand-Frappier Blvd Laval Quebec, Canada H7V 4B4		IT services		First lien secured debt(5)		10.8%(6)			9/12/2012				3/31/2019							$	31,400			$	31,090			$	31,400
																									31,090				31,400
A10 Capital, LLC
800 W. Main Street, Suite 1100 Boise, ID 83702		Financial services		Subordinated debt(7)		12.0%			8/25/2014				2/25/2021							$	5,444			$	5,393			$	5,444
				Equity investments(12)(13)(14)(21)					8/25/2014												2,967				9,890				9,890
																									15,283				15,334
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.
345 Park Avenue New York, NY 10154		Structured Products(5)(16)		CLO residual interest		13.5%			3/27/2013				4/15/2024								—			$	7,981			$	8,382
																									7,981				8,382
Aerogroup International Inc.
201 Meadow Road, Edison, NJ 08817		Consumer products		Second lien debt		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			6/9/2014				12/9/2019							$	13,648			$	13,407			$	12,829
				Second lien debt(7)(8)		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			6/9/2014				12/9/2019								—				(43	)			—
				Equity investments(13)(22)					6/9/2014								2.52	%			253,616				11				—
				Equity investments(13)(23)					6/9/2014								2.81	%			28,180				1,108				585
																									14,483				13,414
AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC
100 Highland Park Village, Ste 200 Dallas, TX 75205		Media, entertainment and leisure		Equity investments(12)(13)(15)(22)					6/21/2012								2.04	%			0.763636			$	764			$	905
																									764				905
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC
1 Lear Drive, Newport News, VA 23602		Aerospace & defense		First lien secured debt		11.0%(25)			9/7/2011				3/7/2016							$	3,583			$	3,540			$	3,565
				First lien secured debt		11.0%(25)			6/24/2014				3/7/2016								2,329				2,303				2,318
				Equity investments(13)(22)					9/7/2011								2.46	%			512				113				—
				Equity investments(13)(21)					9/17/2013								1.08	%			225				169				200
																									6,125				6,083
Alex Toys, LLC
251 Union St. Northvale, NJ 07647		Consumer products		Second lien debt		11.0% (LIBOR + 10.0%)			6/30/2014				12/30/2019							$	17,000			$	16,695			$	16,745
																									16,695				16,745

 

94

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Type of Investment		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis				Principal(4) No. of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Allen Edmonds Corporation
201 East Seven Hills Road Port Washington, WI 53074		Consumer products		Second lien debt		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			11/26/2013				5/27/2019							$	7,333			$	7,215			$	7,260
																									7,215				7,260
Allied Wireline Services, LLC
3200 Wilcrest Dr #170, Houston, TX 77042		Energy / Utilities		First lien secured debt		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			2/28/2014				2/28/2019							$	9,799			$	9,419			$	9,309
				Equity investments(12)(13)(15)(22)													0.65	%			619				619				664
				Equity investments(12)(13)(15)(22)													0.52	%			501				175				224
																									10,213				10,197
BBB Industries US Holding, Inc.
5640 Commerce Blvd. East Mobile, Alabama 36619		Manufacturing		Second lien debt		9.75% (LIBOR + 8.75%)			10/7/2014				11/18/2022							$	4,500			$	4,238			$	4,286
																									4,238				4,286
BeneSys Inc.
700 Tower Drive, Suite 300 Troy, MI 48098-2808		Business services		First lien secured debt		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			3/31/2014				3/31/2019							$	8,559			$	8,412			$	8,473
				First line secured debt(7)(8)		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			8/1/2014				3/31/2019								—				(10	)			—
																									8,402				8,473
Charming Charlie, LLC.
5999 Savoy Dr. Houston, TX 77036-3307		Retail & grocery		First lien secured debt		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			12/18/2013				12/31/2019							$	16,743			$	16,531			$	16,868
																									16,531				16,868
Connecture, Inc.
18500 W. Corporate Dr. Suite 250 Brookfield, WI 53045		Healthcare		Second lien debt		12.0% (LIBOR + 11.0%)			3/18/2013				7/15/2018							$	21,831			$	21,621			$	22,049
																									21,621				22,049
Copperweld Bimetallics LLC
254 Cotton Mill Rd, Fayetteville, TN 37334		Industrials		First lien secured debt		12.0%			12/11/2013				12/11/2018							$	20,350			$	19,702			$	20,350
																									19,702				20,350
CRS Reprocessing, LLC
13551 Triton Park Blvd., Ste. 1200, Louisville, KY 40223		Manufacturing		First lien secured debt		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)			6/16/2011				6/16/2016							$	15,461			$	15,461			$	14,687
																									15,461				14,687
Dodge Data & Analytics LLC
2 Penn Plaza, 10th Floor New York, NY 10121		IT services		First lien secured debt		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			11/20/2014				10/31/2019							$	12,968			$	12,723			$	12,741
																									12,723				12,741
Dr. Fresh, LLC
6645 Caballero Blvd., Buena Park, CA 90620		Consumer products		Subordinated debt		14.0% (12.0% Cash + 2.0% PIK)(10)			5/15/2012				11/15/2017							$	14,816			$	14,652			$	14,520
																									14,652				14,520

 

95

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Type of Investment		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis				Principal(4) No. of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Dryden CLO, Ltd.
751 Broad Street, Newark, NJ 07102		Structured Products(5)(16)		CLO residual interest		14.8%			9/12/2013				11/15/2025								—			$	7,733			$	8,299
																									7,733				8,299
Duff & Phelps Corporation
55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055		Financial services		Investment in payment rights(9)(16)		16.8%			6/1/2012												—			$	11,877			$	13,496
				First lien secured debt(9)		4.5% (LIBOR + 3.5%)			5/15/2013				4/23/2020								246				248				245
																									12,125				13,741
Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.
100 California Street, 12th Floor San Francisco, CA 94111		IT services		First lien secured debt		10.8%(6)			2/15/2013				12/28/2017							$	9,171			$	9,087			$	9,171
																									9,087				9,171
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.
5085 W Park Blvd Ste 300, Plano, TX 75093-2599		Business services		Second lien debt		12.5% (LIBOR + 10.3% and 0.8% PIK)(10)			6/21/2013				10/3/2018							$	12,703			$	12,841			$	12,687
				Second lien debt		13.0% PIK			6/21/2013				10/3/2018								144				3				144
																									12,844				12,831
Firebirds International, LLC
13850 Ballantyne Corporate Pl, Ste. 450, Charlotte, NC 28277		Restaurants		Equity investments(13)(22)					5/17/2011								0.40	%			1,906			$	191			$	300
																									191				300
Flagship VII, Ltd.
345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154		Structured Products(5)(16)		CLO residual interest		13.8%			12/18/2013												—			$	3,982			$	4,199
																									3,982				4,199
Flagship VIII, Ltd.
345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154		Structured Products(5)(16)		CLO residual interest		12.8%			10/3/2014												—			$	8,450			$	8,500
																									8,450				8,500
Food Processing Holdings, LLC
130 Quality Drive, Albertville, AL 35950		Food & beverage		First lien secured debt		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)			10/31/2013				10/31/2018							$	22,202			$	21,861			$	22,202
				Equity investments(13)(22)					4/20/2010								1.17	%			162.44				163				230
				Equity investments(13)(22)					4/20/2010								1.64	%			406.09				408				824
																									22,432				23,256
Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP
300 North LaSalle, Suite 5300 Chicago, IL 60654		Financial services		Investments in funds(17)					6/14/2013								4.89	%		$	2,544			$	2,544			$	2,545
																									2,544				2,545
Gold, Inc.
18245 East 40th Avenue Aurora, CO 80011		Consumer products		Subordinated debt		11.0%			12/31/2012				6/30/2019							$	16,788			$	16,788			$	16,704
																									16,788				16,704
Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.
One Market Plaza, Steuart Tower, 24th Fl, San Francisco, CA, 94105		Financial services		Investments in funds(17)					11/20/2012								0.42	%		$	1,251			$	866			$	1,058
																									866				1,058

 

96

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Type of Investment		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis				Principal(4) No. of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Harrison Gypsum, LLC
1550 Double Drive, Norman, OK 73069		Industrials		First lien secured debt		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.5% and 0.5% PIK) (10)			12/21/2012				12/21/2017							$	32,177			$	31,837			$	31,533
																									31,837				31,533
Hart InterCivic, Inc.
15500 Wells Port Drive, Austin, TX 78728		IT services		First lien secured debt		12.5% (LIBOR + 10.0% Cash + 1.0% PIK)			7/1/2011				7/1/2016							$	8,568			$	8,517			$	8,396
				First lien secured debt(7)		11.5% (LIBOR + 10.0% Cash)			7/1/2011				7/1/2016								3,000				2,985				3,000
																									11,502				11,396
HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.
340 North Towne Centre Drive, Ozark, MO 65721		Healthcare		First lien secured debt		13.2% (6)			8/31/2012				8/30/2017							$	8,433			$	8,292			$	7,927
																									8,292				7,927
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.
309 West 7th Street, Suite 300 Fort Worth, TX 76102		Energy / Utilities		First lien secured debt		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			5/29/2013				5/29/2018							$	24,227			$	23,865			$	23,258
				First lien secured debt(7)		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			5/29/2013				5/29/2018								—				—				—
																									23,865				23,258
Hostway Corporation
100 N Riverside, Suite 800 Chicago, IL 60606		IT services		Second lien debt		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			12/27/2013				12/13/2020							$	12,000			$	11,792			$	11,880
				Equity investments(13)(22)					12/27/2013								2.36	%			20,000				200				—
				Equity investments(13)(22)					12/27/2013								3.50	%			1,800				1,800				2,111
																									13,792				13,991
Igloo Products Corp.
777 Igloo Road Katy, TX 77494		Consumer products		First lien secured debt		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			3/28/2014				3/28/2020							$	38,286			$	37,508			$	37,712
				Equity investments(12)(13)(22)					4/30/2014								1.24	%			2,406				2,407				2,407
																									39,915				40,119
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.
1619 Broadway, 9th Floor New York, NY 10019		Media, entertainment and leisure		First lien secured debt		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)			8/8/2013				8/8/2018							$	12,684			$	12,500			$	12,684
				First lien secured debt(7)(8)		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)			8/8/2013				8/8/2018								—				(20	)			—
				First lien secured debt		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.3%)			5/29/2014				8/8/2018								2,874				2,826				2,874
				First lien secured debt(8)		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.3%)			5/29/2014				8/8/2018								—				(50	)			—
																									15,256				15,558

 

97

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Type of Investment		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis				Principal(4) No. of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
LAI International, Inc.
708 W. 22nd Street Tempe, AZ 85282		Manufacturing		First lien secured debt		10.4% (6)			10/22/2014				10/22/2019							$	19,308			$	18,899			$	18,899
				First lien secured debt		10.4% (6)			10/22/2014				10/22/2019								—				—				—
																									18,899				18,899
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.
1084 S Cruse Ave, Broussard, LA 70518		Energy / Utilities		First lien secured debt		11.3% (LIBOR + 10.3%)			9/28/2012				9/28/2017							$	8,558			$	8,431			$	7,959
				First lien secured debt (7)		11.3% (LIBOR + 10.3%)			9/28/2012				9/28/2017								3,878				3,878				3,606
				First lien secured debt (7)		11.3% (LIBOR + 10.3%)			7/16/2014				9/28/2017								3,393				3,338				3,155
																									15,647				14,720
Martex Fiber Southern Corp.
325 Chestnut Street, Suite 725 Philadelphia, PA 19106		Industrials		Subordinated debt		13.5% (12.0% Cash + 1.5% PIK) (10)			4/30/2012				10/31/2019							$	9,060			$	8,965			$	8,289
																									8,965				8,289
Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC
40 N. Skokie Blvd., Ste. 500 Northbrook, IL 60062		Financial services		Second lien debt		10.5%			9/30/2013				9/30/2018							$	13,246			$	13,047			$	13,379
																									13,047				13,379
OEM Group, Inc.
2120 W Guadalupe Road, Gilbert, AZ 85233		Manufacturing		First lien secured debt		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK) (10)			10/7/2010				10/7/2015							$	26,739			$	26,616			$	25,402
				First lien secured debt		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK) (10)			6/6/2014				10/7/2015								3,062				3,057				2,909
				Equity investments (13)(22)(23)					10/7/2010								9.00	%			—				—				—
																									29,673				28,311
Sheplers, Inc.
6501 West Kellogg Drive, Wichita, KS 67209		Retail & grocery		Second lien debt		13.2% (LIBOR + 11.7%)			12/20/2011				12/20/2016							$	11,426			$	11,307			$	11,426
				Subordinated debt		17.0% (10.0% Cash + 7.0% PIK) (11)			12/20/2011				12/20/2017								2,076				2,057				2,076
																									13,364				13,502
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd
345 Park Avenue New York, NY 10154		Structured Products (5)(16)		CLO residual interest		15.5%			3/12/2013												—			$	5,316			$	5,812
																									5,316				5,812
Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC
1400 Old Country Rd, Westbury, NY 11590		Restaurants		Second lien debt		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			7/16/2013				7/16/2018							$	20,977			$	20,675			$	20,558
																									20,675				20,558
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.
5501 W. Gray Street, Tampa, FL 33609		Healthcare		Equity investments (12)(13)(22)					4/20/2013								0.87	%			469,673			$	—			$	6,200
																									—				6,200

 

98

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Type of Investment		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis				Principal(4) No. of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Synarc-Biocore Holdings, LLC
826 Newtown-Yardley Rd., Newtown, PA 18940		Healthcare		Second lien debt		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)			3/13/2014				3/13/2022							$	11,000			$	10,900			$	10,120
																									10,900				10,120
Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.
941 Citrona Dr, Fernandian Beach, FL, 32034-4414		IT services		Subordinated debt		15.8% (12.5% Cash + 3.3% PIK) (10)			3/4/2013				3/4/2019							$	19,071			$	18,803			$	15,734
																									18,803				15,734
Virtus Pharmaceuticals, LLC
2649 Causeway Center Drive Tampa, FL 33619		Healthcare		First lien secured debt		10.2% (6)			7/17/2014				7/17/2019							$	19,997			$	19,563			$	19,797
				Equity investments (13)(15)(22)					3/31/2015								0.98	%			6,796.47				127				145
				Equity investments (13)(15)(21)					3/31/2015												83.92				94				94
				Equity investments (13)(15)(21)					3/31/2015												589.76				590				590
																									20,374				20,626
Vision Solutions, Inc.
15300 Barranca Parkway, Irvine, CA 92618		IT services		Second lien debt		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			3/31/2011				7/23/2017							$	11,625			$	11,581			$	11,567
																									11,581				11,567
Washington Inventory Service
9265 Sky Park Court, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92123		Business services		Second lien debt		10.3% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			12/27/2012				6/20/2019							$	11,000			$	10,893			$	11,000
																									10,893				11,000
Wheels Up Partners, LLC
220 West 42nd St., 16th Floor New York, NY 10036		Transportation		First lien secured debt		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)			1/31/2014				10/15/2022							$	9,466			$	9,353			$	9,372
				First lien secured debt		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)			8/27/2014				7/15/2023								6,068				6,068				6,007
				Equity investments (12)(13)(15)(22)					1/31/2014								0.79	%			1,000				1,000				1,000
																									16,421				16,379
YP Equity Investors, LLC
2247 Northlake Parkway, Tucker, GA 30084		Media, entertainment and leisure		Equity investments (12)(13)(15)(22)					5/8/2012								0.93	%			—			$	—			$	4,000
																									—				4,000
Total non-controlled/non-affiliated investments —153.52% of net asset value																								$	679,238			$	687,176
Controlled investments —13.67% of net asset value
C&K Market, Inc. (18)
615 5th Street, Brookings, OR 97415		Retail & grocery		Equity investments (19)(22)					11/3/2010								32.54	%			1,967,367			$	2,271			$	10,613
				Equity investments (19)(21)					11/3/2010								32.54	%			1,967,367				10,956				9,837
																									13,227				20,450

 

99

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Type of Investment		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis				Principal(4) No. of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Dimont & Associates, Inc. (18)
18451 N. Dallas Parkway Dallas, TX 75287		Financial services		Subordinated debt (20)(24)		11.0% PIK			10/20/2014				4/20/2018							$	4,556			$	4,474			$	2,962
				Equity investments (20)(22)					10/20/2014								50.00	%			50,004				6,569				—
																									11,043				2,962
Thibaut, Inc (18)
480 Frelinghuysen Avenue Newark, New Jersey 07114		Consumer products		First lien secured debt		12.0%			6/19/2014				6/19/2019							$	6,504			$	6,432			$	6,504
				Equity investments (12)(13)(19)(21)					6/19/2014								25.80	%			4,747				4,697				4,934
				Equity investments (12)(13)(22)					6/19/2014								20.64	%			20,639				—				1,205
																									11,129				12,643
THL Credit Logan JV LLC (18)
100 Federal Street, 31st Floor Boston, MA 02110		Financial services		Investments in Logan JV (12)(17)(20)(22)					12/3/2014												—			$	24,800			$	25,145
																									24,800				25,145
Total controlled investments—13.67% of net asset value																								$	60,199			$	61,200
Non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value
THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC
100 Federal Street, 31st Floor Boston, MA 02110		Financial services		Investments in funds (12)(17)(22)					1/27/2011															$	5			$	5
																									5				5
THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC
100 Federal Street, 31st Floor Boston, MA 02110		Financial services		Investments in funds (12)(17)(22)					3/1/2013															$	4			$	4
																									4				4
Total non-controlled/affiliated investments —0.00% of net asset value																								$	9			$	9
Total investments—167.18% of net asset value																								$	739,446			$	748,385
Derivative Instruments
Counterparty						Interest Rate		Expiration Date				# of Contracts								Notional				Cost				Fair Value
ING Capital Markets, LLC				Interest Rate Swap – Pay Fixed/ Receive Floating		1.1425%/ LIBOR			5/10/2017				1							$	50,000			$	—			$	(395	)
Total derivative instruments—0.09% of net asset value																								$	—			$	(395	)

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company in which we have made an investment that represents greater than 5.0% of total assets:

Igloo Products Corp.

We currently hold investments, having an aggregate fair value of $40.1 million as of March 31, 2015, in Igloo Products Corp. and affiliated entities, or Igloo. Our investments in Igloo consist of a first lien senior secured debt investment (maturing March 28, 2020) of $38.3 million, based upon principal outstanding, and a common equity investment of $2.4 million.

Igloo is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of ice chests, coolers and hydration products. Igloo products are sold at retailers around the world.

 

(1)	All debt investments are income-producing, unless otherwise noted. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)	All investments are pledged as collateral under the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

(3)

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of March 31, 2015. LIBOR loans are typically indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option, and ABR rates are typically indexed to the current prime rate or federal funds rate. Both LIBOR and ABR rates are subject to interest floors.

(4)	Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(5)	Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(6)	Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(7)	Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on delayed draw term loan and revolving loan facility.

(8)	The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.

(9)	Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(10)	At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(11)	Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

(12)	Member interests of limited liability companies are the equivalent of the stock of corporations.

(13)	Equity ownership may be held as a commitment amount, in shares or in units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(14)	Preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 12% cash and 2% PIK due on a monthly basis

(15)	Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(16)	Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of March 31, 2015.

(17)	Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(18)	As defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, the Company is deemed to control this portfolio company because it owns more than 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities.

(19)	Part of our preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 3% due on a quarterly basis.

(20)

On December 3, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Perspecta to create THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV, a joint venture, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. All Logan JV investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta. Although the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities of Logan JV, the Company does not believe that it has control over Logan JV (other than for purposes of the 1940 Act or otherwise).

(21)	Preferred stock

(22)	Common stock, member interest, and warrants

(23)	Warrants received at initial acquisition date at no cost to the Company

(24)	Loan was on non-accrual as of March 31, 2015.

(25)	Amended rate of 12.5% effective on April 1, 2015.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

THE COMPANY

General

THL Credit, Inc.

We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company incorporated in Delaware on May 26, 2009, that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. In addition, we have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Our investment activities are managed by THL Credit Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of THL Credit Advisors and its affiliates. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations. We are also registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We are a direct lender to middle-market companies and invest in first lien and second lien loans, including through unitranche investments, as well as subordinated debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or similar securities. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments and may also selectively invest in the residual interests, or equity, of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. We may also provide advisory services to managed funds.

We define middle market companies to mean both public and privately-held companies with annual revenues of between $25 million and $500 million. We expect to generate returns through a combination of contractual interest payments on debt investments, equity appreciation (through options, warrants, conversion rights or direct equity investments) and origination and similar fees. We can offer no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

Since April 2010, after we completed our initial public offering and commenced principal operations, we have been responsible for making, on behalf of ourselves, managed funds and separately managed account, over approximately an aggregate $1,609 million in commitments to 80 separate portfolio companies through a combination of both initial and follow-on investments. Since April 2010, we, along with our managed funds and separately managed account, have received $755 million from paydowns and sales of investments. The Company alone has received $732 million from paydowns and sales of investments.

As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations. We are generally required to invest at least 70% of our total assets primarily in securities of private and certain U.S. public companies (other than certain financial institutions), cash, cash equivalents and U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

We are permitted to borrow money from time to time within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act (which generally allows us to incur leverage for up to one half of our assets). We have used, and expect to continue to use, our credit facilities and other borrowings, along with proceeds from the rotation of our portfolio and proceeds from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations.

Organizational Overview

The Company was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009 and initially funded on July 23, 2009. We commenced principal operations on April 21, 2010. The Company has formed wholly owned

 

102

---

Table of Contents

subsidiaries which serve as tax blockers, including THL Credit Holdings, Inc., THL Credit AIM Media Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc., and hold equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies or other forms of pass-through entities. The Company also has formed wholly owned subsidiaries which serve as the administrative agents on certain investment transactions, including THL Corporate Finance, Inc. and THL Corporate Finance, LLC.

 

 

(1)	THL Credit Advisors LLC is owned and controlled by certain of the THL Credit Principals (defined below) and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners (defined below).

(2)	THL Credit SLS Senior Loan Strategies LLC, a majority-owned subsidiary of THL Credit Advisors, focuses principally on broadly syndicated senior loans.

(3)	Greenway I is an investment fund with $150 million of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor, together with a nominal amount committed by the Company, all of which has been paid in and invested by Greenway I, which is managed by us.

(4)	Greenway II is an investment fund and, together with a related vehicle, has $187 million of capital committed by third party investors, together with a nominal amount committed by the Company, which is managed by us.

(5)

Logan JV is a joint venture entered into between the Company and Perspecta Trident LLC, or Perspecta, an affiliate of Perspecta Trust LLC, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. Logan JV has $200 million of capital commitments, of which the Company committed $200 million and Perspecta committed $50 million.

THL Credit Advisors LLC

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, THL Credit Advisors. THL Credit Advisors is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. We pay THL Credit Advisors a management fee as a percentage of our gross assets and incentive fees as a percentage of our ordinary income and capital gains.

THL Credit Advisors was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on June 26, 2009 and is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. THL Credit Advisors is an alternative credit investment manager for both direct lending and tradable credit investments through public and private vehicles, commingled funds including collateralized loan obligations, and separately managed accounts. THL Credit Advisors and its credit-focused affiliates managed assets of $5.5 billion as of March 31, 2015 across its two primary investment platforms: Direct Lending and Tradable Credit.

 

103

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit Advisors benefits from a scaled and integrated business that draws on a diverse resource base and the credit and industry expertise of the entire platform. Fundamental credit analysis, rigorous and disciplined underwriting, well-structured investments and ongoing monitoring are the hallmarks of its credit culture.

THL Credit Advisors’ Direct Lending platform invests in first and second lien loans, including unitranche investments, as well as subordinated debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. Direct Lending investments are made through us.

THL Credit Advisors’ Tradable Credit platform manages investments in secured bank loans, structured credit and high-yield securities through CLOs, separate accounts, sub-advisory and various fund formats, including THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF) (“TSLF”), a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Advisor maintains a variety of advisory or sub-advisory relationships across its investment platform. For example the Advisor may serve as an investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds and presently serves as an investment adviser to CLOs, THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-1 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). See “Certain Relationships” for information regarding the allocation of investment opportunities.

THL Credit Advisors is headquartered in Boston, with additional investment teams in Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles and New York, allowing it to be close to its portfolio companies as well as its origination and syndication sources. Over the years, THL Credit Advisors has developed deep and diverse national relationships that it leverages to maximize investment opportunities across its platforms.

THL Credit Advisors is led by Sam W. Tillinghast, Christopher J. Flynn, W. Hunter Stropp, Terrence W. Olson and Stephanie Paré Sullivan, who constitute its principals (collectively, “THL Credit Principals”). THL Credit Advisor’s Direct Lending investment committee, which serves as our investment committee, is comprised of Messrs. Tillinghast, Flynn, Stropp and Olson (the “Investment Principals”).

THL Credit Advisors is owned and controlled by the THL Credit Principals and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners. The Investment Principals have worked together over the past seven years at THL Credit Advisors and its predecessor, and together with their prior investment experiences, have invested through multiple business and credit cycles across the entire capital structure. We believe the Investment Principals bring a unique investment perspective and skill set by virtue of their complementary, collective experience as both debt and equity investors. In addition, we believe they bring an active equity ownership mentality and intend to focus on adding value to portfolio companies through board representation, when possible, active monitoring and direct dialogue with management.

THL Credit Advisors also serves as our Administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. The tasks of the Administrator include overseeing our financial records, preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitoring the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL Partners”)

Founded in 1974, THL Partners is a leading private equity firm based in Boston, MA. THL Partners focuses on identifying and obtaining substantial ownership positions in large growth-oriented companies where it can add managerial and strategic expertise to create value for its partners. As one of the oldest and most experienced private equity firms, THL Partners has raised approximately $20 billion of equity capital and invested in more than 100 businesses with an aggregate purchase price of more than $150 billion. THL Partners seeks to build companies of lasting value while generating superior returns for its investors and operating partners. We believe we benefit from THL Credit Advisors’ relationship with THL Partners. THL Credit Advisors has access to the contacts and industry knowledge of THL Partners’ investment team to enhance its transaction sourcing capabilities and consults with the THL Partners team on specific industry issues, trends and other matters to complement our investment process.

 

104

---

Table of Contents

Investment Approach

Our investment approach consists of the following four separate and distinct phases: (1) sourcing; (2) selecting; (3) structuring; and (4) supervising investments. Sourcing involves our efforts to generate as vast a universe of relevant and actionable investment opportunities as possible. Selecting represents our decision-making process regarding which of those investments to pursue. Structuring summarizes our creative approach to deploying capital on a case by case basis in a way that maximizes value. Supervising is a reference to our ongoing rigorous credit monitoring.

Sourcing

The elements of our sourcing efforts will include: (i) determining the market in which we intend to participate; (ii) identifying the opportunities within that market; (iii) having a clear strategy; (iv) knowing the competition; and (v) distinguishing our competitive advantages.

Determining the Market

We invest primarily in debt securities of sponsored and unsponsored issuers based mainly in the United States. Our debt investments are composed of first lien secured loans, second lien secured loans and subordinated or mezzanine debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock and other similar securities. Our first lien secured loans may be structured as traditional first lien loans or as unitranche loans. Unitranche structures combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans as well as residual interests, or equity, of CLOs from time to time. We also may provide advisory services to managed funds.

It is our belief that having a combination of sponsored and unsponsored investments in debt securities will benefit us with the most attractive opportunities across investment cycles. To that end, our nationwide origination efforts target both private equity sponsors and referral sources of unsponsored companies.

With respect to sponsored transactions, which we define as those companies controlled by private equity firms, or sponsors, we expect the demand for leveraged buyouts to grow due to the continued inflow of capital to private equity managers, a robust mergers and acquisition environment supported by attractive valuations and a stabilized economic climate. Concurrently, traditional commercial lenders are reducing their offerings to middle market companies due to increased leverage lending regulation and an institutional focus on more liquid investments. We believe middle market debt providers will increasingly see opportunities to fill this growing financing gap. Additionally, we expect significant demand from sponsors who need to recapitalize the balance sheets of certain of their portfolio companies or, in certain situations, acquire portfolio companies.

We selectively invest in unsponsored companies, which are either privately-held companies typically owned and controlled by entrepreneurs rather than private equity firms or microcap public companies, or those public companies with market capitalization of less than $300 million. We believe that unsponsored middle market companies represent a large, attractive and less competitive investment opportunity for two primary reasons: (1) the number of unsponsored companies far exceeds the number of sponsored companies; and (2) many debt investors focus primarily on sponsored companies. We also believe because unsponsored companies often have less access to capital providers, they generally provide us more attractive economics, greater alignment of interests with management, and greater control over the business and capital structure.

Investment professionals across all five offices hold regularly scheduled meetings to update and assess the pipeline of transaction opportunities, review information on market trends obtained through discussions with market participants and share sourcing best practices for both sponsored and unsponsored opportunities.

 

105

---

Table of Contents

Market opportunity

We believe the environment for investing in middle market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

Improved company fundamentals creating favorable lending trends. Middle market companies are experiencing improved fundamentals driven by a stabilizing economy and an increase in confidence. In 2014, middle market companies displayed improvements in operating performance, resulting in stronger credit quality. Default levels remained relatively low, and volatility in the broader capital markets eased, resulting in more middle market companies seeking growth capital at attractive lender credit metrics.

Meaningful availability of investable capital at private equity firms. Recent private equity data show over $1 trillion of dry powder that private equity fund managers are actively looking to allocate to transactions involving new or existing portfolio companies. Private equity funds will often prefer to support these transactions with debt securities, including first lien, second lien and mezzanine loans from sources such as us.

Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced their focus on middle market business. We believe that many senior lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle market companies in favor of lending to large corporate clients, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-credit services to their customers. Further, many financial institutions and traditional lenders are faced with constrained balance sheets and are requiring existing issuers to reduce leverage.

Increased lending regulation has limited the ability of traditional lenders to provide capital to middle market companies. Heightened scrutiny of large bank institutions by regulatory bodies has prompted lending guidelines that have sought to limit leverage, deter banks from lengthening payment timelines and restrict banks from holding certain CLO securities. In response, banks have been participating less in the middle market lending arena, opening up opportunities for alternative lenders such as us. In addition to new lending activity, as companies look to refinance existing loans that do not abide by the current guidelines, the market opportunity should continue to expand.

Middle market companies are increasingly seeking lenders with long-term capital to provide flexible solutions for their debt and equity financing needs. We believe that many middle market companies prefer to execute transactions with private capital providers such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond or equity transactions in the public markets, which may necessitate increased financial and regulatory compliance and reporting obligations. Further, we believe many middle market companies are inclined to seek capital from a small number of skilled, reliable and predictable providers with access to permanent capital that can satisfy their specific needs and serve as value-added financial partners with an understanding of, and longer-term view oriented towards the growth of their businesses. We aim to develop a constructive partnership with our portfolio companies to help them navigate economic cycles and operational issues which will arise.

The current regulatory and market environment may mean more favorable opportunities for investing in middle market companies. The combination of bank consolidation and increased regulation has resulted in fewer lender participants and a greater opportunity for us to originate proprietary investment opportunities in the middle market. Fewer participants also results in a more disciplined approach to investment opportunities, a situation which we are well positioned to capitalize on given the extensive level of experience of the Investment Principals, who have worked closely together for seven years and, together with their previous investment experiences, have invested through multiple business and credit cycles.

The large yet fragmented middle market may offer lenders more attractive economic terms compared to the more efficient, syndicated markets. Investing in debt securities in the middle market may offer more favorable returns relative to their investment risk, when compared to investments in public high yield or syndicated bank loan securities. From a structural perspective, middle market debt securities generally involve better pricing terms and protective characteristics which defend against credit deterioration and preserve collateral value (i.e.

 

106

---

Table of Contents

financial covenants). From an underwriting perspective, middle market lending provides improved access to information and the ability to diligence and evaluate management teams.

Investment strategy

We believe a strategy focused primarily on debt securities in middle market companies has a number of compelling attributes. First, the market for these instruments is relatively inefficient, allowing an experienced investor an opportunity to produce high risk-adjusted returns. Second, downside risk can be managed through an extensive credit-oriented underwriting process, creative structuring techniques and intensive portfolio monitoring. We believe private debt investments generally require the highest level of credit and legal due diligence among debt or credit asset classes. Lastly, compared with equity investments, returns on debt investments tend to be less volatile given the substantial current return component and seniority in the capital structure relative to equity.

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle market companies include other BDCs, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, CLO funds, commercial finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us.

Competitive advantages

We believe that we possess the following competitive advantages over many other capital providers to middle market companies:

Experienced management team. As stated above, the Investment Principals are experienced and have worked together extensively, and together with their past investment experiences have invested through multiple business and credit cycles across the entire capital structure with the objective of generating attractive, long-term, risk-adjusted returns. Each of the Investment Principals brings a unique investment perspective and skill-set by virtue of their complementary collective experiences as both debt and equity investors.

Proactive Sourcing Platform. We take a proactive, hands-on, and creative approach to investment sourcing. Our disciplined origination process includes proprietary tools and resources and employs a national platform with a regional focus. With offices in Boston, Chicago, Houston, New York and Los Angeles, the THL Credit Principals have a deep and diverse relationship network in the debt capital and private equity markets. These activities and relationships provide an important channel through which we generate investment opportunities consistent with our investment strategy. The THL Credit Principals have activities and relationships with private equity sponsors, investment bankers, middle market senior lenders, commercial bankers (national, regional and local), lawyers, accountants and business brokers as well as access to the extensive network of THL Partners which has 40 years of experience. The THL Credit Principals actively utilize these activities, relationships and networks to source and execute attractive investments, and maintain a database and set of reports where the details of all potential investment opportunities are tracked. Further, we believe the investment history and long-standing reputation of the THL Credit Principals provides us an early look at new investment opportunities.

Significant institutional expertise and brand recognition gained from investing over $1.6 billion in 82 companies since June 2009 across direct lending credit platform. We have developed the institutional knowledge and operational infrastructure required to successfully achieve our investment objectives. We benefit from proprietary deal flow from strong relationships with sponsors cultivated over seven years of doing business in the

 

107

---

Table of Contents

middle market. Our comprehensive underwriting methodology and monitoring processes have been implemented across all five regional offices. Additionally, the THL Credit Principals are supported by an experienced operational and administrative team.

Ability to execute unsponsored transactions. We believe we are one of the few credit market participants that selectively seeks unsponsored investments and possesses the experience and resources, as a result of the long-standing relationships of the Investment Principals and ongoing development of new relationships with referral sources and equity sponsors, to source unsponsored debt transactions. Furthermore, we have the capability to perform the rigorous in-house due diligence, structuring and monitoring activities necessary to execute such transactions.

Affiliation with THL Partners and THL Credit SLS. We are managed by THL Credit Advisors, the credit affiliate of THL Partners and parent of THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC (“THL Credit SLS”). As such, we have access to the relationship network and industry knowledge of both THL Partners and THL Credit SLS to enhance transaction sourcing capabilities. This also provides us with the opportunity to consult with investment teams from each organization on specific industry issues, trends and other complementary matters.

Selecting

Selecting investments to pursue requires us to have an employable investment philosophy, know our key metrics, have a process to consistently measure those metrics, and implement a repeatable underwriting process that enables our investment committee to make well-reasoned decisions.

Investment Philosophy

Our investment philosophy focuses on capital preservation, relative value, and establishing close relationships with portfolio companies. It is our expectation that this multifaceted focus should generate consistent, attractive, risk-adjusted returns coupled with low volatility.

Capital Preservation. We believe that the key to capital preservation is comprehensive and fundamental credit analysis. We take a long term view of our investments and portfolio with the perspective that most of our investments may need to endure through economic cycles. We refrain from market timing and generally do not enter into investments with the sole intention of realizing short term gains based on changes in market prices. However, we will not hesitate to sell an investment if we believe that it is deteriorating in value and that more recovery will be obtained by selling rather than holding the investment.

Relative Value. Relative value is an essential part of every investment decision. Relative value is determined in a variety of ways including comparisons to other opportunities available in the same asset class and with portfolio companies in the same or similar industries. Relative value is also analyzed across asset classes (senior vs. subordinate, secured vs. unsecured, debt vs. equity) to ensure that the return of a potential investment is appropriate relative to its position in the capital structure.

Key Investment Metrics

Our value-oriented investment philosophy is primarily focused on maximizing yield relative to risk. Upon identifying a potential opportunity, we perform an initial screen to determine whether pursuing intensive due diligence is merited. As part of this process, we have identified several criteria we believe are important in evaluating and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions. However, each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest may not meet all of these criteria.

 

108

---

Table of Contents

Value orientation/positive cash flow. Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental credit analysis and has a distinct value orientation. We will generally focus on companies in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis. Although we obtain liens on collateral when appropriate and available, we are primarily focused on the predictability of future cash flow. We generally do not intend to invest in start-up companies or companies with speculative business plans.

Seasoned management with significant equity ownership. Strong, committed management teams are important to the success of an investment and we focus on companies where strong management teams are either already in place or where new management teams have been identified. Additionally, we generally require the portfolio companies to have in place compensation provisions that appropriately incentivize management to succeed and to act in our interests as investors.

Strong competitive position. We seek to invest in companies that have developed competitive advantages and defensible market positions within their respective markets, provide a needed product or service and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities.

Exit strategy. We seek companies that we believe will generate consistent cash flow to repay our loans and reinvest in their respective businesses. We expect such internally generated cash flow in portfolio companies to be a key means by which we exit from our investments over time. In addition, we invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities for the equity component of our returns. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction.

Due Diligence and Investment Process

We employ a rigorous and disciplined underwriting and due diligence process. Our process includes a comprehensive understanding of a portfolio company’s industry, market, operational, financial, organizational and legal position and prospects. In addition to our own analysis, we frequently use the service of third parties (either those of the sponsor, if applicable, or those which we retain) for quality of earnings reports, environmental diligence, legal reviews, industry and customer surveys, and background checks. We conduct thorough reference and background checks on senior management for all investments, including, but not limited to reference calls to several constituencies including senior management of past employers, business associates, customers, industry experts, such as equity research analysts and, when appropriate, competitors.

We seek portfolio companies that have proven management teams that have a vested interest in the company in the form of a meaningful level of equity ownership, that generate stable and predictable cash flow, and whose market position is defensible. We invest in companies with the expectation that we will own the investment through a complete business cycle, and possibly a recession, and we determine the appropriate amount of debt for the company accordingly. In addition, we view a sale of the company which might result in a refinancing of our investment as a possibility but not an expectation. Our intention is to craft strong and lender-friendly credit agreements with covenants, events of default, remedies and inter-creditor agreements being an integral part of our legal documents.

Our due diligence typically includes the following elements (although not all elements necessarily form part of every due diligence project):

Portfolio Company Characteristics: key levers of the business including a focus on drivers of cash flow and growth; revenue visibility; customer and supplier concentrations; historical revenue and margin trends; fixed versus variable costs; free cash flow analysis; portfolio company performance in view of industry performance; and sensitivity analysis around various future performance scenarios (with a focus on downside scenario analysis);

 

109

---

Table of Contents

Industry Analysis: including the portfolio company’s position within the context of the general economic environment and relevant industry cycles; industry size and growth rates; competitive landscape; barriers to entry and potential new entrants; product position and defensibility of market share; technological, regulatory and similar threats; and pricing power and cost considerations;

Management: including the quality, breadth and depth of the portfolio company’s management; track record and prior experience; background checks; reputation; compensation and equity incentives; corporate overhead; motivation; interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors;

Financial Analysis: an understanding of relevant financial ratios and statistics, including various leverage, liquidity, free cash flow and fixed charge coverage ratios; impact on ratios in various future performance scenarios and comparison of applicable ratios to industry competitors; satisfaction with the auditor of the financial statements; quality of earnings analysis;

Capital Structure: diverse considerations regarding leverage (including understanding seniority and leverage multiples); ability to service debt; collateral and security protections; covenants and guarantees; equity investment amounts and participants (where applicable); review of other significant structural terms and pertinent legal documentation; and

Collateral and Enterprise Value: analysis of relevant collateral coverage, including assets on a liquidation basis and enterprise value on a going concern basis; matrix analysis of cash flow and valuation multiples under different scenarios along with recovery estimates; comparison to recent transaction multiples and valuations.

Underwriting Process

We employ an extensive due diligence approach tailored to each particular investment opportunity. To begin, we review the information memorandum that the company presenting the investment opportunity or its intermediary has prepared, and discuss the opportunity at a high level with the company’s management team, the sponsor or the intermediary, as applicable. Based on that initial high-level review, the investment team submits a customized due diligence questions request to the company or intermediary. Sometimes the company or intermediary responds directly with materials, and other times there is an online data room that the investment team is invited to review. If the investment opportunity involves a sponsor that has performed a diligence review of the company, the investment team reviews the sponsor’s due diligence reports and analyses. The investment team supplements the document review with phone calls and meetings with the intermediary, sponsor and company’s management team, as applicable. Members of the investment team may also speak with business contacts who are industry experts who provide color on industry and market trends, without discussing the specific investment opportunity. Such industry experts may include employees of THL Partners or their portfolio companies, and persons in THL Credit Advisors’ and THL Partners’ vast network of business contacts. Members of the investment team build a preliminary financial model and review financial statements as part of the analysis on whether the opportunity is attractive.

If the investment team believes the opportunity to be compelling or worth further discussion with the larger group, it will prepare a screening memo outlining the opportunity, including a company overview, situation overview, financial summary, investment thesis, risk factors and recommendations for next steps. The screening memo will be reviewed and discussed by all investment professionals (including the investment committee). Members of the investment committee in particular will ask detailed questions about the investment opportunity of the investment team. While no formal vote of the investment committee occurs at this stage, if any member of the investment committee expresses significant concerns about the investment opportunity then the investment team will be unlikely to proceed further.

During such discussions, the investment team will compile diligence questions raised by the larger group, and formulate a strategy for engaging outside consultants, legal and financial advisors and additional industry experts, as needed.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

Following such a discussion, if the investment professionals (including the investment committee) believe the opportunity to be compelling, the investment team will then pursue the next stages of diligence and draft a term sheet or initial indication of interest when appropriate. Such documentation will then be presented to the sponsor or intermediary, as appropriate, and shared with the company.

If the investment team decides that the opportunity offers an attractive risk-adjusted return and we are competitively positioned to be awarded the deal, it will begin to work towards final approval by the investment committee by performing confirmatory due diligence. As part of this process, members of the investment team will conduct, among others, in-person meetings with management, in-depth review of historical financial data, thorough reviews of loan documents and material contracts as well as research relating to the company’s industry, customers, suppliers and competitors.

THL Credit Advisors’ in-house counsel will engage outside legal counsel for the opportunity, as well as industry-specific consultants, if appropriate, and accountants. If the investment opportunity involves a sponsor, the investment team may coordinate with the sponsor on engaging such consultants and accountants, and if the investment opportunity involves a co-investor, the investment team will coordinate with the co-investor on engaging all such advisors. Legal counsel will perform legal due diligence, the accountants will perform accounting due diligence, including a quality of earnings report if one does not yet exist, and the industry-specific consultants will diligence various areas such as regulatory restrictions, specific vendor or customer relationships and background checks on the management team.

The investment team will then present its complete findings in the form of a comprehensive memo to the investment committee and ask for official approval of the proposed investment.

Investment Committee

The purpose of the investment committee is to evaluate and approve, as deemed appropriate, all investments by us. The committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of every investment. The committee also serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to THL Credit Advisors’ investment philosophies and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.

In addition to reviewing investments, the investment committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and investment sourcing are also reviewed on a regular basis. Members of our investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with the investment committee early in their analysis. This process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.

Each transaction is presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. Each potential sale or exit of an existing investment is also presented to the investment committee. Our investment committee currently consists of Sam W. Tillinghast, Christopher J. Flynn, W. Hunter Stropp and Terrence W. Olson. To approve a new investment, or to exit or sell an existing investment, the consent of a majority of the three members of the committee is required.

Structuring

Our approach to structuring involves us choosing the most appropriate variety of security for each particular investment; and negotiating the best and most favorable terms.

Investment Structure

In order to achieve our investment objective, we invest in first lien and second lien secured loans, including unitranche investments, as well as subordinated debt, which may include an associated equity component such as

 

111

---

Table of Contents

warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments. Typically, our investments will be approximately $10 million to $30 million of capital per transaction and have maturities of five to seven years. In determining whether a prospective investment satisfies our investment criteria, we generally seek a high total return potential on a risk-adjusted basis, although there can be no assurance we will find investments satisfying that criterion or that any such investments will perform in accordance with expectations.

We generally do not intend to invest in startup companies, operationally distressed situations or companies with speculative business plans. In addition, we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in opportunistic investments which will be intended to diversify or complement the remainder of our portfolio and to enhance our returns to stockholders. There investments may include high yield bonds, private equity investments, securities of public companies that are broadly traded and securities of non-U.S. companies. We expect that these public companies generally will have debt securities that are non-investment grade.

Once we have determined that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we will work with the management of that portfolio company and its other capital providers, including, as applicable, senior, junior, and equity capital providers, to structure an investment. We will negotiate among these parties to agree on how our investment is expected to perform relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure. Investments will include stringent structural and credit protections. The legal review process and documentation will be of paramount importance. Internal counsel of THL Credit Advisors will be closely involved in every investment that we make. Investment professionals working with internal counsel drive the principal negotiation of legal terms in connection with the issuance of term sheets. They continue to be involved in negotiations, along with outside counsel who lead the transactions, throughout the legal documentation process. This involvement on each transaction will provide consistent structural and credit protections across investments.

Security types we invest in include:

First Lien Senior Secured Loans. We invest in first lien or senior secured loans, and expect such loans to have terms of three to seven years. To the extent we invest in senior secured loans, we obtain first lien security interests in the assets of these portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. First lien secured loans may also include unitranche loan structures, which typically combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured and second lien and subordinated loans. We may obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral may take the form of first-priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company and may provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity, although there can be no assurance we will find investments providing for such amortization. Unitranche loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity.

Second Lien Loans. We structure our second lien investments as junior, secured loans. We obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral may take the form of second priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. Second lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity, although there can be no assurance we will find investments providing for such amortization.

Mezzanine Loans. We structure our subordinated, or mezzanine investments, primarily as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates that will provide us with current interest income. Generally, mezzanine loans rank subordinate in priority of payment to senior debt, such as senior bank debt, and are often unsecured. However, mezzanine loans rank senior to common and preferred equity in a borrowers’ capital structure. Mezzanine loans typically have interest-only payments in the early years, with

 

112

---

Table of Contents

amortization of principal deferred to the later years and may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. The warrants associated with mezzanine loans are typically detachable, which allows lenders to receive repayment of their principal on an agreed amortization schedule while retaining their equity interest in the borrower. Also, in some cases our mezzanine loans will be collateralized by a subordinated lien on some or all of the assets of the borrower. Typically, our mezzanine loans will have maturities of five to ten years. In determining whether a prospective mezzanine loan investment satisfies our investment criteria, we generally seek a high total return potential, although there can be no assurance we will find investments satisfying that criterion or that any such investments will perform in accordance with expectations.

CLO Residual Interests. We have invested in residual interests, subordinated notes or income notes which are subordinated to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans. The income notes are part of a class of subordinated notes, which are paid equal with other subordinated notes within this class. In each case, the subordinated notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

Logan JV. We have invested in Logan JV, which as of March 31, 2015 consisted of a portfolio of loans to 46 different borrowers in industries similar to the companies in our portfolio. Logan JV invests primarily in debt securities that are secured by a first lien on some or all of the issuer’s assets, including traditional senior debt and any related revolving or similar credit facility, in generally the same manner as our senior secured loans.

Investment Terms

We tailor the terms of each investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the company to achieve its business plan and improve its profitability. We seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

•

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk; and

 

•

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances or participation rights. The intention will be to craft strong and investor-friendly agreements with covenants, events of default, remedies and intercreditor agreements, if applicable, being an integral part of such documents.

Our investments may include equity features, such as warrants or options to buy a minority interest in the portfolio company. Any warrants we receive with our debt securities generally require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We may structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the company, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we also obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

 

113

---

Table of Contents

Supervising

Successful supervision of our investments involves employing active monitoring methods; and developing strong underlying management teams at each portfolio company.

Monitoring

We employ the use of board observation and information rights, regular dialogue with company management and sponsors, and detailed internally generated monitoring reports to actively monitor performance. Additionally, THL Credit has developed a monitoring template that promotes compliance with these standards and that is used as a tool to assess investment performance relative to plan.

As part of the monitoring process, the Advisor assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and assigns each portfolio investment a score of a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5

The revised investment performance scores, or IPS, are as follows:

1 – The portfolio investment is performing above our underwriting expectations.

2 – The portfolio investment is performing as expected at the time of underwriting. All new investments are initially scored a 2.

3 – The portfolio investment is operating below our underwriting expectations, and requires closer monitoring. The company may be out of compliance with financial covenants, however, principal or interest payments are generally not past due.

4 – The portfolio investment is performing materially below our underwriting expectations and returns on our investment are likely to be impaired. Principal or interest payments may be past due, however, full recovery of principal and interest payments are expected.

5 – The portfolio investment is performing substantially below expectations and the risk of the investment has increased substantially. The company is in payment default and the principal and interest payments are not expected to be repaid in full.

For any investment receiving a score of a 3 or lower THL Credit Advisors will increase their level of focus and prepare regular updates for the investment committee summarizing current operating results, material impending events and recommended actions.

The Advisor monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment scores assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our investment valuation process, the Advisor and board of directors review these investment scores on a quarterly basis. Our average investment score was 2.12 and 2.07 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The following is a distribution of the investment scores of our portfolio companies at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (in millions):

 

		March 31, 2015								December 31, 2014
Investment Score		Fair Value				% of Total Portfolio				Fair Value				% of Total Portfolio
1(a)		$	62.7				8.4	%		$	72.1				9.2	%
2(b)			533.1				71.2	%			569.5				72.7	%
3(c)			149.6				20.0	%			136.0				17.3	%
4(d)			—				—				6.6				0.8	%
5(e)			3.0				0.4	%			—				—
Total		$	748.4				100.0	%		$	784.2				100.0	%

 

114

---

Table of Contents

 

(a)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “1” included $22.2 million and $0, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(b)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “2” included $111.9 million and $126.0 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(c)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “3” included $38.2 million and $24.7 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(d)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “4” included $0 and $4.6 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

(e)	As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Investment Score “5” included $3.0 million and $0, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, we may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of March 31, 2015, we had one loan on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $4.5 million and fair value of $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had no loans on non-accrual. We record the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Our Advisor and Administrator have hired and expect to continue to hire professionals with skills applicable to our business plan and investment objective, including experience in middle market investment, leveraged finance and capital markets. Each of our executive officers is an employee and executive officer of our Advisor or Administrator. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our Advisor. The services necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio are provided by investment professionals employed by our Advisor. Our Advisor’s investment professionals focus on origination and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. We reimburse our Administrator for costs and expenses incurred by our Administrator for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to our Administrator under the administration agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by our Advisor relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by our Advisor to us. In addition, we reimburse our Administrator for our allocable portion of expenses it incurs in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are currently located at 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110. THL Credit Advisors furnishes us office space and we reimburse it for such costs on an allocated basis.

Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor THL Credit Advisors are currently subject to any material legal proceedings. However, from time to time, we may be party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business including the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies or prospective investments.

 

115

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of six members, five of whom are not “interested persons” of our company or of THL Credit Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Board of Directors

Under our current charter, each of our directors will hold office for one year terms. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the directors whose terms expire at each such meeting will be elected to hold office for a one year term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders following their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies or such director’s earlier resignation, death or removal.

Directors

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name		Age				Position		Director Since
Interested Directors:
Christopher J. Flynn			42			Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer			2015
James K. Hunt			63	(1)		Director, Chairman of the Board			2009
Sam W. Tillinghast			52			Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer			2015
Independent Directors:
David K. Downes			75			Director			2009
Nancy Hawthorne			64			Director			2009
Keith W. Hughes			68			Lead Independent Director			2009
James D. Kern			48			Director			2014
John A. Sommers			76			Director			2009
David P. Southwell			54			Director			2009

Biographical information regarding our Board is set forth below. We have divided the directors into two groups—independent directors and interested directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” of THL Credit, Inc., as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

(1)	Mr. Hunt served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer until July 31, 2014.

Executive Officers

The following persons serve as our executive officers in the following capacities:

 

Name		Age				Position
Sam W. Tillinghast			52			Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer
Christopher J. Flynn			42			Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer
W. Hunter Stropp			44			President
Terrence W. Olson			48			Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer
Stephanie Paré Sullivan			42			Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

The address for each executive officer is c/o THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

116

---

Table of Contents

Biographical information

Information about the specific experience, skills, attributes and qualifications of each director, which in each case led to the board’s conclusion that the director should serve as a director of the Company, is provided in below, in “Biographical Information.”

Our directors have been divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. Christopher J. Flynn and Sam W. Tillinghast are interested directors by virtue of them both serving as our Co-Chief Executive Officers and Co-Chief Investment Officers. The board’s chairman, James K. Hunt, is an interested director by virtue of his previously serving as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer and his employment with THL Credit Advisors. The board believes having its Co-Chief Executive Officers on the board of directors fosters clear accountability, effective decision-making and alignment on corporate strategy. In part because the Company is an externally managed investment company, the board believes having an interested chairperson that is familiar with the Company’s portfolio companies, its day-to-day management and the operations of THL Credit Advisors greatly enhances, among other things, its understanding of the Company’s investment portfolio, business, finances and risk management efforts. In addition, the board believes that Mr. Hunt’s employment as Executive Chairman of THL Credit Advisors allows for the efficient mobilization of THL Credit Advisors’ resources at the board’s behest and on its behalf.

Keith W. Hughes has been appointed as the board’s Lead Independent Director. In this capacity, Mr. Hughes presides over executive sessions of the independent directors and serves as a liaison between management and the independent directors between board meetings.

Biographical Information

Interested Directors

Christopher J. Flynn. Mr. Flynn is Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer of THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Advisors LLC, Co-Chief Executive Officer of THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC, and a member of the Board of Directors of THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Logan JV LLC. He also serves on the Investment Committee of THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Logan JV LLC. Previously, Mr. Flynn served as Co-President and, prior to that, Managing Director, of THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Advisors LLC. Since joining THL Credit, Mr. Flynn has been involved in origination and closing investments, portfolio management, capital raising and management of THL Credit’s direct lending private funds and accounts, and the establishment of the Chicago and New York offices of THL Credit Advisors LLC. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Flynn was a Vice President at AIG in the Leveraged Capital Group. Mr. Flynn joined AIG in February 2005 after working for Black Diamond Capital Management, a hedge fund, as a Senior Financial Analyst. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Flynn worked in a variety of roles at GE Capital, lastly as an Assistant Vice President within the Capital Markets Syndication Group. Prior to joining GE Capital, Mr. Flynn worked at BNP Paribas as a Financial Analyst and at Bank One as a Commercial Banker. Mr. Flynn earned his M.B.A. with a concentration in Finance and Strategy from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Business and his B.A. in Finance from DePaul University.

James K. Hunt. Mr. Hunt serves as Chairman of the Company’s board of directors. He also serves as Executive Chairman and a Director of THL Credit Advisors LLC. In 2007, Mr. Hunt founded the THL Credit business in association with Thomas H. Lee Partners, LP and led the business as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer from inception through July 2014. Prior to founding THL Credit, Mr. Hunt was Managing Partner and Chief Executive Officer of Bison Capital which he co-founded in 2001. Previously, he was President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and an Executive Vice President of SunAmerica Investments, Inc. (subsequently, AIG SunAmerica) through 2000. At SunAmerica, Mr. Hunt was responsible for high-yielding investments including private placements, acquisition financing, term loans and portfolio purchases, structured finance and corporate acquisitions. The asset portfolio managed by Mr. Hunt exceeded $8 billion, with total

 

117

---

Table of Contents

investments of more than $19 billion during his tenure. Investments were partially made through five CDOs (collateralized debt obligations) exceeding $3.5 billion. He was President and CEO of the Anchor Pathway Funds and SunAmerica Series Trust with assets exceeding $11 billion. For SunAmerica, Mr. Hunt was the executive responsible for the acquisition of First City Texas Leasing in 1991, Southeast Bank Leasing in 1993 and Imperial Premium Finance in 1994 and served as the senior officer managing these finance companies. Mr. Hunt joined SunAmerica in 1990 from the Davis Companies, a private equity investment firm, where he was responsible for acquisitions. Prior to that he worked at Citicorp for over 14 years, where he held a variety of leveraged lending, credit and finance positions, culminating in the role of Senior Credit Officer and Vice President / Area Head for the Far West U.S. leveraged lending group. At Citicorp, Mr. Hunt also had responsibilities for various workout transactions and the Western asset based lending group. Mr. Hunt currently serves as lead director on the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (NYSE: PFSI)). Mr. Hunt is a former Chairman and member of the board of directors of Financial Pacific Leasing, LLC, formerly Lead Trustee for Falcon Financial (Nasdaq: FLCN), and a former member of the boards of directors of Lender Processing Services, Inc. (NYSE: LPS), Primus Guaranty Ltd, LLC. (NYSE: PRS), CLS Worldwide Services, LLC, GTS Holdings, Inc., Helinet Aviation Services, LLC, Metagenics, Inc., Fidelity National Information Services Inc. (NYSE: FIS) and Mobile Storage Group. Mr. Hunt earned his B.B.A. in economics from the University of Texas at El Paso and an M.B.A. in finance and accounting from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School.

Sam W. Tillinghast. Mr. Tillinghast is Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer of THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Advisors LLC, Co-Chief Executive Officer of THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC and a member of the Board of Directors of THL Credit, Inc. He also serves on the Investment Committee of THL Credit, Inc. Previously, Mr. Tillinghast served as Co-President and Chief Risk Officer of THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Advisors LLC. As a co-founder of THL Credit, Mr. Tillinghast has been involved in origination and closing investments, portfolio management, investment strategy, fundraising and the initial public offering of THL Credit, Inc. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Tillinghast was a Managing Director and Head of the Private Placement Group for AIG where he was responsible for private debt investments, project finance transactions and private asset-backed securitizations. Mr. Tillinghast joined AIG with the acquisition of SunAmerica Inc. in January 1999, and was a member of the team responsible for the integration of the private debt investment groups of SunAmerica, AIG and American General (acquired by AIG in 2001). Mr. Tillinghast led the growth of the AIG private debt portfolio from approximately $14 billion in 2001 to approximately $28 billion in 2006. While at SunAmerica, where he joined in 1988, Mr. Tillinghast held various positions including Executive Vice President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and his investment experience included corporate bonds, securitizations, leveraged loans, CDOs, portfolio acquisitions, and equipment leasing. Mr. Tillinghast earned his M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin and his B.S. in Finance from the University of South Alabama.

Independent Directors

David K. Downes. Mr. Downes currently serves as Vice Chairman of the Board of Community Capital Management, an investment management company and served as its Chief Executive Officer and board member from 2004 to February 2015. Mr. Downes has served as the President of Community Capital Trust since 2004, and currently serves as President of its managed funds, CRA Qualified Investment Fund and Alternative Income Fund. Previously, Mr. Downes served as the Independent Chairman of GSK Domestic Employee Benefit Trust between 2006 and 2013. From 1993 to 2003, Mr. Downes was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc., a subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation, and Delaware Investments U.S., Inc., an investment management subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation, President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee of Delaware Investment Family of Funds, President and Board Member of Lincoln National Convertible Securities Funds, Inc. and the Lincoln National Income Funds, TDC and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Retirement Financial Services, Inc., a registered transfer agent and investment adviser and a subsidiary of Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. From 1995 to 2003, Mr. Downes was President and Chief Executive Officer of Delaware Service Company, Inc. and from 1985 to 1992 held the roles of Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Chairman and Director of Equitable Capital

 

118

---

Table of Contents

Management Corporation, an investment subsidiary of Equitable Life Assurance Society. Mr. Downes was Corporate Controller of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. from 1977 to 1985. Prior to that, he held positions with Colonial Penn Group, Inc., and Price Waterhouse & Company. Mr. Downes was in the United States Marine Corps from 1957 to 1959. He currently serves as a director of Actua, an information technology company, including roles of chair of the audit committee and a member of the compensation committee, since October 2003; and oversees 64 portfolios as a trustee of various funds in the Oppenheimer Funds complex. Mr. Downes has a B.S. from Pennsylvania State University.

Nancy Hawthorne. Since 2014, Ms. Hawthorne has served as founder and Partner of Hawthorne Financial Advisors, LLC, a registered investment advisor. In addition, since August 2001, Ms. Hawthorne has served as Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Clerestory LLC, a financial advisory and investment firm. Prior to that, from 1997 to 1998, Ms. Hawthorne served as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner of Hawthorne, Krauss & Associates, LLC, a provider of consulting services to corporate management, and as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Continental Cablevision, a cable television company, from 1982 to 1997. Ms. Hawthorne serves on the board of directors of Avid Technologies where she has served as lead independent director since October 2014 and also from January 2008 to December 2011, interim Chief Executive Officer from August 2007 through December 2007, and chairperson from May 2004 to May 2007. Ms. Hawthorne is a director of the MetLife Funds, a family of mutual funds established by the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. Ms. Hawthorne has also served on the board of Charles River Associates, a public consulting firm since December 2014. She previously served on the Investment Committee at Wellesley College. Ms. Hawthorne has a B.A. from Wellesley College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Keith W. Hughes. Since April 2001, Mr. Hughes has been a management consultant to domestic and international financial institutions. He previously served as Vice Chairman of Citigroup Inc., a commercial banking firm, in New York City from November 2000 to April 2001. Additionally, his experience includes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Associates First Capital Corporation, a consumer and commercial finance firm, in Dallas from February 1995 through November 2000. He is a director of Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., a financial industry technology and services provider. Mr. Hughes holds B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from Miami University in Ohio.

James D. Kern. Mr. Kern has served as Managing Partner of Majestic Ventures 1 LLC, a consulting and investment partnership focused on early stage growth companies since May 2014. From 2010 to mid-2014, Mr. Kern was a Managing Director at Nomura Securities, serving as Head of Global Finance FIG and Specialty Finance Investment Banking for the Americas. He previously served as a Managing Director at J.P. Morgan Securities within the FIG practice focused on Asset Management and Specialty Finance clients and, from 1994-2008, was a Senior Managing Director at Bear Stearns where he held several positions including Head of Strategic Finance-FIG, Head of Corporate Derivatives and was a founding member of the firm’s Structured Equity Products group. Mr. Kern has a B.S. from the Marshall School of Business at the University of Southern California.

John A. Sommers. Mr. Sommers is a Managing Principal of Income Research & Management, or IR&M, which

he co-founded in 1987. IR&M is an investment grade fixed-income advisory firm for institutional and private clients. Prior to IR&M, he was Director of Fixed Income at the Putnam Companies, or Putnam (now Putnam Investments), an investment advisory firm. Mr. Sommers joined Putnam in 1976 and actively managed fixed income portfolios until 1985, when he was named President and Chief Executive Officer of Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, an investment advisory firm. Prior to his work at Putnam, Mr. Sommers was a Partner and Director of Fixed Income Sales and Trading at Loeb, Rhoades & Co., an investment banking and securities firm, and a Director at F.S. Smithers & Co., an investment banking firm, and an officer in the National Bank Division of the Irving Trust Company. Mr. Sommers has a BA from Bucknell University and an MBA from New York University.

David P. Southwell. Mr. Southwell is currently President and Chief Executive Officer of Inotek Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company. From March 2010 to October 2012 Mr. Southwell was

 

119

---

Table of Contents

Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of Human Genome Sciences, Inc., a biotechnology company. Mr. Southwell served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sepracor Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from October 1995 to May 2008, and served as its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from July 1994 to October 1995. From August 1984 to July 1986 and from September 1988 until July 1994, Mr. Southwell was associated with Lehman Brothers, a financial-services firm, in various positions within the investment banking division, including in the position of Vice President. Mr. Southwell is also a director of PTC Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, and serves on the Board of Overseers at the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. He was formerly Chairman of the Board of Directors of Biosphere Medical, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, a director of Human Genome Sciences, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, and head of the MBA Advisory Board of the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Mr. Southwell has a B.A. from Rice University and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

W. Hunter Stropp. Mr. Stropp is the President of THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Advisors LLC. Mr. Stropp serves on the Investment Committee and leads portfolio management across the firm. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Stropp served as a Vice President and Investment Manager in the Private Equity Group of GE Asset Management Inc. from 2000 to 2007. Previously, Mr. Stropp served in private equity and business development positions at Koch Industries, Inc. and began his career as a consultant with Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Stropp is a board member of C & K Market, Inc., Dimont & Associates, Inc. and Dimont Acquisition Inc. He also currently maintains a board observer role for CRS Reprocessing, LLC, OEM Group, Inc., Copperweld Bimetallics, LLC, Gold, Inc., and Dr. Fresh Inc. Mr. Stropp previously served on the boards of directors of JDC Healthcare, Inc., Octane Fitness LLC, HB&G Building Products, Inc., Homegrown Natural Foods, Inc. and Coast Crane Company, Inc. Mr. Stropp earned his M.B.A. from Texas A&M University and his B.A. in Economics and Political Science from the University of Texas at Austin.

Terrence W. Olson. Mr. Olson is the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of THL Credit, Inc., THL Credit Advisors LLC and THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC and serves on the Investment Committee. He also serves on the Board of Directors of THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC. As a member of THL Credit, Inc.’s senior management team, he is responsible for finance, operations, administration and information technology. He is also directly involved in strategic initiatives, capital raising and investor relations. Prior to joining THL Credit in February 2008, Mr. Olson spent ten years at Highland Capital Partners (“Highland”), a venture capital firm, where he served as Director of Finance and was responsible for the financial, tax and operational matters for Highland’s funds as well global activities in Europe and China. Before joining Highland, Mr. Olson was a Senior Manager at the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he worked with public and private companies in the financial services and technology sectors between 1989 and 1998. He has been a presenter and speaker at numerous financial and private equity conferences and is active with several related industry groups, including the Financial Executive Alliance, where he serves on the Board of Directors. Mr. Olson earned his B.S. in Accounting from Boston College.

Stephanie Paré Sullivan. Ms. Sullivan is the Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel of the Company and THL Credit Advisors and the General Counsel of THL Credit SLS. As a member of senior management, her role includes legal and compliance review of THL Credit’s business operations, investing transactions, regulatory filings and strategic initiatives. Prior to joining THL Credit in early 2010, Ms. Sullivan was a partner in the law firm of Goodwin Procter LLP, where she worked from 1997 to 2010, primarily focusing on mergers and acquisitions, private equity transactions and the representation of early- and later-stage growth companies. While at Goodwin Procter LLP, she worked with THL Credit in connection with its initial formation in 2007 and its continuing operations. Ms. Sullivan earned her J.D. from New York University School of Law and her B.A. from Williams College.

 

120

---

Table of Contents

Director Independence

In accordance with rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, the Board annually determines the independence of each director. No director is considered independent unless the Board has determined that he or she has no material relationship with the Company. The Company monitors the status of its directors and officers through the activities of the Company’s Governance Committee and through a questionnaire to be completed by each director no less frequently than annually, with updates periodically if information provided in the most recent questionnaire has changed.

In order to evaluate the materiality of any such relationship, the Board uses the definition of director independence set forth in The NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. The NASDAQ Global Select Market rules provides that a director of a BDC shall be considered to be independent if he or she is not an “interested person” of the Company, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act defines an “interested person” to include, among other things, any person who has, or within the last two years had, a material business or professional relationship with the Company.

The Board has determined that each of the directors and nominees is independent and has no relationship with the Company, except as a director and stockholder of the Company, with the exception of Christopher J. Flynn, James K. Hunt and Sam W. Tillinghast. Mr. Flynn and Tillinghast are interested persons of the Company due to their positions as officers of the Company. Mr. Hunt is an interested person of the Company due to his previously serving as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer and his employment as Executive Chairman by THL Credit Advisors.

Board Leadership Structure

Our Board of Directors monitors and performs an oversight role with respect to our business and affairs, including with respect to investment practices and performance, compliance with regulatory requirements and the services, expenses and performance of service providers to us. Among other things, our Board of Directors approves the appointment of our investment adviser and our officers, reviews and monitors the services and activities performed by our investment adviser and our executive officers and approves the engagement, and reviews the performance of, our independent registered public accounting firm.

Co-CEOs as Directors

The Board’s governance structure is strengthened by having its Co-CEOs serve as directors on the Board, together with a Lead Independent Director position and a Chairman who formerly served as the Company’s CEO. The Board believes this provides an efficient and effective leadership model for the Company. Including the Co-CEOs on the Board fosters clear accountability, effective decision-making, and alignment on corporate strategy.

No single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. The Board recognizes that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as a separate independent chairman of the Board, might be appropriate. Accordingly, the Board periodically reviews its leadership structure.

Moreover, the Board believes that its governance practices provide adequate safeguards against any potential risks that might be associated with having its Co-CEOs on the Board. Specifically:

 

•

Six of the nine current directors of the Company are independent directors;

 

•

All of the members of the Audit Committee, Governance Committee and Compensation Committee are independent directors;

 

•

The Board and its committees regularly conduct scheduled meetings in executive session, out of the presence of Mr. Tillinghast and Mr. Flynn and other members of management;

 

121

---

Table of Contents

•

The Board and its committees regularly conduct meetings that specifically include Mr. Tillinghast and Mr. Flynn;

 

•

The Board and its committees remain in close contact with, and receive reports on various aspects of the Company’s management and enterprise risk directly from, the Company’s senior management and independent auditors; and

 

•

The Board and its committees interact with employees of the Company outside the ranks of senior management.

Lead Independent Director

The Board has instituted the Lead Independent Director position to provide an additional measure of balance, ensure the Board’s independence, and enhance its ability to fulfill its management oversight responsibilities. Keith W. Hughes currently serves as the Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director:

 

•

Presides over all meetings of the directors at which the Chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

•

Consults with the Co-CEOs and Chairman about strategic policies;

 

•

Provides the Co-CEOs and Chairman with input regarding Board meetings;

 

•

Serves as a liaison between the Co-CEOs and Chairman and the independent directors; and

 

•

Otherwise assumes such responsibilities as may be assigned to him by the independent directors.

Having Co-CEOs who also serve as directors on the Board, a Chairman who formerly served as the Company’s CEO, and a substantial majority of independent, experienced directors who evaluate the Board and themselves at least annually, including a Lead Independent Director with specified responsibilities on behalf of the independent directors, provides the right leadership structure for the Company and is best for the Company and its stockholders at this time.

Communications with Directors

Stockholders and other interested parties may contact any member (or all members) of the Board by mail or electronically. To communicate with the Board, any individual directors or any group or committee of directors, correspondence should be addressed to the Board or any such individual directors or group or committee of directors by either name or title. All such correspondence should be sent to THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31^st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, Attention: Corporate Secretary. Any communication to report potential issues regarding accounting, internal controls and other auditing matters will be directed to the Audit Committee. Appropriate THL Credit, Inc. personnel will review and sort through communications before forwarding them to the addressee(s).

Board’s Role In Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors performs its risk oversight function primarily through (i) its standing committees, which report to the entire Board of Directors and are comprised solely of independent directors, and (ii) active monitoring of our Chief Compliance Officer and our compliance policies and procedures.

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of THL Credit Advisors or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) subject to the supervision of THL Credit Advisors. The Company is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by THL Credit Advisors and

 

122

---

Table of Contents

the other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Company. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Company and is addressed as part of various board and committee activities. The Board, directly or through a committee, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company and internal accounting personnel for THL Credit Advisors, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Company and management’s or its service providers’ risk functions. The committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the directors, and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Company’s activities and associated risks. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer, who oversees the implementation and testing of the Company’s compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Company and THL Credit Advisors. The independent directors have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.

We believe that the role of our Board of Directors in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we are already subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, we are limited in our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates, including investing in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

Board Meetings and Committees

Our Board met seven times during fiscal year 2014. Each director attended at least 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board and committees on which the director served that were held while the director was a member of such committees. The Board’s standing committees are set forth below. We require each director to make a diligent effort to attend all Board and committee meetings, as well as each Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Three of our directors attended our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Our board of directors currently has three committees: an audit committee, a governance committee and a compensation committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is presently composed of four persons, David K. Downes (Chairperson), Nancy Hawthorne, John A. Sommers and David P. Southwell, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of our Audit Committee is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, each member of our Audit Committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of THL Credit Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Audit Committee met four times during the 2014 fiscal year.

The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The primary function of the Audit Committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for overseeing and monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements, the adequacy of our system of internal controls, the review of the independence and performance of, as well as communicate openly with, our registered public accounting firm, the performance of our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

A charter of the Audit Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it and it is also available on the Company’s website at http://investor.thlcredit.com.

Governance Committee

The Governance Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Directors and in compliance with our Nominating Procedures. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Governance

 

123

---

Table of Contents

Committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of independent directors, personnel training policies and administering the provisions of the code of ethics and the code of ethics and business conduct applicable to the independent directors. The Nominating Procedures set forth our policy regarding director qualifications and skills, the process for identifying and evaluating director nominees and directors available for re-election, the process for evaluating director candidates nominated by stockholders, the process regarding stockholder communications with the Board and the policy regarding directors’ attendance at annual meetings.

The Governance Committee consists of David P. Southwell (Chairperson), Nancy Hawthorne and Keith W. Hughes, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards. The Governance Committee met two times during the 2014 fiscal year.

The Governance Committee will consider qualified director nominees recommended by stockholders when such recommendations are submitted in accordance with our bylaws and the Nominating Procedures and any other applicable law, rule or regulation regarding director nominations. Stockholders may submit candidates for nomination for our Board of Directors by writing to: Board of Directors, THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110. When submitting a nomination to us for consideration, a stockholder must provide certain information proving his status as a stockholder and certain information about each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, including: (i) the name of the stockholder and evidence of the person’s ownership of shares of the Company, including the number of shares owned and the length of time of ownership, (ii) the name of the candidate, the candidate’s resume or a listing of his or her qualifications to be a director of the Company, and if requested by the Governance Committee, a completed and signed director’s questionnaire, (iii) the class, series (if applicable) and number of shares of our capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such individual; (iv) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition; (v) whether such stockholder believes any such individual is, or is not, an “interested person” of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act or is, or is not, “independent” as set forth in the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing standards, and information regarding such individual that is sufficient, in the discretion of the Board or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Company, to make either such determination, and (vi) all other information relating to such individual that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by the proposed nominee’s written consent to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

One of the goals of the Governance Committee is to assemble a board of directors that brings us a variety of perspectives and skills derived from high quality business and professional experiences. Qualified candidates for membership on the Board will be considered without regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, age, gender, sexual orientation or disability. In considering possible candidates for election as a director, the Governance Committee takes into account, in addition to such other factors as it deems relevant, the desirability of directors who:

 

•

are of high character and integrity;

 

•

are accomplished in their respective fields, with superior credentials and recognition;

 

•

have relevant expertise and experience upon which to be able to offer advice and guidance to management;

 

•

have sufficient time available to devote to the affairs and business of the Company;

 

•

are able to work with the other members of the Board and contribute to the success of the Company;

 

•

can represent the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders as a whole; and

 

•

are selected such that the Board represents a range of backgrounds and experience.

The Governance Committee also considers all applicable legal and regulatory requirements that govern the composition of the Board.

 

124

---

Table of Contents

Other than the foregoing, there are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, although the Governance Committee may also consider such other factors as it may deem are in our best interests and those of our stockholders. The Governance Committee also believes it appropriate for certain key members of our management to participate as members of the Board. The Governance Committee does not assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criterion is necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees. We believe that the backgrounds and qualifications of the directors, considered as a group, should provide a significant composite mix of experience, knowledge and abilities that will allow the Board to fulfill its responsibilities. Our Board does not have a specific diversity policy, but considers diversity of race, religion, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, disability, cultural background and professional experiences in evaluating candidates for Board membership.

The Governance Committee identifies nominees by first evaluating the current members of the Board willing to continue in service. Current members of the Board with skills and experience that are relevant to our business and who are willing to continue in service are considered for re-nomination, balancing the value of continuity of service by existing members of the Board with that of obtaining a new perspective. If any member of the Board does not wish to continue in service or if the Governance Committee or the Board decides not to re-nominate a member for re-election, the Governance Committee identifies the desired skills and experience of a new nominee in light of the criteria above. Current members of the Governance Committee and Board are polled for suggestions as to individuals meeting the criteria of the Governance Committee. Research may also be performed to identify qualified individuals. We have not engaged third parties to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying potential nominees to the Board.

A charter of the Governance Committee and the Nominating Procedures is available in print to any stockholder who requests a copy, and is also available on the Company’s website at http://investor.thlcredit.com.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Compensation Committee, including overseeing the Company’s compensation policies, evaluating executive officer performance and reviewing and approving the compensation, if any, by the Company of its executive officers. The Compensation Committee consists of David P. Southwell (Chairperson), Nancy Hawthorne and Keith W. Hughes, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards. The Compensation Committee met twice during the 2014 fiscal year.

In reviewing and approving the compensation, if any, by the Company for each of the Company’s executive officers, the Compensation Committee will, among other things, consider corporate goals and objectives relevant to executive officer compensation, evaluate each executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives, and set each executive officer’s compensation based on such evaluation and such other factors as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate and in the best interests of the Company (including the cost to the Company of such compensation). Notwithstanding the foregoing, currently none of the Company’s executive officers are directly compensated by the Company. However, the Company reimburses its administrator for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the administrator in performing its obligations under an administration agreement, including an allocable share of the compensation of certain of the Company’s executive officers with finance and compliance responsibilities.

A charter of the Compensation Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it, and it is also available on the Company’s website at http://investor.thlcredit.com.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct which applies to, among others, our executive officers, including our Principal Executive Officers and Principal Financial Officer, as well as every officer, director and employee of the Company. Requests for copies should be sent in writing to THL Credit, Inc.,

 

125

---

Table of Contents

100 Federal Street, 31^st Floor, Boston, MA 02110. The Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is also available on our website at http://investor.thlcredit.com.

If we make any substantive amendment to, or grant a waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, we will promptly disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver on our website at http://investor.thlcredit.com as well as file a Form 8-K with the SEC.

Compensation of Directors

The following table sets forth compensation of the Company’s directors for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Name		Fees Earned or Paid in Cash(1)(2)
Interested Directors:
Christopher J. Flynn(3)			—
James K. Hunt(4)			—
Sam W. Tillinghast(3)			—
Independent Directors:
David K. Downes		$	131,500
Nancy Hawthorne		$	126,500
Keith W. Hughes		$	121,000
James D. Kern			—	(5)
John A. Sommers		$	117,500
David P. Southwell		$	129,000

 

(1)	For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.

(2)	We do not maintain a stock or option plan, non-equity incentive plan or pension plan for our directors.

(3)	As employee directors, Mr. Tillinghast and Mr. Flynn do not receive any compensation for their service as directors. Mr. Tillinghast and Mr. Flynn are employed by THL Credit Advisors, and not by the Company.

(4)	As a former employee director, Mr. Hunt did not receive any compensation for his service as a director in 2014. Mr. Hunt was formerly employed by THL Credit Advisors, not by the Company.

(5)	Mr. Kern was not appointed to the Board of Directors until December 2014.

From January 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014, we paid each independent director an annual fee. The annual fee was $47,500 (annualized) between January 1, 2014 and September 30, 2014 and was increased by the Board to $67,000 (annualized) beginning on October 1, 2014. We also paid our independent directors $12,000 per regular board meeting attended in person or by telephone, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with in-person attendance at such meeting, and $1,500 per ad-hoc board meeting attended in person or by telephone, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with in-person attendance at such meeting. In addition, we paid the Lead Independent Director an annual fee of $10,000, the Chairperson of the audit committee an annual fee of $25,000, each chairperson of any other committee an annual fee of $10,000 and other members of the audit committee and any other standing committee an annual fee of $12,500 and $6,000, respectively, for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, no compensation was paid to directors who are interested persons of the Company as defined in the 1940 Act.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. We do not engage any compensation consultants. Further, we are prohibited under the 1940 Act from issuing equity incentive compensation, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock, to our officers, directors and employees. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and certain of their staff are paid by our administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them to us. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the administrator.

 

126

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

We entered into an investment management agreement on April 1, 2010 under which the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us. The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds, and presently serves as an investment adviser to CLOs, THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-1 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). In addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds.

The Advisor’s policies are also designed to manage and mitigate the conflicts of interest associated with the allocation of investment opportunities if we are able to co-invest, either pursuant to SEC interpretive positions or an exemptive order, with other funds managed by the Adviser and its affiliates. In addition, we note that any affiliated fund currently formed or formed in the future and managed by the Advisor or its affiliates may have overlapping investment objectives with our own and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. However, in certain instances due to regulatory, tax, investment, or other restrictions, certain investment opportunities may not be appropriate for either us or other funds managed by the Advisor. Generally, unless otherwise provided in the allocation policy, if an investment opportunity is appropriate for both us and other investment funds and the investment opportunity requires more than the price to be negotiated, the investment opportunity will be made available to the other investment fund or us on an alternating basis based on the date of closing of each such investment opportunity. As a result, the Advisor and/or its affiliates may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and such other entities. Although the Advisor and its affiliates will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner and consistent with applicable allocation procedures, it is possible that, in the future, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in investments made by investment funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates.

The 1940 Act prohibits us from making certain negotiated co-investments with affiliates unless we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. We, the Advisor and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be granted. If such relief is granted, then we will be permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) or our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies.

Investment Management Agreement

On March 6, 2015, our investment management agreement with the Advisor was re-approved by our Board of Directors. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of our assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of our gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

 

127

---

Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred base management fees of $3.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred base management fees payable to the Advisor of $11.1 million, $7.5 million and $4.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which our preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of our preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate.

 

128

---

Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred $11.9 million, $10.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively of incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated. There was no capital gains incentive fee payable to our Advisor under the investment management agreement as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP Incentive Fee”). There can be no assurance that such unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred $0 and $0.1 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP incentive fee. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred (reversed) -$0.7 million, $0.3 million and -$0.5 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP incentive fee.

Administration Agreement

We have also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to us. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for our operation, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. We will reimburse the Advisor for our allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and our allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided to us by the Advisor. Our board of directors reviews the allocation methodologies with respect to such expenses. Such costs are reflected as Administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on our behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that our Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

 

129

---

Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred administrator expenses of $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred administrator expenses of $3.8 million, $3.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

License Agreement

We and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners under which THL Partners has granted to us and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable worldwide non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with our respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means we are not charged a fee for our use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to us or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either us or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either us or the Advisor at our or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, we and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL, including any use in our respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require us to withdraw or replace our names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, we and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. We are an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with us have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due to and from Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on our behalf. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.01 million, $0 of expenses were included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we overpaid $0 and $0.1 million of Administrator expense to the Advisor, respectively, which was included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

We act as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and are entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, each of Greenway and Greenway II is classified as an affiliate. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and $0.8 million and $1.0 million of fees related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

We paid certain professional fees related to organizing Logan JV, on behalf of Logan JV. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.04 million and $0.04 million of expenses were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

130

---

Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of May 26, 2015, the beneficial ownership of each current director, the nominees for director, the Company’s executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, and the executive officers and directors as a group. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 33,787,783 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 26, 2015.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our shares of common stock is based upon filings by such persons with the SEC and other information obtained from such persons, if available.

Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power and has the same address as the Company. The Company’s directors are divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” of THL Credit, Inc. as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all executive officers and directors is c/o THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31^st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

Name		Number of Shares Owned Beneficially				Percentage
Other:
Leon G. Cooperman(1)(2)			2,119,551				6.27	%
11431 W. Palmetto Park Road Boca Raton, FL 33428
Interested Directors:
Christopher J. Flynn(3)(4)			21,470				*
James K. Hunt(3)(5)			258,803				*
Sam W. Tillinghast(3)			79,897				*
Independent Directors:
David K. Downes(3)			26,045				*
Nancy Hawthorne(3)(6)			14,869				*
Keith W. Hughes			49,880				*
James D. Kern			—				*
John A. Sommers(3)(7)			48,598				*
David P. Southwell(3)			28,149				*
Executive Officers:
W. Hunter Stropp(3)(8)			19,181				*
Terrence W. Olson(3)(9)			23,292				*
Stephanie Paré Sullivan(3)(10)			13,231				*
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)			583,415				1.73	%

 

131

---

Table of Contents

*	Represents less than 1%.

(1)	Information about the beneficial ownership of our principal stockholders is derived from filings made by them with the SEC.

(2)

Based on information included in the Schedule 13G filed by Leon G. Cooperman on January 26, 2015, as of December 31, 2014, Mr. Cooperman beneficially owned 2,119,551 shares of the Company’s common stock, had sole voting and dispositive power over 1,704,824 shares of the Company’s common stock and had shared voting and dispositive power over 414,727 shares of the Company’s common stock. Mr. Cooperman is the Managing Member of Omega Associates, L.L.C. (“Associates”), a Delaware limited liability company. Associates is the general partner of the Delaware limited partnership, Omega Equity Investors, L.P. (“Equity LP”), and the Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Omega Charitable Partnership L.P (“Charitable LP”). Mr. Cooperman is the President, CEO, and majority stockholder of Omega Advisors, Inc. (“Omega Advisors”), a Delaware corporation, and Mr. Cooperman is deemed to control Omega Advisors. Omega Advisors serves as a discretionary investment adviser to a limited number of institutional clients (the “Managed Accounts”). Mr. Cooperman is married to Toby Cooperman. Mr. Cooperman has an adult son named Michael S. Cooperman. The Michael S. Cooperman WRA Trust (“WRA Trust”) is an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Michael S. Cooperman. Mr. Cooperman has discretionary investment authority over the Michael S. Cooperman and the WRA Trust Accounts. Mr. Cooperman is one of the Trustees of The Leon and Toby Cooperman Foundation (the “Foundation”), a charitable trust, and Family Fund for a Jewish Future (“Family Fund”), a Type 1 charitable supporting foundation. Mr. Cooperman’s ownership consists of 600,000 shares owned by Mr. Cooperman; 150,000 shares owned by Toby Cooperman; 344,824 shares owned by Equity LP; 414,727 shares owned by the Managed Accounts; 50,000 shares owned by Michael S. Cooperman; 150,000 shares owned by the WRA Trust; 35,000 shares owned by the Family Fund; 200,000 shares owned by the Foundation; and 175,000 owned by Charitable LP.

(3)	Includes shares purchased through a dividend reinvestment plan.

(4)	Includes 11,000 shares held as an individual, 3,920 shares held jointly by Christopher J. Flynn and Cynthia Salazar-Flynn, and 6,550 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO Christopher J. Flynn, for which Mr. Flynn has sole voting and dispositive power.

(5)	Includes 250,803 shares held in the Hunt Living Trust, for which Mr. Hunt is the trustee and has sole voting and dispositive power, and 8,000 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO James K. Hunt for which Mr. Hunt has sole voting and dispositive power.

(6)	Shares are held in the Nancy Hawthorne SEP FBO Nancy Hawthorne, for which Ms. Hawthorne has sole voting and dispositive power.

(7)	38,449 shares are held in the John A. Sommers Revocable Trust for which Mr. Sommers is the trustee and has sole voting and dispositive power. 10,149 shares are held in the John Sommers IRA FBA John Sommers for which Mr. Sommers has sole voting and dispositive power.

(8)	Includes 9,120 shares held as an individual and 10,061 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO Hunter W. Stropp for which Mr. Stropp has sole voting and dispositive power.

(9)	Includes 7,407 shares held as an individual and 15,885 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO Terrence W. Olson, for which Mr. Olson has sole voting and dispositive power.

(10)	4,182 shares are held as an individual and 9,049 shares are held in the Stephanie Paré Sullivan Rollover IRA for which Ms. Paré Sullivan has sole voting and dispositive power.

 

132

---

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of May 26, 2015, the dollar range of our equity securities that is beneficially owned by each of our directors and portfolio management employees. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Name		Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned(1)(2)(3)
Interested Directors:
Christopher J. Flynn		$100,001—$500,000
James K. Hunt		Over $1,000,000
Sam W. Tillinghast		Over $1,000,000
Independent Directors:
David K. Downes		$100,001—$500,000
Nancy Hawthorne		$100,001—$500,000
Keith W. Hughes		$500,001—$1,000,000
James D. Kern		—
John A. Sommers		$500,001—$1,000,000
David P. Southwell		$100,001—$500,000

 

(1)	Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(2)	The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in us is based on the closing price for our common stock of $12.56 on May 26, 2015 on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

(3)	The dollar ranges of equity securities beneficially owned are: None; $1—$10,000; $10,001—$50,000; $50,001—$100,000; $100,001—$500,000; $500,001—$1,000,000 or over $1,000,000.

 

133

---

Table of Contents

THE ADVISOR

THL Credit Advisors will serve as our investment adviser. THL Credit Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, THL Credit, Inc. The address of THL Credit Advisors is 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Portfolio managers

The members of THL Credit Advisors’ investment committee are our portfolio managers. The investment committee currently consists of Sam W. Tillinghast, Christopher J. Flynn and W. Hunter Stropp. Biographical information with respect to Messrs. Tillinghast, Flynn and Stropp is set forth under “Management of the Company—Biographical information.”

Our investment support team also includes W. Montgomery Cook, Daniel K. Letizia, Howard Wu, Walter Chung, James Bartling, Darren B. Felfeli, Daniel R. Dubé, J. Lee Incandela, and Christopher D. Babick who focus on the origination and transaction analysis and diligence and ongoing monitoring of our investments.

None of the members of the investment committee are employed by us or receive any direct compensation from us. These individuals receive compensation from THL Credit Advisors that includes an annual base salary and a portion of the distributions made by THL Credit Advisors, a portion of which relates to the incentive fee or carried interest earned by THL Credit Advisors in connection with its services to us.

Investment Support

W. Montgomery Cook. Mr. Cook, 48, is a Managing Director of THL Credit Advisors LLC. He is responsible for transaction origination, underwriting and execution for the New York investment team. Mr. Cook also oversees origination, structuring and execution of investments in the financial services vertical. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2013, Mr. Cook was a Director at Deutsche Bank in the Credit Solutions Group where he was responsible for originating and structuring illiquid credit investment opportunities. Prior to Deutsche Bank, Mr. Cook was a Managing Director with a publicly-traded BDC where he was on the investment committee and responsible for sourcing, underwriting, executing and monitoring a portfolio of subordinated loans and equity co-investments to financial sponsor-backed companies. Mr. Cook began his career at Merrill Lynch & Co. where he was a Financial Analyst in the Telecom, Media & Technology Investment Banking group and was subsequently an Associate and a Vice President in the Financial Sponsors Group at J.P. Morgan. Mr. Cook received his Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from Northeastern University.

Thomas E. Lane. Mr. Lane, 51, is a Managing Director of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Los Angeles investment team, his roles includes origination, structuring, underwriting and execution of investments in the Technology vertical. Prior to joining Tradable Credit in 2015, Mr. Lane was at Wells Fargo Capital Finance for 15 years in both asset-based and cash flow lending. As a Managing Director he was a founding member of Wells’ Technology Finance division and the unit’s National Underwriting Manager. Mr. Lane was also responsible for new business assessment, the group’s loan documentation, legal counsel management and served on the credit committee for over 10 years. Previously, he held positions in field audit, relationship management and as credit manager working at IBM Credit Corporation, CIT, Heller First Capital and Fremont Financial Corporation. Mr. Lane holds an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Connecticut and a B.S. in Marketing from Babson College.

Daniel K. Letizia. Mr. Letizia, 37, is a Director of THL Credit Advisors LLC. He leads transaction origination for the Midwest region and underwriting, execution and portfolio management for the Chicago investment team. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2013, Mr. Letizia spent eleven years executing and monitoring leveraged finance transactions for middle-market private equity firms at CIT Group and GE Antares Capital. He

 

134

---

Table of Contents

began his career in mergers and acquisitions advisory at Lincoln International. Mr. Letizia holds a BS in Finance from the University of Illinois.

Howard H. Wu. Mr. Wu, 36, is a Director of THL Credit Advisors. He leads transaction origination, underwriting, execution, and portfolio management for the Boston investment team. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Wu worked in the Corporate Finance department at Yahoo! Inc. where he executed mergers & acquisitions and strategic partnerships. He was previously in the Investment Banking Division at Bear, Stearns & Co. in San Francisco and Los Angeles. Mr. Wu holds a BA in Economics from the University of California, Berkeley.

Walter S. Chung. Mr. Chung, 34, is a Director of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Los Angeles investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2009, Mr. Chung worked in the Corporate Finance department at Libra Securities where he executed private placements and mergers & acquisitions. Prior to Libra Securities, he worked in the Corporate Finance department at FTI Consulting, Inc. and in the Assurance & Advisory practice at Ernst & Young, LLP. Mr. Chung holds a B.A. in Business Economics and a minor in Accounting from the University of California, Los Angeles.

James W. Bartling. Mr. Bartling, 38, is a Director and Senior Counsel of THL Credit Advisors. His role includes structuring, negotiation, and review of all portfolio investments and investment opportunities. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2011, Mr. Bartling was an Associate at the law firm of Proskauer Rose LLP, where he worked from 2007 to 2011 and had a general corporate practice, with an emphasis in commercial finance transactions, particularly those involving junior capital. Prior to joining Proskauer, Mr. Bartling worked in-house as an Associate Counsel at Investors Bank & Trust Company. Mr. Bartling received his BS from the University of Vermont and his JD from Suffolk University Law School.

Brett W. Hinton. Mr. Hinton, 33, is a Director of THL Credit Advisors. His role includes business development and marketing. He is responsible for the development and management of client relationships across THL Credit’s Tradable Credit and Direct Lending product suites. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2015, Mr. Hinton worked as a Director at Fortress Group, Inc., an independent private fund placement agent. Previously, Mr. Hinton was a Senior Acquisitions & Investment Analyst at InterContinental Hotels Group and an Analyst at Genesis Capital, LLC. Mr. Hinton began his career as an Analyst at UBS Financial Services. Mr. Hinton holds a B.S. in Economics from Indiana University.

Darren B. Felfeli. Mr. Felfeli, 28, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Houston investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2010, Mr. Felfeli worked in the Global Investment Banking Division of RBC Capital Markets in the Energy Group where he executed mergers & acquisitions and capital markets transactions. Mr. Felfeli holds a Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Finance and a minor in Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin.

Daniel R. Dubé. Mr. Dubé, 32, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Los Angeles investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2010, Mr. Dubé worked in the infrastructure private equity group of Macquarie Capital Funds in New York where he evaluated new acquisition opportunities and managed existing portfolio companies. He was previously in the Global Investment Banking Division of Lehman Brothers in the Communications and Media Group in New York where he executed mergers & acquisitions and capital markets transactions. Mr. Dubé holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Southern California.

J. Lee Incandela. Mr. Incandela, 29, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Boston and New York City investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2010,

 

135

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Incandela worked in the Global Investment Banking Division of BMO Capital Markets in the Healthcare Group where he executed mergers & acquisitions and capital markets transactions. He was previously in the M&A and Healthcare Investment Banking Divisions at Jefferies & Company in Boston, MA. Mr. Incandela holds a B.S. in Economics from Vanderbilt University.

Christopher D. Babick. Mr. Babick, 41, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors LLC. As a member of the Midwest investment team, his role includes originating and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and portfolio management. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2013, Mr. Babick worked at J.P. Morgan Securities Syndicated and Leveraged Finance Group where he was responsible for providing capital structure advisory, underwriting and execution of public and private market financing solutions in support of acquisitions, recapitalizations, and refinancings for clients of J.P. Morgan’s Investment Bank, Corporate Client Bank and Middle Market franchises. He previously worked at Goldman Sachs and Lehman Brothers in Chicago focusing on mergers & acquisitions, private equity, general corporate finance and equity capital solutions. Mr. Babick earned his MBA from The University of Virginia Darden School of Business, and holds a BA and BS in History and Business Administration, respectively, from the University of California at Berkeley.

The table below shows the dollar range of shares of our common stock to be beneficially owned by the members of the Investment Committee and our investment team.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager/Investment Support Team		Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned(1)(2)(3)
Sam W. Tillinghast		Over $1,000,000
W. Hunter Stropp		$100,001—$500,000
Christopher J. Flynn		$100,001—$500,000
Terrence W. Olson		$100,001—$500,000
W. Montgomery Cook		$10,001—$50,000
Thomas E. Lane		$10,001—$50,000
Daniel K. Letizia		$10,001—$50,000
Howard H. Wu		None
Walter S. Chung		$1—$10,000
James W. Bartling		None
Brett W. Hinton		None
Darren B. Felfeli		None
Daniel R. Dubé		$1—$10,000
J. Lee Incandela		$1—$10,000
Christopher D. Babick		$10,001—$50,000

 

(1)	Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act.”

(2)	The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in us is based on the closing price for our common stock of $12.56 on May 26, 2015 on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

(3)	The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned are: none, $1—$10,000, $10,001—$50,000, $50,001—$100,000, $100,001—$500,000, $500,001—$1,000,000, or over $1,000,000.

Investment management agreement

THL Credit Advisors serves as our investment adviser. THL Credit Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors manages the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, THL Credit, Inc. The address of THL Credit Advisors is 100 Federal Street, 31^st Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Under the terms of our investment management agreement, THL Credit Advisors:

 

•

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

136

---

Table of Contents

•

identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and

 

•

closes, monitors and administers the investments we make, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.

THL Credit Advisors’ services under the investment management agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

Pursuant to our investment management agreement, we pay THL Credit Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

Management Fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined without deduction for any liabilities. Base management fees for any partial quarter are appropriately prorated. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred base management fees payable to the Advisor of $3.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, THL Credit Advisors earned base management fees of $11.1 million, $7.5 million and $4.9 million, respectively, from us.

Incentive Fee. The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, calculated as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which our preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the

 

137

---

Table of Contents

amount, if positive, of the sum of our preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate.

Preincentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss, subject to the total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. For example, if we receive preincentive fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.5% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

Pre-incentive fee net investment income allocated to first component of incentive fee

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred $11.9 million, $10.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, $3.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of such incentive fees were payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively of incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

Additionally, if the investment management agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, THL Credit Advisors earned incentive fees of $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, from us. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, THL Credit Advisors earned incentive fees of $11.2 million, $10.7 million and $7.0 million, respectively, from us.

 

138

---

Table of Contents

Pre-incentive fee capital gains allocated to second component of incentive fee

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Portion of Incentive Fee before Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Assumptions

 

•

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

 

•

Base management fee (2) = 0.375%

 

•

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.40%

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

•

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

 

•

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income—(base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.475%

Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

•

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.90%

 

•

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income—(base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.125%

Preincentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20.0% × (preincentive fee net investment income—2.5%)))

= (100.0% x (preincentive fee net investment income—2.00%)) +0%

= (100.0% x (2.125%—2.00%))

= 100% x 0.125%

= 0.125%

Alternative 3

Additional Assumptions

 

•

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

•

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income—(base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%

 

139

---

Table of Contents

Preincentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive Fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20.0% × (preincentive fee net investment income—2.5%)))

= (100% × (2.5%—2.0%)) + (20.0% × (2.725%—2.5%))

= 0.5% + (20.0% × 0.225%)

= 0.5% + 0.045%

= 0.545%

 

(1)	Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.

(2)	Represents 1.5% annualized base management fee.

(3)	Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

Example 2: Income Portion of Incentive Fee with Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Assumptions

 

•

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

 

•

Base management fee (2) = 0.375%

 

•

Other expenses (legal, accounting, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.40%

 

•

Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

•

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

•

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%

 

•

20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $8,000,000

Although our preincentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% (as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above), no incentive fee is payable because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters did not exceed the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

•

Investment Income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

•

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%.

 

•

20% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $10,000,000

Because our preincentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% and because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding

 

140

---

Table of Contents

calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters, an incentive fee would be payable, as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above.

 

(1)	Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.

(2)	Represents 1.5% annualized base management fee.

(3)	Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

Example 3: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

 

•

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

 

•

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million

 

•

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million

 

•

Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

 

•

Year 1: None

 

•

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6.0 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)

 

•

Year 3: None; $5.0 million (20.0% multiplied by ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6.0 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

 

•

Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000; $6.20 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

 

•

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

 

•

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million

 

•

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million

 

•

Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million

Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

 

•

Year 1: None

 

•

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $5.0 million; 20.0% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

 

•

Year 3: Capital gains incentive fee of $1.4 million; $6.4 million (20.0% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)) less $5.0 million capital gains fee paid in Year 2

 

141

---

Table of Contents

•

Year 4: None

 

•

Year 5: None; $5.0 million of capital gains incentive fee (20.0% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

Payment of our expenses

All investment professionals and staff of THL Credit Advisors, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services (including health insurance, 401(k) plan benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters), are provided and paid for by THL Credit Advisors. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:

 

•

our organization;

 

•

calculating our net asset value and net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

 

•

expenses, including travel-related expenses, incurred by THL Credit Advisors or payable to third parties in originating investments for the portfolio, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

•

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

•

the costs of future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;

 

•

the base management fee and any incentive management fee;

 

•

distributions on our shares;

 

•

administrator expenses payable under our administration agreement;

 

•

transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;

 

•

the allocated costs incurred by THL Credit Advisors as our Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;

 

•

amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments;

 

•

brokerage fees and commissions;

 

•

registration fees;

 

•

listing fees;

 

•

taxes;

 

•

independent director fees and expenses;

 

•

costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC;

 

•

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;

 

•

costs of holding stockholder meetings;

 

•

our fidelity bond;

 

•

directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

•

litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;

 

•

direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including audit and legal costs;

 

•

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts, including to investors, sponsors and other origination sources;

 

142

---

Table of Contents

•

dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; and

 

•

all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under our administration agreement, including rent and other allocable portions of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

We reimburse THL Credit Advisors for costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by THL Credit Advisors of its duties under the investment management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by THL Credit Advisors to us or in the form of managerial assistance to portfolio companies that request it.

THL Credit Advisors may pay amounts owed by us to third party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse THL Credit Advisors for such amounts paid on our behalf.

Limitation of liability and indemnification

The investment management agreement provides that THL Credit Advisors and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any loss sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under the investment management agreement. The investment management agreement also provides for indemnification by us of THL Credit Advisors’ members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by it in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.

Duration and termination

The investment management agreement was approved by our board of directors on March 6, 2015, as described further below under “Business—Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement.” Unless terminated earlier as described below, it will remain in effect from year to year if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The investment management agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The investment management agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days written notice to the other. Any termination by us must be authorized either by our board of directors or by vote of our stockholders. See “Risks—Risks relating to our business.” We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment adviser for our future success, and if our investment adviser is unable to retain qualified personnel or if our investment adviser loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

At a meeting of our Board of Directors held on March 6, 2015, our board of directors unanimously voted to approve the investment advisory agreement. In reaching a decision to approve the investment advisory agreement, the board of directors reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things:

 

•

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by THL Credit Advisors;

 

•

the fee structures of comparable externally managed business development companies that engage in similar investing activities;

 

•

our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives;

 

143

---

Table of Contents

•

any existing and potential sources of indirect income to THL Credit Advisors from its relationship with us and the profitability of that relationship, including through the investment advisory agreement;

 

•

information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the investment advisory agreement;

 

•

the organizational capability and financial condition of THL Credit Advisors and its affiliates; and

 

•

various other matters.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussions detailed above, the board of directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the investment advisory agreement as being in the best interests of our stockholders.

Administration Agreement

We have entered into an administration agreement with THL Credit Advisors, which we refer to as the “administration agreement,” under which the Administrator provides administrative services to us. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, we reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

The Administrator may pay amounts owed by us to third-party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse the Administrator for such amounts paid on our behalf.

Additionally, at our request, the Administrator provides on our behalf significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance.

License agreement

We and THL Credit Advisors have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners under which THL Partners has granted to us and THL Credit Advisors a non-exclusive, personal, revocable worldwide non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with our respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means we are not charged a fee for our use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to us or THL Credit Advisors by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either us or THL Credit Advisors by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either us or THL Credit Advisors at our or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, we and THL Credit Advisors must cease to use the name and mark THL, including any use in our respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require us to withdraw or replace our names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, we and THL Credit Advisors have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. We are an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with us have no recourse against THL Partners.

 

144

---

Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

In calculating the value of our total assets, investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. See “Risks—Risks Related to our Business—There will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.”

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

•

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Advisor;

 

•

to the extent determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, independent valuation firms engaged by us conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

•

the audit committee of our board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments; and

 

•

our board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. We utilize an income approach to value its debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value our equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, our board of directors, in consultation with our independent third party valuation firm, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by our board of directors. For debt investments, we determine the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. Our estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument. The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors.

 

145

---

Table of Contents

We value our interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

We value our residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of our residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, we use Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of our residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rate and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

We value our investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, our principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, we disclose the fair value of its investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

We consider whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if we determine that either

 

146

---

Table of Contents

the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

We adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, the Company estimates the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment, if the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

Determinations in connection with offerings

In connection with certain offerings of shares of our common stock, our board of directors or one of its committees may be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made. Our board of directors or the applicable committee will consider the following factors, among others, in making any such determination:

 

•

the net asset value of our common stock most recently disclosed by us in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;

 

•

our investment adviser’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and

 

•

the magnitude of the difference between the net asset value of our common stock most recently disclosed by us and our investment adviser’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since that determination, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

Importantly, this determination will not require that we calculate the net asset value of our common stock in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it will involve the determination by our board of directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or otherwise in violation of the 1940 Act.

Moreover, to the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made, we will follow the process set forth in “Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value.”

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

 

147

---

Table of Contents

SALES OF COMMON STOCK BELOW NET ASSET VALUE

On June 3, 2014, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue up to 25% of our outstanding common stock at a price below the Company’s then current net asset value per share common stock at a discount from our net asset value (NAV) per share for a period ending June 3, 2015.

In order to sell shares pursuant to this authorization:

 

•

a majority of our independent directors who have no financial interest in the sale must have approved the sale; and

 

•

a majority of such directors, who are not interested persons of the Company, in consultation with the underwriter or underwriters of the offering if it is to be underwritten, must have determined in good faith, and as of a time immediately prior to the first solicitation by us or on our behalf of firm commitments to purchase such shares or immediately prior to the issuance of such shares, that the price at which such shares are to be sold is not less than a price which closely approximates the market value of those shares, less any underwriting commission or discount.

Any offering of common stock below NAV per share will be designed to raise capital for investment in accordance with our investment objectives and business strategies.

In making a determination that an offering below NAV per share is in our and our stockholders’ best interests, our board of directors would consider a variety of factors including:

 

•

The effect that an offering below NAV per share would have on our stockholders, including the potential dilution they would experience as a result of the offering;

 

•

The amount per share by which the offering price per share and the net proceeds per share are less than the most recently determined NAV per share;

 

•

The relationship of recent market prices of our common stock to NAV per share and the potential impact of the offering on the market price per share of our common stock;

 

•

Whether the proposed offering price would closely approximate the market value of our shares;

 

•

The potential market impact of being able to raise capital during the current financial market difficulties;

 

•

The nature of any new investors anticipated to acquire shares in the offering;

 

•

The anticipated rate of return on and quality, type and availability of investments to be funded with the proceeds from the offering, if any; and

 

•

The leverage available to us, both before and after any offering, and the terms thereof.

Our board of directors will also consider the fact that sales of shares of common stock at a discount will benefit our investment adviser as the investment adviser will earn additional investment management fees on the proceeds of such offerings, as it would from the offering of any other of our securities or from the offering of common stock at a premium to NAV.

We will not sell shares of our common stock under this prospectus or an accompanying prospectus supplement pursuant to the Stockholder Approval without first filing a new post-effective amendment to the registration statement if the cumulative dilution to our net asset value per share from offerings under the registration statement, as amended by any post-effective amendments, exceeds 15%. This would be measured separately for each offering pursuant to the registration statement, as amended by any post-effective amendments, by calculating the percentage dilution or accretion to aggregate net asset value from that offering and then summing the percentage from each offering. For example, if our most recently determined NAV per

 

148

---

Table of Contents

share at the time of the first offering is $13.00 and we have 20 million shares outstanding, the sale of 5 million shares at net proceeds to us of $6.50 per share (a 50% discount) would produce dilution of 10.0%. If we subsequently determined that our NAV per share increased to $14.00 on the then 25 million shares outstanding and then made an additional offering, we could, for example, sell approximately an additional 6.25 million shares at net proceeds to us of $10.50 per share, which would produce dilution of 5.0%, before we would reach the aggregate 15% limit. If we file a new post-effective amendment, the threshold would reset.

Sales by us of our common stock at a discount from NAV per share pose potential risks for our existing stockholders whether or not they participate in the offering, as well as for new investors who participate in the offering. Any sale of common stock at a price below net asset value per share would result in an immediate dilution to existing common stockholders who do not participate in such sale on at least a pro-rata basis. See “Risks—Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Securities—The net asset value per share of our common stock may be diluted if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock or securities to subscribe for or convertible into shares of our common stock.”

The following three headings and accompanying tables will explain and provide hypothetical examples on the impact of an offering at a price less than NAV per share on three different sets of investors:

 

•

existing stockholders who do not purchase any shares in the offering;

 

•

existing stockholders who purchase a relatively small amount of shares in the offering or a relatively large amount of shares in the offering; and

 

•

new investors who become stockholders by purchasing shares in the offering.

Impact on Existing Stockholders who do not Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who do not participate in an offering below NAV per share or who do not buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) face the greatest potential risks. All stockholders will experience an immediate decrease (often called dilution) in the NAV of the shares they hold. Stockholders who do not participate in the offering will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than stockholders who do participate in the offering. All stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discount to NAV increases. Further, if existing stockholders do not purchase any shares to maintain their percentage interests, regardless of whether such offering is above or below the then current NAV, their voting power will be diluted.

The following table illustrates the level of NAV dilution that would be experienced by a nonparticipating stockholder in four different hypothetical offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from NAV per share. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

The examples assume that the Company has 33,905,202 common shares outstanding, $772.5 million in total assets and $324.8 million in total liabilities. The current net asset value and NAV per share are thus $447.7 million and $13.20, respectively. The table illustrates the dilutive effect on nonparticipating Stockholder A of (1) an offering of 1,695,260 shares (5% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company at $12.54 per share (a 5% discount from NAV), (2) an offering of 3,390,520 shares (10% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company at $11.88 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10% discount from NAV); (3) an offering of 6,781,040 shares (20% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company at $10.56 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 20% discount from NAV); and (4) an offering of 8,476,301 shares (25% of the outstanding shares) at $0.01 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 100% discount from NAV). This prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will

 

149

---

Table of Contents

include a chart based on the actual number of shares of common stock in such offering and the actual discount to the most recently determined NAV. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

		Prior to Sale Below NAV				Example 1 5% Offering at 5% Discount								Example 2 10% Offering at 10% Discount								Example 3 20% Offering at 20% Discount								Example 4 25% Offering at 100% Discount
						Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public			—			$	13.20							$	12.51							$	11.12							$	0.01
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer			—			$	12.54							$	11.88							$	10.56							$	0.01
Decrease to NAV
Total Shares Outstanding			33,905,202				35,600,462				5.00	%			37,295,722				10.00	%			40,686,242				20.00	%			42,381,503				25.00	%
NAV per Share		$	13.20			$	13.17				-0.23	%		$	13.08				-0.91	%		$	12.76				-3.33	%		$	10.56				-20.00	%
Share Dilution to Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			339,052				339,052								339,052								339,052								339,052
Percentage of Shares Held by Stockholder A			1.00	%			0.95	%			-4.76	%			0.91	%			-9.09	%			0.83	%			-16.67	%			0.80	%			-20.00	%
Total Asset Values
Total NAV Held by Stockholder A		$	4,475,487			$	4,465,315				-0.23	%		$	4,434,800				-0.91	%		$	4,326,304				-3.33	%		$	3,580,389				-20.00	%
Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $13.25 per share)		$	4,492,439			$	4,492,439							$	4,492,439							$	4,492,439							$	4,492,439
Total Dilution to Stockholder A (Total NAV less Total Investment)						$	(27,124	)						$	(57,639	)						$	(166,135	)						$	(912,050	)
Per Share Amounts
NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A						$	13.17							$	13.08							$	12.76							$	10.56
Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $13.25 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)		$	13.25			$	13.25							$	13.25							$	13.25							$	13.25
Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A						$	(0.08	)						$	(0.17	)						$	(0.49	)						$	(2.69	)
Percentage Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A											-0.60	%							-1.28	%							-3.70	%							-20.30	%
Offering							5.00	%							10.00	%							20.00	%							25.00	%
Discount							5.00	%							10.00	%							20.00	%							100.00	%

 

Example 1 assumes shares are issued to the public at the current NAV per share. Examples 2-4 assume 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company.

Impact on Existing Stockholders who do Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who participate in an offering below NAV per share or who buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price as we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) will experience the same types of NAV dilution as the nonparticipating stockholders, albeit at a lower level, to the extent they purchase less than the same percentage of the discounted offering as their interest in our shares immediately prior to the offering. The level of NAV dilution on an aggregate basis will decrease as the number of shares such stockholders purchase increases. Existing stockholders who buy more than their proportionate percentage will experience NAV dilution but will, in contrast to existing stockholders who purchase less than their proportionate share of the offering, experience an increase (often called accretion) in NAV per share over their investment per share and will also experience a disproportionately greater increase in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to the offering. The level of accretion will increase as the excess number of shares purchased by such stockholder increases. Even a stockholder who over-participates will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such stockholder does not participate, in which case such a stockholder will experience NAV dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced

 

150

---

Table of Contents

or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and the level of discount to NAV increases.

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution and accretion in the hypothetical 20% discount offering from the prior chart (Example 3) for a stockholder that acquires shares equal to (1) 50% of its proportionate share of the offering (i.e., 3,000 shares, which is 0.5% of an offering of 600,000 shares rather than its 1.0% proportionate share) and (2) 150% of such percentage (i.e., 9,000 shares, which is 1.5% of an offering of 600,000 shares rather than its 1.0% proportionate share). The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for this example based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined NAV per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

		Prior to Sale Below NAV				50% Participation								150% Participation
						Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public			—			$	11.12							$	11.12
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer			—			$	10.56							$	10.56
Decrease to NAV
Total Shares Outstanding			33,905,202				40,686,242				20.00	%			40,686,242				20.00	%
NAV per Share		$	13.20			$	12.76				-3.33	%		$	12.76				-3.33	%
Share (Dilution) Accretion to Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			339,052				372,957				10.00	%			440,768				30.00	%
Percentage of Shares Held by Stockholder A			1.00	%			0.92	%			-8.33	%			1.08	%			8.33	%
Total Asset Values
Total NAV Held by Stockholder A		$	4,475,487			$	4,758,934				6.33	%		$	5,624,195				25.67	%
Total Investment by Stockholder A		$	4,492,439			$	4,869,465							$	5,623,517
(Assumed to be $13.25 per share on shares held prior to sale)
Total Dilution to Stockholder A						$	(110,531	)						$	678
(Total NAV less Total Investment)
Offering							20.00	%							20.00	%
Discount							20.00	%							20.00	%
Participation							50.00	%							150.00	%

 

Assumes 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company.

Impact on New Investors

Investors who are not currently stockholders, but who participate in an offering below NAV and whose investment per share is greater than the resulting NAV per share (due to selling compensation and expenses paid by us) will experience an immediate decrease, albeit small, in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering below NAV per share and whose investment per share is also less than the resulting NAV per share will experience an immediate increase in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. All these investors will experience a disproportionately greater participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests. These investors will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such new stockholder does not participate, in which case such new stockholder will experience dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These investors may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discount to NAV increases.

 

151

---

Table of Contents

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution or accretion for new investors that would be experienced by a new investor in the same hypothetical 5%, 10% and 20% discounted offerings as described in the first chart above. The illustration is for a new investor who purchases the same percentage (1.00%) of the shares in the offering as Stockholder A in the prior examples held immediately prior to the offering. The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for these examples based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined NAV per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

		Prior to Sale Below NAV				Example 1 5% Offering at 5% Discount								Example 2 10% Offering at 10% Discount								Example 3 20% Offering at 20% Discount
						Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public			—			$	13.20							$	12.51							$	11.12
Net Proceeds to Issuer			—			$	12.54							$	11.88							$	10.56
Decrease to NAV
Total Shares Outstanding			33,905,202				35,600,462				5.00	%			37,295,722				10.00	%			40,686,242				20.00	%
NAV per Share		$	13.20			$	13.17				-0.23	%		$	13.08				-0.91	%		$	12.76				-3.33	%
Share Dilution to Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			—				169,526								339,052								678,104
Percentage of Shares Held by Stockholder A			0.00	%			0.48	%			N/A				0.91	%			N/A				1.67	%			N/A
Total Asset Values
Total NAV Held by Stockholder A		$	—			$	2,232,657				N/A			$	4,434,800				N/A			$	8,652,607				N/A
Total Investment by Stockholder A		$	—			$	2,237,743							$	4,241,541							$	7,540,516
Total (Dilution) Accretion to Stockholder A						$	(5,086	)						$	193,259							$	1,112,091
(Total NAV less Total Investment)
Per Share Amounts
NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A						$	13.17							$	13.08							$	12.76
Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A		$	—			$	13.20							$	12.51							$	11.12
(Dilution) Accretion per Share Held by Stockholder A						$	(0.03	)						$	0.57							$	1.64
Percentage (Dilution) Accretion per Share Held by Stockholder A											-0.23	%							4.56	%							14.75	%
Offering							5.00	%							10.00	%							20.00	%
Discount							5.00	%							10.00	%							20.00	%

 

Example 1 assumes shares are issued to the public at the current NAV per share. Examples 2 and 3 assume 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company.

 

152

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted in” to our dividend reinvestment plan will receive cash dividends, rather than having their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

To enroll in the dividend reinvestment plan, each stockholder must notify American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, the plan administrator, in writing so that notice is received by the plan administrator prior to the record date. The plan administrator will then automatically reinvest any dividends in additional shares of our common stock. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has elected to participate in the plan and may hold such shares in non-certificated form under the plan administrator’s name or that of its nominee. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder participating in the plan will be calculated by reference to all shares of common stock owned by such stockholder, whether held in such stockholder’s plan account or elsewhere. The plan administrator will confirm to each participant each acquisition made for such participant pursuant to the plan as soon as practicable but not later than 10 business days after the date thereof; provided all shares have been purchased. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan received in writing not less than three days prior to the payment date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to and/or carrying shares in the participant’s account, issue, without charge to the participant, a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock payable to the participant and a check for any fractional share. Although each participant may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to three decimal places) in a share of our common stock, no certificates for a fractional share will be issued. However, dividends and distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participant’s account.

We will use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan at a price per share equal to the average price for all shares purchased on the open market pursuant to the plan, including brokerage commissions. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the valuation date fixed by our board of directors for such dividend. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium at the time we issue new shares under the plan and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.

There will be no brokerage charges to stockholders with respect to shares of common stock issued directly by us. However, each participant will pay the brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The plan administrator’s fees under the plan will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a 10¢ per share brokerage commissions from the proceeds. If you have shares held through a broker, you should contact your broker to participate in the plan.

Stockholders who receive dividends in the form of stock are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their dividends in cash. A stockholder’s basis for

 

153

---

Table of Contents

determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com, by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their statement and sending it to the plan administrator at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by calling the plan administrator at
(866) 710-4835. You will need to know your AST ten (10) digit account number and your social security number to gain access to your account. Such termination will be effective immediately if the participant’s notice is received by the plan administrator at least three days prior to any payment date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent dividend.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by telephone at (866) 710-4835.

The plan administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under the plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the plan administrator’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents.

 

154

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes the material provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary may not contain all of the information that is important to you, and we refer you to the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

General

We were incorporated on May 26, 2009 under the laws of the state of Delaware. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist solely of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 33,787,783 shares were outstanding as of May 26, 2015, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares were outstanding as of May 26, 2015. Our common stock is quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “TCRD.” The table below sets forth our capital stock as of May 26, 2015.

 

Title of Class		Amount Authorized				Amount Held by Company for its Account				Amount Outstanding
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share			100,000,000				—				33,787,783
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share			100,000,000				—				—

Common stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future. In addition, holders of our common stock may participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

Preferred stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. The board has discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock. The 1940 Act limits our flexibility as to certain rights and preferences of the preferred stock that our certificate of incorporation may provide and requires, among other things, that immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to common stock, we meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and our preferred stock, of at least 200%, and the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on the preferred stock are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years of dividends on the preferred stock until all arrears are cured. The features of the preferred stock will be further limited by the requirements applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The purpose of authorizing our board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with

 

155

---

Table of Contents

providing leverage for our investment program, possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Delaware law and certain charter and bylaw provisions; anti-takeover measures

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that:

 

•

directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

•

directors may be removed with or without cause by approval of at least 66 2/3% of the “continuing” directors (as such term is defined in our certificate of incorporation); and

 

•

subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock, any vacancy on the board of directors, however the vacancy occurs, including a vacancy due to an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

The limitations on removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring us. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by our board of directors, Chairman, Vice Chairman, Co-Chief Executive Officers or President.

Delaware’s corporation law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws generally can be amended by approval of at least 66 ²/₃% of the total number of continuing directors. Stockholders do not have the right to adopt, amend or repeal any of the provisions of our bylaws.

Limitations of liability and indemnification

Under our certificate of incorporation, we will fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, we will not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person unless such proceeding was authorized or consented to by our board of directors. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Delaware law also provides that indemnification permitted under the law shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise.

We have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.

Anti-takeover provisions

The following summary outlines certain provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation regarding anti-takeover provisions. These provisions could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, or to change the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. These measures, however, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in

 

156

---

Table of Contents

control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders and could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices. These attempts could also have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operation. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging acquisition proposals because the negotiation of the proposals may improve their terms.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, a director may be removed from office only for cause by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective director. A director may be removed with or without cause by approval of at least 66 2/3% of the continuing directors.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our board of directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of each affected class or series, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 10% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of our directors, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) will be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 10% or greater holder of a class or series of shares, or a principal stockholder, refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our voting securities.

The 10% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of us or any subsidiary of ours with or into any principal stockholder; the issuance of any of our securities to any principal stockholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of our assets to any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to us or any subsidiary of ours, in exchange for our securities, of any assets of any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

To convert us to a closed-end or open-end investment company, to merge or consolidate us with any entity or sell all or substantially all of our assets to any entity in a transaction as a result of which the governing documents of the surviving entity do not contain substantially the same anti-takeover provisions as are provided in our certificate of incorporation or to liquidate and dissolve us other than in connection with a qualifying merger, consolidation or sale of assets or to amend certain of the provisions relating to these matters, our certificate of incorporation requires either (i) the favorable vote of a majority of our continuing directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our then outstanding shares of each affected class or series of our shares, voting separately as a class or series or (ii) the favorable vote of at least 80% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, voting together as a single class. As part of any such conversion to an open-end investment company, substantially all of our investment policies and strategies and portfolio would have to be modified to assure the degree of portfolio liquidity required for open-end investment companies. In the event of our conversion to an open-end investment company, the common shares would cease to be listed on any national securities exchange or market system. Stockholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. You should assume that it is not likely that our board of directors would vote to convert us to an open-end fund.

The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of a majority of the outstanding shares and 67% of a quorum of a majority of the outstanding shares. For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under our certificate of incorporation, each class and series of our shares will vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or our certificate of incorporation, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

Our board of directors has determined that provisions with respect to the board of directors and the stockholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of stockholders generally.

 

157

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

In addition to shares of common stock, our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of preferred stock. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, without stockholder approval, although we have no immediate intention to do so. If we offer preferred stock under this prospectus we will issue an appropriate prospectus supplement. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Delaware law and by our certificate of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any such an issuance must adhere to the requirements of the 1940 Act, Delaware law and any other limitations imposed by law.

The following is a general description of the terms of the preferred stock we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any preferred stock we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement accompanying each preferred share offering.

The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (i) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, (ii) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends or other distribution on the preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, and (iii) such shares be cumulative as to dividends and have a complete preference over our common stock to payment of their liquidation in event of dissolution. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the articles supplementary and the prospectus supplement relating to such series will describe:

 

•

the designation and number of shares of such series;

 

•

the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends or other distributions will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends or other distributions are participating or non-participating;

 

•

any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such series;

 

•

the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;

 

•

the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series;

 

•

any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series;

 

•

any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding;

 

•

any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities;

 

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

158

---

Table of Contents

•

any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which dividends or other distributions, if any, thereon will be cumulative. To the extent we issue preferred stock, the payment of dividends to holders of our preferred stock will take priority over payment of dividends to our common stockholders.

 

159

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the subscription rights we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any subscription rights we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such subscription rights.

We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.

Our stockholders will indirectly bear all of the expenses of the subscription rights offering, regardless of whether our stockholders exercise any subscription rights.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any subscription rights we may issue, including the following:

 

•

the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days);

 

•

the title and aggregate number of such subscription rights;

 

•

the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof);

 

•

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such subscription rights may be payable;

 

•

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the subscription rights are issued and the number of subscription rights issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

•

the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share);

 

•

the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;

 

•

the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;

 

•

the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension);

 

•

if applicable, the minimum or maximum number of subscription rights that may be exercised at one time;

 

•

the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;

 

•

any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering;

 

•

the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such subscription rights;

 

•

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

•

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the subscription rights;

 

160

---

Table of Contents

•

the material terms of any standby underwriting, backstop or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering;

 

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights; and

 

•

any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.

Each subscription right will entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash or other consideration such amount of shares of common stock at such subscription price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the rights represented by such subscription rights certificate are exercised, a new subscription certificate will be issued for the remaining rights. Prior to exercising their subscription rights, holders of subscription rights will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer subscription rights (other than rights to subscribe expiring not later than 120 days after their issuance and issued exclusively and ratably to a class or classes of our security holders) on the condition that (1) the subscription rights expire by their terms within ten years; (2) the exercise price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance; (3) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such subscription rights, and a “required” majority of our Board of Directors approves of such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of THL Credit and our stockholders; and (4) if the subscription rights are accompanied by other securities, the subscription rights are not separately transferable unless no class of such subscription rights and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. A “required” majority of our Board of Directors is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the company. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and subscription rights at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

For information regarding the dilutive impact of rights offerings, please see “Risks—Risks Related to our Investments—“Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.”

 

161

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants and will be subject to compliance with the 1940 Act.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common stock, preferred stock or debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

 

•

the title and aggregate number of such warrants;

 

•

the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;

 

•

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;

 

•

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

•

in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

•

in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

•

the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension);

 

•

whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;

 

•

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants that may be exercised at any one time;

 

•

if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;

 

•

the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such warrants;

 

•

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

•

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

 

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

•

any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

 

162

---

Table of Contents

Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase for cash such common stock or preferred stock at the exercise price or such principal amount of debt securities as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the warrants offered thereby. Warrants may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and a warrant certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the warrant agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, as soon as practicable, forward the securities purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the warrants represented by such warrant certificate are exercised, a new warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining warrants. If we so indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders of the warrants may surrender securities as all or part of the exercise price for warrants.

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the right to receive principal, premium, if any, or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive dividends or other distributions, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of THL Credit and its stockholders and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

 

163

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in this prospectus and in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, including any supplemental indenture, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and U.S. Bank National Association, a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “Events of Default—Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. The following description summarizes the material provisions of the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. For example, in this section, we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the indenture. We have filed the form of the indenture with the SEC. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

A prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular terms of any series of debt securities being offered, including the following:

 

•

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;

 

•

the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;

 

•

the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;

 

•

the date or dates on which principal will be payable;

 

•

the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;

 

•

the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;

 

•

the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;

 

•

the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;

 

•

whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;

 

•

the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;

 

•

the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued;

 

•

the provision for any sinking fund;

 

•

any restrictive covenants;

 

164

---

Table of Contents

•

any Events of Default;

 

•

whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;

 

•

any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;

 

•

if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

 

•

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);

 

•

any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;

 

•

whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

 

•

the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and

 

•

any other terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any indebtedness and other senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Regulations governing our operation as a BDC may limit our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.”

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the attached prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”), may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” section below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

 

165

---

Table of Contents

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book entry only form represented by global securities.

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Issuance of Securities in Registered Form

We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in “certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global securities.

Book-Entry Holders

We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or customers.

Under the indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security. Consequently, for debt securities issued in book-entry form, we will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are represented by one or more global securities, investors will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Street Name Holders

In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street name.” Debt securities held in

 

166

---

Table of Contents

street name are registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the investor, and the investor would hold a beneficial interest in those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at that institution.

For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities and we will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Legal Holders

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in book-entry form.

For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the holders.

When we refer to you, we mean those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

Special Considerations for Indirect Holders

If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, we urge you to check with that institution to find out:

 

•

how it handles securities payments and notices,

 

•

whether it imposes fees or charges,

 

•

how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever required,

 

•

whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted in the future for a particular series of debt securities,

 

•

how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests, and

 

•

if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

Global Securities

As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally, all debt securities represented by the same global securities will have the same terms.

 

167

---

Table of Contents

Each debt security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will be the depositary for all debt securities issued in book-entry form.

A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. We describe those situations below under “Special Situations when a Global Security Will Be Terminated”. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all debt securities represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary or with another institution that has an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in the global security.

Special Considerations for Global Securities

As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds the global security will be considered the holder of the debt securities represented by the global security.

If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

 

•

An investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in his or her name, and cannot obtain certificates for his or her interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations we describe below.

 

•

An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt securities, as we describe under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

 

•

An investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry form.

 

•

An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective.

 

•

The depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any way.

 

•

If we redeem less than all the debt securities of a particular series being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount to be redeemed from each of its participants holding that series.

 

•

An investor is required to give notice of exercise of any option to elect repayment of its debt securities, through its participant, to the applicable trustee and to deliver the related debt securities by causing its participant to transfer its interest in those debt securities, on DTC’s records, to the applicable trustee.

 

•

DTC requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately available funds. Your broker or bank may also require you to use immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in a global security.

 

168

---

Table of Contents

•

Financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt securities. There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.

Special Situations when a Global Security will be Terminated

In a few special situations described below, a global security will be terminated and interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have described the rights of legal holders and street name investors under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a global security that would apply only to the particular series of debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is responsible for deciding the names of the institutions in whose names the debt securities represented by the global security will be registered and, therefore, who will be the holders of those debt securities.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, often approximately two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants.

Payments on Certificated Securities

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

Alternatively, if the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any amount that becomes due on the debt security by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in New York City, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must give the applicable trustee or other paying agent appropriate transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest

 

169

---

Table of Contents

payment due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date. Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described above.

Payment when Offices are Closed

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following (unless the prospectus supplement relating to such debt securities states otherwise):

 

•

we do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;

 

•

we do not pay interest on a debt security of the series when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days;

 

•

we do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;

 

•

we remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the series;

 

•

we file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days;

 

•

on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, we have an asset coverage of less than 100%; and

 

•

any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the applicable prospectus supplement occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series.

 

170

---

Table of Contents

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

 

•

the holder must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;

 

•

the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;

 

•

the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity; and

 

•

the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60 day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than:

 

•

the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or

 

•

in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We may also be permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, unless the prospectus supplement relating to certain debt securities states otherwise, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

 

•

where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities;

 

•

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing;

 

•

under the indenture, no merger or sale of assets may be made if as a result any of our property or assets or any property or assets of one of our subsidiaries, if any, would become subject to any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance unless either (a) the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance could be created

 

171

---

Table of Contents

pursuant to the limitation on liens covenant in the indenture without equally and ratably securing the indenture securities or (b) the indenture securities are secured equally and ratably with or prior to the debt secured by the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance;

 

•

we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee; and

 

•

we must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to debt securities without specific approval of all of the holders. The following is a list of those types of changes:

 

•

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security;

 

•

reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

 

•

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

 

•

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

 

•

change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;

 

•

impair your right to sue for payment;

 

•

adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;

 

•

modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of the debt securities;

 

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

 

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;

 

•

modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and

 

•

change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

 

172

---

Table of Contents

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

 

•

if the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series; and

 

•

if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “—Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

 

•

for original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default;

 

•

for debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement; and

 

•

for debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance—Full Defeasance.”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant

 

173

---

Table of Contents

defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If applicable, you also would be released from the subordination provisions as described under the “Indenture Provisions—Subordination” section below. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

 

•

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates;

 

•

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity; and

 

•

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

 

•

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.

 

•

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit;

 

•

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with;

 

•

Defeasance must not result in a breach of the indenture or any other material agreements; and

 

•

Satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable, you would also be released from the subordination provisions described later under “Indenture Provisions—Subordination.”

 

174

---

Table of Contents

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

Holders may exchange their certificated securities, if any, for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities, if any, at the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, if any, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

Resignation of Trustee

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions—Subordination

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on senior indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities before all senior indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the senior indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the senior indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the senior indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the senior indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all senior indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the senior indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the senior indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

 

175

---

Table of Contents

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Senior indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

 

•

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities; and

 

•

renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our senior indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

Secured Indebtedness

Certain of our indebtedness, including certain series of indenture securities, may be secured. The prospectus supplement for each series of indenture securities will describe the terms of any security interest for such series and will indicate the approximate amount of our secured indebtedness as of a recent date. In the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, the holders of unsecured indenture securities may recover less, ratably, than holders of any of our secured indebtedness.

The Trustee under the Indenture

U.S. Bank National Association will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Convertible Debt and Certain 1940 Act Limitations

At our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, we received stockholder approval of a proposal to authorize the Company to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then-current net asset value per share. Each issuance of debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock would comply with Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act, to the extent applicable. If Section 61 is applicable:

 

(i)

the exercise or conversion rights in such warrants or debt expire by their terms within 10 years;

 

(ii)

the warrants and the exercise or conversion rights in such warrants or debt are not separately transferable;

 

(iii)

the exercise or conversion price of such warrants or debt that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below NAV at the date of issuance of such warrants or convertible debt;

 

176

---

Table of Contents

(iv)

the issuance of such warrants or convertible debt is approved by a majority of the Board who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the non-interested directors on the basis that such issuance is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders; and

 

(v)

the number of shares of our common stock that would result from the exercise or conversion of such warrants or debt and all other securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into shares of our common stock outstanding at the time of issuance of such warrants or debt will not exceed 25% of our outstanding common stock at such time. However, if the number of shares of our common stock that would result from the exercise of all outstanding securities convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable into shares of our common stock held by our directors, officers and employees pursuant to equity compensation plans exceeds 15% of our outstanding common stock, then the total amount of common stock that will result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, convertible debt, and all other securities convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable into shares of common stock will not exceed 20% of our outstanding common stock at such time.

Pursuant to certain interpretations of the staff of the SEC, not all types of convertible securities that we may issue are required to comply with Section 61(a), including circumstances in which the value of the conversion feature is not the predominate value of the convertible bond. Any convertible securities we issue that are not subject to Section 61(a) will be issued in compliance with the then current views of the SEC and its staff.

 

177

---

Table of Contents

REGULATION

Regulated Investment Company and Business Development Company Regulations

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We have also elected to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by “a majority of our outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company. We do not anticipate any substantial change in the nature of our business.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if (1) our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and (2) our stockholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below our then-current net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors for the offering. The authorization expires on the earlier of June 3, 2015 and the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stock holders, which is expected to be held in June 2015. Our stockholders also approved a proposal to authorize us to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then-current net asset value per share.

As a BDC, we are required to meet a coverage ratio of the value of total assets to senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

Legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives during the 113^th Congress intended to revise certain regulations applicable to BDCs. The legislation provided for (i) modifying the asset coverage ratio from 200% to 150%, (ii) permitting BDCs to file registration statements with the SEC that incorporate information from already-filed reports by reference, (iii) utilizing other streamlined registration processes afforded to operating companies, and (iv) allowing BDCs to own investment adviser subsidiaries. The legislation was not enacted by the previous Congress and has not been introduced to the 114^th Congress. There are no assurances as to when the legislation will be enacted by Congress, if at all, or, if enacted, what final form the legislation would take.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under

 

178

---

Table of Contents

these limits, except for registered money market funds, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might indirectly subject our stockholders to additional expenses as they will indirectly be responsible for the costs and expenses of such companies. None of our investment policies are fundamental and any may be changed without stockholder approval.

Qualifying assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

 

•

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

•

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

•

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

•

satisfies either of the following:

 

•

has a market capitalization of less than $250 million or does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or

 

•

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, the BDC actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result thereof, the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.

 

•

Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

•

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

•

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

•

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

•

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company.

 

179

---

Table of Contents

Significant managerial assistance to portfolio companies

A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in “Business—Business Development Company Regulations—Qualifying assets” above. Business development companies generally must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance, except in circumstances where either (i) the business development company controls such issuer of securities or (ii) the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together and one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. Consequently, repurchase agreements are functionally similar to loans. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, the 1940 Act and certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes typically require us to limit the amount we invest with any one counterparty. Our investment Advisor monitors the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Warrants and Options

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the amount of warrants, options, restricted stock or rights to purchase shares of capital stock that it may have outstanding at any time. Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of THL Credit and its stockholders and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities. In particular, the amount of capital stock that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase capital stock cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares of capital stock.

Senior securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any preferred stock or publicly traded debt securities are outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risks—Risks related to our operations as a BDC.”

 

180

---

Table of Contents

No-action relief from registration as a commodity pool operator

We are relying on a no-action letter (the “No-Action Letter”) issued by the staff of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) as a basis to avoid registration with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”). The No-Action Letter allows an entity to engage in CFTC-regulated transactions (“commodity interest transactions”) that are “bona fide hedging” transactions (as that term is defined and interpreted by the CFTC and its staff), but prohibit an entity from entering into commodity interest transactions if they are non-bona fide hedging transactions, unless immediately after entering such non-bona fide hedging transaction (a) the sum of the amount of initial margin deposits on the entity’s existing futures or swaps positions and option or swaption premiums does not exceed 5% of the market value of the entity’s liquidating value, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such transactions, or (b) the aggregate net notional value of the entity’s commodity interest transactions would not exceed 100% of the market value of the entity’s liquidating value, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such transactions. We are required to operate pursuant to these trading restrictions if we intend to continue to rely on the No-Action Letter as a basis to avoid CPO registration.

Proxy voting policies and procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to THL Credit Advisors. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of THL Credit Advisors are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by THL Credit Advisors and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

THL Credit Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, THL Credit Advisors has fiduciary duties to us. As part of this duty, THL Credit Advisors recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. THL Credit Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures have been formulated to ensure decision-making consistent with these fiduciary duties.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy policies

THL Credit Advisors evaluates routine proxy matters, such as proxy proposals, amendments or resolutions on a case-by-case basis. Routine matters are typically proposed by management and THL Credit Advisors will normally support such matters so long as they do not measurably change the structure, management control, or operation of the corporation and are consistent with industry standards as well as the corporate laws of the state of incorporation.

THL Credit Advisors also evaluates non-routine matters on a case-by-case basis. Non-routine proposals concerning social issues are typically proposed by stockholders who believe that the corporation’s internally adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided. If THL Credit Advisors has determined that management is generally socially responsible, THL Credit Advisors will generally vote against these types of non-routine proposals. Non-routine proposals concerning financial or corporate issues are usually offered by management and seek to change a corporation’s legal, business or financial structure. THL Credit Advisors will generally vote in favor of such proposals provided the position of current stockholders is preserved or enhanced. Non-routine proposals concerning stockholder rights are made regularly by both management and stockholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that transfer or realign board or stockholder voting power. THL Credit Advisors typically would oppose any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeovers by requiring, for example, super-majority approval. At the same time, THL Credit Advisors believes stability and continuity promote profitability. THL Credit Advisors’ guidelines in this area seek a middle road and individual proposals will be carefully assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.

 

181

---

Table of Contents

If a vote may involve a material conflict of interest, prior to approving such vote, THL Credit Advisors must consult with its chief compliance officer to determine whether the potential conflict is material and if so, the appropriate method to resolve such conflict. If the conflict is determined not to be material, THL Credit Advisors’ employees shall vote the proxy in accordance with THL Credit Advisors’ proxy voting policy.

Proxy voting records

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to:

General Counsel

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Code of ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and we have also approved our investment adviser’s code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act. These codes establish procedures for personal investments and restrict certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy our code of ethics and our code of ethics and business conduct at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, our code of ethics and our code of ethics and business conduct are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov and are available on our corporate governance webpage at http://investor.thlcredit.com/governance.

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of stockholders and to safeguarding our non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to our investment adviser’s employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

Compliance with Corporate Governance Regulations

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act has required us to review our policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

 

182

---

Table of Contents

In addition, The NASDAQ Global Select Market has adopted various corporate governance requirements as part of its listing standards. We believe we are in compliance with such corporate governance listing standards. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future listing standards and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

Other

We have adopted an investment policy that mirrors the requirements applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

We are subject to periodic examination by the SEC for compliance with the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and THL Credit Advisors have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and will review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We and THL Credit Advisors have designated a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

The 1940 Act prohibits us from making certain negotiated co-investments with affiliates unless we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. We, the Advisor and certain our affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be granted. If such relief is granted, then we will be permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) or our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies.

You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202)551-8090. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.

Our internet address is www.thlcredit.com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

 

183

---

Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a general summary of certain material United States federal income tax considerations relating to our qualification and taxation as a RIC and the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our preferred stock or common stock, but does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations relating thereto. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including investors subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, financial institutions, traders in securities that elect to use the mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, United States expatriates, United States persons with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, persons that hold notes as part of an integrated investment (including a “straddle”), “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax. This summary is limited to beneficial owners of our preferred stock or our common stock that will hold our preferred stock or common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, temporary and final U.S. Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding our preferred stock or our common stock. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

This summary does not discuss the consequences of an investment in our subscription rights, debt securities or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our preferred stock, common stock or debt securities or as units in combination with such securities. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of such an investment will be discussed in the relevant prospectus supplement. In addition, we may issue preferred stock with terms resulting in U.S. federal income taxation of holders with respect to such preferred stock in a manner different from as set forth in this summary. In such instances, such differences will be discussed in a relevant prospectus supplement.

A “U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our preferred stock or common stock who is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

•

A citizen or individual resident of the United States including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

 

•

A corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

•

A trust if: (i) a court in the United States has primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust, or (ii) such trust validly elects to be treated as a U.S. person for federal income tax purposes; or

 

•

An estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our preferred stock or common stock that is not a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes or a U.S. stockholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our preferred stock or common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder

 

184

---

Table of Contents

who is a partner of a partnership holding shares of our preferred stock or common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment our shares will depend on the facts of their particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

We have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally do not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

If we:

 

•

maintain our qualification as a RIC; and

 

•

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement,

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

In order to maintain our qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

•

continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

•

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

•

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

•

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

•

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

 

185

---

Table of Contents

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for each calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We may choose to retain a portion of our ordinary income and/or capital gain net income in any year and pay the 4% U.S. federal excise tax on the retained amounts. For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Company are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated with the Company for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

We are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise qualify for the dividends received deduction or constitute qualified dividend income as ineligible for such treatment, (2) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (3) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (4) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (5) cause us to recognize income or gain without receipt of a corresponding distribution of cash, (6) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (7) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (8) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions, but there can be no assurance that any adverse effects of these provisions will be mitigated.

If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), we may be subject to federal income tax on its allocable share of a portion of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if our allocable share of such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to its stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to

 

186

---

Table of Contents

include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we may be able to elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income our allocable share of any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss our allocable share of any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases included in its income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of distributions from PFICs and proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we maintain our qualification as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional preferred stock or common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations , such distributions may be reported by us as “qualified dividend income,” or Qualifying Dividends, eligible to be taxed in the hands of non-corporate stockholders at the rates applicable to long-term gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met at both the stockholder and company levels. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us generally will not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not be Qualifying Dividends. Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains which are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its preferred stock or common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional preferred stock or common stock. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s preferred stock or common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

We may decide to retain some or all of our net capital gain but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its preferred stock or common stock. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, may be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

 

187

---

Table of Contents

If an investor purchases shares of our preferred stock or common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though economically it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

A stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our preferred stock or common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the preferred stock or common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our preferred stock or common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition, in which case the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently are subject to a reduced maximum federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. In addition, individuals with income in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We will report to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

In some taxable years, we may be subject to the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). If we have tax items that are treated differently for AMT purposes than for regular tax purposes, we may apportion those items between us and our stockholders, and this may affect our stockholder’s AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionment have not yet been issued by the IRS, we may apportion these items in the same proportion that dividends paid to each stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless we determine that a different method for a particular item is warranted under the circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine how an investment in our stock could affect your AMT liability.

 

188

---

Table of Contents

We may be required to withhold federal income tax, or backup withholding, from all distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in our shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in our shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our preferred stock or common stock.

Distributions of our investment company taxable income to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, we will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.)

In addition, with respect to certain distributions made to Non-U.S. stockholders in our taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, no withholding is required and the distributions generally will not be subject to federal income tax if (i) the distributions are properly reported by us as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied. No assurance can be given that any of our distributions would be designated as eligible for this exemption. In addition, no assurance can be provided that this exception will be extended for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our preferred stock or common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to federal income tax unless (i) the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States, or (ii) the Non-U.S. stockholder is an individual that is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our preferred stock or common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

 

189

---

Table of Contents

Recently enacted legislation generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by United States persons (or held by foreign entities that have United States persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after December 31, 2013 and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S.-source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2016. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding (subject to the same effective dates) on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, depending on the status of Non-U.S. stockholders and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their units, Non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, Non-U.S. stockholders might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Failure to Maintain Our Qualification as a RIC

If we were unable to maintain our qualification for treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. Distributions would not be required, and any distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income that would be eligible for the current 20% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (subject to limitations under the Code). Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis (reducing that basis accordingly), and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, we would be required to distribute to our stockholders our earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. In addition, if we failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then we would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if we had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

 

190

---

Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $300,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. There is $250,000,000 of securities available for issuance under this prospectus as a result of our issuance of $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% notes in November 2014. We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; any expenses we incur in connection with the sale of such securities; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our voting securities or (3) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below our then-current net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors for the offering. The authorization expires on June 3, 2015. See “Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value.”

In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Our common stockholders will bear, directly or indirectly, the expenses of any offering of our securities, including debt securities. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum amount of any compensation to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 10% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We may also reimburse the underwriter or agent for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by it.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are

 

191

---

Table of Contents

purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on the NASDAQ Global Select Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

 

192

---

Table of Contents

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, shares of our common stock offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

CUSTODIAN

State Street Bank & Trust Company provides administrative and accounting services under a sub-administration agreement. State Street provides custodian services to us pursuant to a custodian services agreement. For the services provided to us by State Street and its affiliates, State Street is entitled to fees as agreed upon from time to time. The address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

TRANSFER AGENT

American Stock Transfer and Trust Company provides transfer agency support to us and serves as our dividend paying agent under a transfer agency agreement. The address of American Stock Transfer and Trust Company is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10007.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATIONS AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors is primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. THL Credit Advisors does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While THL Credit Advisors generally seeks reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we may not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, THL Credit Advisors may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if THL Credit Advisors determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we paid $0 in brokerage commissions.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for underwriters, if any, by the counsel named in the prospectus supplement.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) as of December 31, 2014 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

193

---

Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement with the SEC on Form N-2, including amendments, relating to the shares we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, including any exhibits and schedules it may contain. For further information concerning us or the shares we are offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to describe the material terms thereof but are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified in all respects by this reference.

We file annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and the related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of stockholders and to safeguarding our non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to our investment adviser’s employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of THL Credit, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “THL Credit” refer to THL Credit, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the company; (ii) provide

 

194

---

Table of Contents

reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 based upon the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our assessment, management determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

 

195

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited) and December 31, 2014			F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited)			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited)			F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited)			F-5
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited) and December 31, 2014			F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)			F-21
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-54
Consolidated Statements of Assets & Liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013			F-55
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-56
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December  31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-57
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-58
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013			F-59
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-71
Schedule 12-14			F-102

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		March 31, 2015				December 31, 2014
Assets:
Investments at fair value:
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (cost of $679,238 and $726,811, respectively)		$	687,176			$	732,862
Controlled investments (cost of $60,199 and $52,208, respectively)			61,200				51,349
Non-controlled, affiliated investments (cost of $9 and $9, respectively)			9				9
Total investments at fair value (cost of $739,446 and $779,028, respectively)		$	748,385			$	784,220
Cash			7,519				2,656
Interest, dividends, and fees receivable			7,524				6,221
Deferred financing costs			6,629				7,021
Due from affiliate			892				1,216
Prepaid expenses and other assets			589				684
Other deferred assets			544				600
Receivable for paydown of investments			327				329
Deferred offering costs			44				—
Receivable for investments sold			—				9,538
Total assets		$	772,453			$	812,485
Liabilities:
Loans payable		$	261,851			$	294,851
Notes payable			50,000				50,000
Payable for investment purchased			—				10,400
Accrued incentive fees			4,033				4,175
Base management fees payable			3,005				2,810
Deferred tax liability			2,392				2,565
Accrued expenses and other payables			1,244				1,856
Other deferred liabilities			1,274				1,418
Accrued credit facility fees and interest			482				576
Interest rate derivative			395				213
Accrued administrator expenses			122				—
Total liabilities			324,798				368,864
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Net Assets:
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 preferred shares authorized, no preferred shares issued and outstanding			—				—
Common stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 common shares authorized, 33,905 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively			34				34
Paid-in capital in excess of par			448,554				448,726
Net unrealized appreciation on investments, net of provision for taxes of $2,392 and $2,565, respectively			6,547				2,627
Net unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative			(395	)			(213	)
Accumulated undistributed net realized losses			(13,331	)			(13,360	)
Accumulated undistributed net investment income			6,246				5,807
Total net assets			447,655				443,621
Total liabilities and net assets		$	772,453			$	812,485
Net asset value per share		$	13.20			$	13.08

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Investment Income:
From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:
Interest income		$	20,909			$	17,552
Dividend income			—				2,147
Other income			1,653				442
From non-controlled, affiliated investments:
Other income			596				754
From controlled investments:
Interest income			238				—
Dividend income			328
Other income			38				—
Total investment income			23,762				20,895
Expenses:
Interest and fees on borrowings			3,081				2,089
Base management fees			3,005				2,524
Incentive fees			2,978				2,745
Administrator expenses			947				927
Other general and administrative expenses			686				562
Amortization of deferred financing costs			426				307
Professional fees			334				311
Directors’ fees			200				149
Total expenses			11,657				9,614
Income tax provision, excise and other taxes			195				581
Net investment income			11,910				10,700
Realized Gain and Change in Unrealized Appreciation on Investments:
Net realized gain on non-controlled, non-affiliated investments			30				299
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments:
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments			1,886				(609	)
Controlled, non-affiliated investments			1,861				—
Non-controlled, affiliated investments			—				—
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments			3,747				(609	)
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from investments			3,777				(310	)
Provision for taxes on realized gain on investments			—				(321	)
Benefit for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			173				971
Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net			(116	)			(113	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative			(182	)			54
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	15,562			$	10,981
Net investment income per common share:
Basic and diluted		$	0.35			$	0.32
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per common share:
Basic and diluted		$	0.46			$	0.32
Dividends declared and paid		$	0.34			$	0.34
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic and diluted			33,905				33,905

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations:
Net investment income		$	11,910			$	10,700
Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net			(116	)			(113	)
Net realized gain on investments			30				299
Income tax provision, realized gain			—				(321	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			3,747				(609	)
Benefit for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			173				971
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative			(182	)			54
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations			15,562				10,981
Distributions to stockholders
Distributions to stockholders from net investment income			(11,528	)			(9,244	)
Distributions to stockholders from net realized gain			—				(2,284	)
Total distributions to stockholders			(11,528	)			(11,528	)
Total increase (decrease) in net assets			4,034				(547	)
Net assets at beginning of period			443,621				452,942
Net assets at end of period		$	447,655			$	452,395
Common shares outstanding at end of period			33,905				33,905

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Cash flows from operating activities
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	15,562			$	10,981
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments			(3,747	)			609
Net change in unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on interest rate derivative			182				(54	)
Net realized loss on investments			6				455
Increase in investments due to PIK			(591	)			(535	)
Amortization of deferred financing costs			426				307
Accretion of discounts on investments and other fees			(720	)			(1,106	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Purchases of investments, net of payable for investment purchased			(28,248	)			(133,036	)
Proceeds from sale and paydown of investments			68,274				38,322
Increase in interest, dividends and fees receivable			(1,303	)			(416	)
Decrease in other deferred assets			56				56
Decrease in due from affiliate			324				186
Decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets			95				49
Decrease in accrued expenses			(654	)			(234	)
Decrease in accrued credit facility fees and interest			(94	)			(344	)
Increase in income taxes payable			—				559
Decrease in deferred tax liability			(173	)			(1,085	)
Increase in base management fees payable			195				281
Increase in accrued administrator expenses			122				269
(Decrease) increase in other deferred liabilities			(144	)			247
(Decrease) increase in accrued incentive fees payable			(142	)			1,065
Increase in due to affiliate			—				24
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			49,426				(83,400	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings under credit facility			20,500				122,550
Repayments under credit facility			(53,500	)			(21,500	)
Distributions paid to stockholders			(11,528	)			(11,528	)
Financing and offering costs paid			(35	)			—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities			(44,563	)			89,522
Net increase in cash			4,863				6,122
Cash, beginning of period			2,656				7,829
Cash, end of period		$	7,519			$	13,951
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Cash interest paid		$	3,003			$	1,916
Income taxes paid		$	66			$	2
PIK income earned		$	594			$	535

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—153.52% of net asset value
First lien secured debt
20-20 Technologies Inc.(5)		IT services		10.8%(6)			9/12/2012				3/31/2019			$	31,400			$	31,090			$	31,400
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC		Aerospace & defense		11.0%(25)			9/7/2011				3/7/2016				3,583				3,540				3,565
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC		Aerospace & defense		11.0%(25)			6/24/2014				3/7/2016				2,329				2,303				2,318
Allied Wireline Services, LLC		Energy / Utilities		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			2/28/2014				2/28/2019				9,799				9,419				9,309
BeneSys Inc.		Business services		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			3/31/2014				3/31/2019				8,559				8,412				8,473
BeneSys Inc.(7)(8)		Business services		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			8/1/2014				3/31/2019				—				(10	)			—
Charming Charlie, LLC.		Retail & grocery		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			12/18/2013				12/31/2019				16,743				16,531				16,868
Copperweld Bimetallics LLC		Industrials		12.0%			12/11/2013				12/11/2018				20,350				19,702				20,350
CRS Reprocessing, LLC		Manufacturing		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)			6/16/2011				6/16/2016				15,461				15,461				14,687
Dodge Data & Analytics LLC		IT services		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			11/20/2014				10/31/2019				12,968				12,723				12,741
Duff & Phelps Corporation(9)		Financial services		4.5% (LIBOR + 3.5%)			5/15/2013				4/23/2020				246				248				245
Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.		IT services		10.8%(6)			2/15/2013				12/28/2017				9,171				9,087				9,171
Food Processing Holdings, LLC		Food & beverage		10.5% (LIBOR +9.5%)			10/31/2013				10/31/2018				22,202				21,861				22,202
Harrison Gypsum, LLC		Industrials		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.5% and 0.5% PIK)(10)			12/21/2012				12/21/2017				32,177				31,837				31,533
Hart InterCivic, Inc.		IT services		12.5% (LIBOR + 10.0% Cash + 1.0% PIK)			7/1/2011				7/1/2016				8,568				8,517				8,396
Hart InterCivic, Inc.(7)		IT services		11.5% (LIBOR + 10.0% Cash)			7/1/2011				7/1/2016				3,000				2,985				3,000
HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.		Healthcare		13.2%(6)			8/31/2012				8/30/2017				8,433				8,292				7,927
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			5/29/2013				5/29/2018				24,227				23,865				23,258
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.(7)		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			5/29/2013				5/29/2018				—				—				—
Igloo Products Corp.		Consumer products		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			3/28/2014				3/28/2020				38,286				37,508				37,712
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)			8/8/2013				8/8/2018				12,684				12,500				12,684

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.		Media, entertainment and leisure		12.5% (LIBOR+ 11.3%)			5/29/2014				8/8/2018				2,874				2,826				2,874
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.(7)(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)			8/8/2013				8/8/2018				—				(20	)			—
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.3%)			5/29/2014				8/8/2018				—				(50	)			—
LAI International, Inc.		Manufacturing		10.4%(6)			10/22/2014				10/22/2019				19,308				18,899				18,899
LAI International, Inc.(7)		Manufacturing		10.4%(6)			10/22/2014				10/22/2019				—				—				—
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.		Energy / Utilities		11.3% (LIBOR + 10.3%)			9/28/2012				9/28/2017				8,558				8,431				7,959
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(7)		Energy / Utilities		11.3% (LIBOR + 10.3%)			9/28/2012				9/28/2017				3,878				3,878				3,606
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(7)		Energy / Utilities		11.3% (LIBOR + 10.3%)			7/16/2014				9/28/2017				3,393				3,338				3,155
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK)(10)			10/7/2010				10/7/2015				26,739				26,616				25,402
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK)(10)			6/6/2014				10/7/2015				3,062				3,057				2,909
Virtus Pharmaceuticals, LLC		Healthcare		10.2%(6)			7/17/2014				7/17/2019				19,997				19,563				19,797
Wheels Up Partners, LLC		Transportation		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)			1/31/2014				10/15/2022				9,466				9,353				9,372
Wheels Up Partners, LLC		Transportation		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)			8/27/2014				7/15/2023				6,068				6,068				6,007
Subtotal first lien secured debt														$	383,529			$	377,830			$	375,819
Second lien debt
Aerogroup International Inc.		Consumer products		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			6/9/2014				12/9/2019			$	13,648			$	13,407			$	12,829
Aerogroup International Inc.(7)(8)		Consumer products		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			6/9/2014				12/9/2019				—				(43	)			—
Alex Toys, LLC		Consumer products		11.0% (LIBOR + 10.0%)			6/30/2014				12/30/2019				17,000				16,695				16,745
Allen Edmonds Corporation		Consumer products		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			11/26/2013				5/27/2019				7,333				7,215				7,260
BBB Industries US Holding, Inc.		Manufacturing		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			10/7/2014				11/18/2022				4,500				4,238				4,286
Connecture, Inc.		Healthcare		12.0% (LIBOR + 11.0%)			3/18/2013				7/15/2018				21,831				21,621				22,049
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.		Business services		12.5% (LIBOR + 10.3% and 0.8% PIK)(10)			6/21/2013				10/3/2018				12,703				12,841				12,687
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.		Business services		13.0% PIK			6/21/2013				10/3/2018				144				3				144

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Hostway Corporation		IT services		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			12/27/2013				12/13/2020				12,000				11,792				11,880
Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC		Financial services		10.5%			9/30/2013				9/30/2018				13,246				13,047				13,379
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		13.2% (LIBOR + 11.7%)			12/20/2011				12/20/2016				11,426				11,307				11,426
Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC		Restaurants		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			7/16/2013				7/16/2018				20,977				20,675				20,558
Synarc-Biocore Holdings, LLC		Healthcare		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)			3/13/2014				3/13/2022				11,000				10,900				10,120
Vision Solutions, Inc.		IT services		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			3/31/2011				7/23/2017				11,625				11,581				11,567
Washington Inventory Service		Business services		10.3% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			12/27/2012				6/20/2019				11,000				10,893				11,000
Subtotal second lien debt														$	168,433			$	166,172			$	165,930
Subordinated debt
A10 Capital, LLC(7)		Financial services		12.0%			8/25/2014				2/25/2021			$	5,444			$	5,393			$	5,444
Dr. Fresh, LLC		Consumer products		14.0% (12.0% Cash + 2.0% PIK)(10)			5/15/2012				11/15/2017				14,816				14,652				14,520
Gold, Inc.		Consumer products		11.0%			12/31/2012				6/30/2019				16,788				16,788				16,704
Martex Fiber Southern Corp.		Industrials		13.5% (12.0% Cash + 1.5% PIK)(10)			4/30/2012				10/31/2019				9,060				8,965				8,289
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		17.0% (10.0% Cash + 7.0% PIK)(11)			12/20/2011				12/20/2017				2,076				2,057				2,076
Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.		IT services		15.8% (12.5% Cash + 3.3% PIK)(10)			3/4/2013				3/4/2019				19,071				18,803				15,734
Subtotal subordinated debt														$	67,255			$	66,658			$	62,767
Equity investments(13)
A10 Capital, LLC(12)(14)(21)		Financial services					8/25/2014								2,967			$	9,890			$	9,890
Aerogroup International Inc.(22)		Consumer products					6/9/2014								253,616				11				—
Aerogroup International Inc.(23)		Consumer products					6/9/2014								28,180				1,108				585
AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC(12)(15)(22)		Media, entertainment and leisure					6/21/2012								0.763636				764				905
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(22)		Aerospace & defense					9/7/2011								512				113				—
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(21)		Aerospace & defense					9/17/2013								225				169				200

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Allied Wireline Services, LLC(12)(15)(22)		Energy / Utilities					2/28/2014						619				619				664
Allied Wireline Services, LLC(12)(15)(22)		Energy / Utilities					2/28/2014						501				175				224
Firebirds International, LLC(22)		Restaurants					5/17/2011						1,906				191				300
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(22)		Food & beverage					4/20/2010						162.44				163				230
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(22)		Food & beverage					4/20/2010						406.09				408				824
Hostway Corporation(22)		IT services					12/27/2013						20,000				200				—
Hostway Corporation(22)		IT services					12/27/2013						1,800				1,800				2,111
Igloo Products Corp.(12)(22)		Consumer products					4/30/2014						2,406				2,407				2,407
OEM Group, Inc.(22)(23)		Manufacturing					10/7/2010						—				—				—
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.(12)(22)		Healthcare					4/20/2013						469,673				—				6,200
Virtus Pharmaceuticals, LLC(15)(22)		Healthcare					3/31/2015						6,796.47				127				145
Virtus Pharmaceuticals, LLC(15)(21)		Healthcare					3/31/2015						83.92				94				94
Virtus Pharmaceuticals, LLC(15)(21)		Healthcare					3/31/2015						589.76				590				590
Wheels Up Partners, LLC(12)(15)(22)		Transportation					1/31/2014						1,000				1,000				1,000
YP Equity Investors, LLC(12)(15)(22)		Media, entertainment and leisure					5/8/2012						—				—				4,000
Subtotal equity																$	19,829			$	30,369
CLO residual interests
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		13.5%			3/27/2013						—			$	7,981			$	8,382
Dryden CLO, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		14.8%			9/12/2013						—				7,733				8,299
Flagship VII, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		13.8%			12/18/2013						—				3,982				4,199
Flagship VIII, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		12.8%			10/3/2014						—				8,450				8,500
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd(5)(16)		Structured Products		15.5%			3/12/2013						—				5,316				5,812
Subtotal CLO residual interests																$	33,462			$	35,192
Investment in payment rights
Duff & Phelps Corporation(9) (16)		Financial services		16.8%			6/1/2012						—			$	11,877			$	13,496
Subtotal investment in payment rights																$	11,877			$	13,496

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Investments in funds(17)
Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP		Financial services					6/14/2013							$	2,544			$	2,544			$	2,545
Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.		Financial services					11/20/2012								1,251				866				1,058
Subtotal investments in funds														$	3,795			$	3,410			$	3,603
Total non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—153.52% of net asset value														$	623,012			$	679,238			$	687,176
Controlled investments—13.67% of net asset value
First lien secured debt
Thibaut, Inc(18)		Consumer products		12.0%			6/19/2014							$	6,504			$	6,432			$	6,504
Subtotal first lien secured debt														$	6,504			$	6,432			$	6,504
Subordinated debt
Dimont & Associates, Inc.(18)(24)		Financial services		11.0% PIK			10/20/2014				4/20/2018			$	4,556			$	4,474			$	2,962
Subtotal subordinated debt														$	4,556			$	4,474			$	2,962
Equity investments
C&K Market, Inc.(18)(22)		Retail & grocery					11/3/2010								1,967,367			$	2,271			$	10,613
C&K Market, Inc.(18)(21)		Retail & grocery					11/3/2010								1,967,367				10,956				9,837
Dimont & Associates, Inc.(18)(22)		Financial services					10/20/2014								50,004				6,569				—
Thibaut, Inc(12)(13)(18)(19)(21)		Consumer products					6/19/2014								4,747				4,697				4,934
Thibaut, Inc(12)(13)(18)(22)		Consumer products					6/19/2014								20,639				—				1,205
Subtotal equity																		$	24,493			$	26,589
Investments in Logan JV
THL Credit Logan JV LLC(12)(17)(18)(20)(22)		Financial services					12/3/2014								—				24,800				25,145
Subtotal investments in funds																		$	24,800			$	25,145
Total controlled investments—13.67% of net asset value														$	11,060			$	60,199			$	61,200
Non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value Investments in funds
THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC(12)(17)(22)		Financial services					1/27/2011												5				5

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC(12)(17)(22)		Financial services					3/1/2013										4				4
Subtotal investments in funds																$	9			$	9
Total non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value																$	9			$	9
Total investments—167.18% of net asset value												$	634,072			$	739,446			$	748,385

 

Derivative Instruments
Counterparty		Instrument		Interest Rate		Expiration Date				# of Contracts		Notional				Cost				Fair Value
ING Capital Markets, LLC		Interest Rate Swap – Pay Fixed/Receive Floating		1.1425%/ LIBOR			05/10/17			1		$	50,000			$	—			$	(395	)
Total derivative instruments—0.09% of net asset value												$	50,000			$	—			$	(395	)

 

(1)	All debt investments are income-producing, unless otherwise noted. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)	All investments are pledged as collateral under the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility.

(3)

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of March 31, 2015. LIBOR loans are typically indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option, and ABR rates are typically indexed to the current prime rate or federal funds rate. Both LIBOR and ABR rates are subject to interest floors.

(4)	Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(5)	Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(6)	Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(7)	Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on delayed draw term loan and revolving loan facility.

(8)	The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.

(9)	Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(10)	At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(11)	Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(12)	Member interests of limited liability companies are the equivalent of the stock of corporations.

(13)	Equity ownership may be held as a commitment amount, in shares or in units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(14)	Preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 12% cash and 2% PIK due on a monthly basis

(15)	Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(16)	Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of March 31, 2015.

(17)	Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(18)	As defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, the Company is deemed to control this portfolio company because it owns more than 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities.

(19)	Part of our preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 3% due on a quarterly basis.

(20)

On December 3, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Perspecta to create THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV, a joint venture, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. All Logan JV investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta. Although the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities of Logan JV, the Company does not believe that it has control over Logan JV (other than for purposes of the 1940 Act or otherwise).

(21)	Preferred stock

(22)	Common stock, member interest, and warrants

(23)	Warrants received at initial acquisition date at no cost to the Company

(24)	Loan was on non-accrual as of March 31, 2015.

(25)	Amended rate of 12.5% effective on April 1, 2015.

 

F-12

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—170.46% of net asset value
First lien secured debt
20-20 Technologies Inc.(5)		IT services		10.8%(6)			9/12/2012				3/31/2019			$	31,600			$	31,275			$	31,600
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC		Aerospace & defense		11.0%			9/7/2011				3/7/2016				4,000				3,939				3,980
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC		Aerospace & defense		11.0%			6/24/2014				3/7/2016				2,600				2,563				2,587
Allied Wireline Services, LLC		Energy / Utilities		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			2/28/2014				2/28/2019				9,928				9,524				9,630
BeneSys Inc.		Business services		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			3/31/2014				3/31/2019				8,611				8,457				8,525
BeneSys Inc.(7)(8)		Business services		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			8/1/2014				3/31/2019				—				(10	)			—
Charming Charlie, LLC.		Retail & grocery		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			12/18/2013				12/31/2019				26,798				26,446				26,459
Copperweld Bimetallics LLC		Industrials		12.0%			12/11/2013				12/11/2018				20,625				19,934				20,212
CRS Reprocessing, LLC		Manufacturing		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)			6/16/2011				6/16/2015				15,461				15,447				14,687
Dodge Data & Analytics LLC		IT services		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			11/20/2014				10/31/2019				13,000				12,745				12,745
Duff & Phelps Corporation(9)		Financial services		4.5% (LIBOR + 3.5%)			5/15/2013				4/23/2020				246				249				244
Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.		IT services		10.7%(6)			2/15/2013				12/28/2017				9,300				9,208				9,300
Food Processing Holdings, LLC		Food & beverage		10.5% (LIBOR +9.5%)			10/31/2013				10/31/2018				22,202				21,842				22,202
Harrison Gypsum, LLC		Industrials		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.5% and 0.5% PIK)(10)			12/21/2012				12/21/2017				25,963				25,699				25,444
Hart InterCivic, Inc.		IT services		12.3% (LIBOR + 9.8% Cash + 1.0% PIK)			7/1/2011				7/1/2016				8,556				8,496				8,342
Hart InterCivic, Inc.(7)		IT services		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8% Cash)			7/1/2011				7/1/2016				3,000				2,982				3,000
HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.		Healthcare		13.6%(6)			8/31/2012				8/30/2017				8,558				8,403				8,173
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			5/29/2013				5/29/2018				24,227				23,841				23,500

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.(7)		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			5/29/2013				5/29/2018				—				—				—
Igloo Products Corp.		Consumer products		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			3/28/2014				3/28/2020				38,286				37,479				37,425
Ingenio Acquisition, LLC		Media, entertainment and leisure		11.3% (10.3% Cash + 1.0% PIK)			5/9/2013				3/14/2019				9,108				8,971				9,108
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)			8/8/2013				8/8/2018				12,849				12,651				12,849
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.		Media, entertainment and leisure		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.3%)			5/29/2014				8/8/2018				2,874				2,823				2,874
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.(7)(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)			8/8/2013				8/8/2018				—				(21	)			—
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.3%)			5/29/2014				8/8/2018				—				(54	)			—
LAI International, Inc.		Manufacturing		10.1%(6)			10/22/2014				10/22/2019				19,308				18,899				18,899
LAI International, Inc.		Manufacturing		10.1%(6)			10/22/2014				10/22/2019				—				—				—
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)			9/28/2012				9/28/2017				8,828				8,686				7,990
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(7)		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)			9/28/2012				9/28/2017				4,000				4,000				3,620
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(7)		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)			7/16/2014				9/28/2017				3,500				3,439				3,168
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK)(10)			10/7/2010				10/7/2015				26,597				26,376				24,735
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK)(10)			6/6/2014				10/7/2015				3,044				3,036				2,892
Virtus Pharmaceuticals, LLC		Healthcare		10.7%(6)			7/17/2014				7/17/2019				20,124				19,667				19,822
Wheels Up Partners, LLC		Transportation		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)			1/31/2014				10/15/2022				9,629				9,510				9,533
Wheels Up Partners, LLC		Transportation		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)			8/27/2014				7/15/2023				3,763				3,763				3,726
Subtotal first lien secured debt														$	396,753			$	390,265			$	387,271

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Second lien debt
Aerogroup International Inc.		Consumer products		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			6/9/2014				12/9/2019			$	13,648			$	13,397			$	13,102
Aerogroup International Inc.(7)(8)		Consumer products		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			6/9/2014				12/9/2019				—				(45	)			—
Alex Toys, LLC		Consumer products		11.0% (LIBOR + 10.0%)			6/30/2014				12/30/2019				17,000				16,683				16,683
Allen Edmonds Corporation		Consumer products		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			11/26/2013				5/27/2019				7,333				7,210				7,223
BBB Industries US Holding, Inc.		Manufacturing		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			10/7/2014				11/18/2022				7,500				7,059				7,144
Connecture, Inc.		Healthcare		12.0% (LIBOR + 11.0%)			3/18/2013				7/15/2018				21,831				21,609				22,049
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.		Business services		12.5% (LIBOR + 10.3% and 0.8% PIK)(10)			6/21/2013				10/3/2018				12,703				12,849				12,576
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.		Business services		13.0% PIK			6/21/2013				10/3/2018				144				—				143
Hostway Corporation		IT services		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.8%)			12/27/2013				12/13/2020				12,000				11,785				11,880
Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC		Financial services		10.5%			9/30/2013				9/30/2018				13,246				13,035				13,312
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		13.2% (LIBOR + 11.7%)			12/20/2011				12/20/2016				11,426				11,292				11,426
Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC		Restaurants		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)			7/16/2013				7/16/2018				20,977				20,656				20,453
Synarc-Biocore Holdings, LLC		Healthcare		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)			3/13/2014				3/13/2022				11,000				10,898				10,010
Vision Solutions, Inc.		IT services		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)			3/31/2011				7/23/2017				11,625				11,577				11,509
Washington Inventory Service		Business services		10.3% (LIBOR + 9.0%)			12/27/2012				6/20/2019				11,000				10,886				11,000
Subtotal second lien secured debt														$	171,433			$	168,891			$	168,510
Subordinated debt
A10 Capital, LLC(7)		Financial services		12.0%			8/25/2014				2/25/2021			$	5,444			$	5,391			$	5,431
Country Pure Foods, LLC		Food & beverage		13.0%			8/13/2010				2/13/2017				16,181				16,181				16,181
Dr. Fresh, LLC		Consumer products		14.0% (12.0% Cash + 2.0% PIK)(10)			5/15/2012				11/15/2017				14,743				14,565				14,448
Gold, Inc.		Consumer products		12.0%			12/31/2012				6/30/2019				16,788				16,788				16,620

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Martex Fiber Southern Corp.		Industrials		13.5% (12.5% Cash + 1.5% PIK)(10)			4/30/2012				10/31/2019				9,026				8,928				8,394
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		17.0% (10.0% Cash + 7.0% PIK)(11)			12/20/11				12/20/2017				2,040				2,020				2,040
The Studer Group, L.L.C.		Healthcare		12.0%			9/29/2011				1/31/2019				16,910				16,910				16,910
Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.		IT services		15.8% (12.5% Cash + 3.3% PIK)(10)			3/4/2013				3/4/2019				18,918				18,637				16,080
Subtotal subordinated debt														$	100,050			$	99,420			$	96,104
Equity investments(13)
A10 Capital, LLC(12)(14)(23)		Financial services					8/25/2014								2,967			$	9,837			$	9,837
Aerogroup International Inc.(24)		Consumer products					6/9/2014								253,616				11				—
Aerogroup International Inc.(25)		Consumer products					6/9/2014								28,180				1,108				467
AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Media, entertainment and leisure					6/21/2012								0.763636				764				857
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(24)		Aerospace & defense					9/7/2011								511,812				113				9
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(23)		Aerospace & defense					9/17/2013								225,000				169				204
Allied Wireline Services, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Energy / Utilities					2/28/2014								619				619				779
Allied Wireline Services, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Energy / Utilities					2/28/2014								501				175				302
Firebirds International, LLC(24)		Restaurants					5/17/2011								1,906				191				300
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(24)		Food & beverage					4/20/2010								162.44				163				226
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(24)		Food & beverage					4/20/2010								406.09				408				642
Hostway Corporation(24)		IT services					12/27/2013								20,000				200				—
Hostway Corporation(24)		IT services					12/27/2013								1,800				1,800				2,111
Igloo Products Corp.(12) (24)		Consumer products					4/30/2014								2,406				2,407				2,241
OEM Group, Inc.(24)(25)		Manufacturing					10/7/2010								—				—				—

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.(12)(24)		Healthcare					4/20/2013						469,673				—				6,200
Wheels Up Partners, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Transportation					1/31/2014						1,000				1,000				1,000
YP Equity Investors, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Media, entertainment and leisure					5/8/2012						—				—				4,000
Subtotal equity																$	18,965			$	29,175
CLO residual interests
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		12.8%			3/27/2013						—			$	8,172			$	8,216
Dryden CLO, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		13.8%			9/12/2013						—				8,040				8,244
Flagship VII, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		13.8%			12/18/2013						—				4,105				4,305
Flagship VIII, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		12.8%			10/3/2014						—				8,450				8,450
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd(5)(16)		Structured Products		14.5%			3/12/2013						—				5,446				5,720
Subtotal CLO residual interests																$	34,213			$	34,935
Investment in payment rights
Duff & Phelps Corporation(9)(16)		Financial services		16.8%			6/1/2012						—			$	11,877			$	13,488
Subtotal investment in payment rights																$	11,877			$	13,488
Investments in funds(17)
Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP		Financial services					6/14/2013					$	2,314			$	2,314			$	2,316
Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.		Financial services					11/20/2012						1,251				866				1,063
Subtotal investments in funds												$	3,565			$	3,180			$	3,379
Total non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—170.46% of net asset value												$	671,801			$	726,811			$	732,862

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Controlled investments—6.32% of net asset value
First lien secured debt
Thibaut, Inc(18)		Consumer products		12.0%			6/19/2014							$	6,520			$	6,445			$	6,520
Subtotal first lien secured debt														$	6,520			$	6,445			$	6,520
Subordinated debt
Dimont & Associates, Inc.(18)(20)		Financial services		11.0% PIK			10/20/2014				4/20/2018			$	4,556			$	4,473			$	4,556
Subtotal subordinated debt														$	4,556			$	4,473			$	4,556
Equity investments
C&K Market, Inc.(18)(19)(24)		Retail & grocery					11/3/2010								1,967,367			$	2,271			$	6,036
C&K Market, Inc.(18)(19)(23)		Retail & grocery					11/3/2010								1,967,367				10,956				9,837
Dimont & Associates, Inc.(18)(20)(24)		Financial services					10/20/2014								50,004				6,569				2,000
Thibaut, Inc(12)(13)(18)(21)(23)		Consumer products					6/19/2014								4,747				4,694				4,874
Thibaut, Inc(12)(13)(18)(24)		Consumer products					6/19/2014								20,639				—				785
Subtotal equity																		$	24,490			$	23,532
Investments in Logan JV
THL Credit Logan JV LLC(12)(18)(22)(24)		Financial services					12/3/2014								—				16,800				16,741
Subtotal investments in funds																		$	16,800			$	16,741
Total controlled investments—6.32% of net asset value														$	11,076			$	52,208			$	51,349
Non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value
Investments in funds
THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC(12) (17)(24)		Financial services					1/27/2011												5				5

 

F-18

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC(12)(17)(24)		Financial services					3/1/2013										4				4
Subtotal investments in funds																$	9			$	9
Total non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value																$	9			$	9
Total investments—176.78% of net asset value												$	682,877			$	779,028			$	784,220

 

Derivative Instruments
Counterparty		Instrument		Interest Rate		Expiration Date				# of Contracts		Notional				Cost				Fair Value
ING Capital Markets, LLC		Interest Rate Swap – Pay Fixed/Receive Floating		1.1425%/ LIBOR			05/10/17			1		$	50,000			$	—			$	(213	)
Total derivative instruments—0.03% of net asset value												$	50,000			$	—			$	(213	)

 

(1)	All debt investments are income-producing, unless otherwise noted. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)	All investments are pledged as collateral under the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility.

(3)

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of December 31, 2014. LIBOR loans are typically indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option, and ABR rates are typically indexed to the current prime rate or federal funds rate. Both LIBOR and ABR rates are subject to interest floors.

(4)	Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(5)	Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(6)	Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(7)	Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on delayed draw term loan and revolving loan facility.

(8)	The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.

(9)	Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(10)	At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(11)	Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

(12)	Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.

(13)	Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.

 

F-19

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(14)	Preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 12% cash and 2% PIK due on a monthly basis

(15)	Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(16)	Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of December 31, 2014.

(17)	Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(18)	As defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, the Company is deemed to control this portfolio company because it owns more than 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities.

(19)

C&K Market, Inc., or C&K, filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. On August 12, 2014, the date C&K emerged from bankruptcy, the cost basis of the senior subordinated note, certain interest due and warrants totaling $14,272 were converted to common and preferred equity. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a loss in the amount of $1,000. See Note 4, Realized Gains and Losses on Investments for additional detail.

(20)

On October 20, 2014, THL Credit restructured its investment in Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc., or Wingspan. As part of the restructuring, THL Credit exchanged the cost basis of its subordinated term loan totaling $18,447 for a controlled equity position of an affiliated entity, Dimont Acquisition Inc., or Dimont. In connection with the restructuring and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a loss in the amount of $11,878 and invested $4,557 in the subordinated term loan of Dimont. See Note 4, Realized Gains and Losses on Investments for additional detail.

(21)	Part of our preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 3% due on a quarterly basis.

(22)

On December 3, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Perspecta to create THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV, a joint venture, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. All Logan JV investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta. Although the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities of Logan JV, the Company does not believe that it has control over Logan JV (other than for purposes of the 1940 Act or otherwise).

(23)	Preferred stock

(24)	Common stock, member interest, and warrants

(25)	Warrants received at initial acquisition date at no cost to the Company

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2015

(in thousands, except per share data)

1. Organization

THL Credit, Inc., or the Company, was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009 and was initially funded on July 23, 2009. The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or 1940 Act. The Company has elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as amended, the Code. The Company’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through privately negotiated investments in debt and equity securities of middle market companies.

On April 20, 2010, in anticipation of completing an initial public offering and formally commencing principal operations, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement with THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., or BDC Holdings, an affiliate of the Company, to effectuate the sale by THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. to the Company of certain securities valued at $62,107, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, and on the same day issued 4,140 shares of common stock to BDC Holdings valued at $15.00 per share, pursuant to such agreement, in exchange for the aforementioned securities. Subsequently, the Company filed an election to be regulated as a BDC.

On April 21, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering, formally commencing principal operations, and sold 9,000 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $13.00 per share, less an underwriting discount and commissions totaling $0.8125 per share. Concurrently, the Company sold 6,308 shares of its common stock to BDC Holdings at $13.00 per share, the sale of which was not subject to an underwriting discount and commission. On April 27, 2010, the Company closed the sale of the aforementioned 15,308 shares and received $190,684 of net proceeds, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On May 26, 2010, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option under the underwriting agreement and elected to purchase an additional 337 shares of common stock at $13.00 per share resulting in additional net proceeds of $3,892, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On September 25, 2012, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 6,095 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.09 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $81,657 in net proceeds.

On June 24, 2013, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 7,590 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.62 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $106,179 in net proceeds.

In November 2014, the Company closed a public debt offering selling $50,000 of 6.75% Notes due 2021, or the Notes, including the exercise of the over allotment option, through a group of underwriters, less an underwriting discount, and received net proceeds of $48,500.

The Company has established wholly owned subsidiaries, THL Credit AIM Media Holdings Inc., THL Credit Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings Inc., which are structured as Delaware entities, or tax blockers, to hold equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies, or LLCs (or other forms of pass-through entities). Tax blockers are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may incur income tax expense as a result of their ownership of portfolio companies.

The Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, THL Corporate Finance, Inc. and THL Corporate Finance, LLC, its wholly owned subsidiary, serves as the administrative agent on certain investment transactions.

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company is an investment company following the accounting and reporting guidance under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, Financial Services Investment Companies.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company generally will not consolidate its interest in any company other than in investment company subsidiaries and controlled operating companies substantially all of whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain disclosures accompanying annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are omitted. In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial results included herein contain all adjustments, consisting solely of normal accruals, considered necessary for the fair statement of financial statements for the interim period included herein. The current period’s results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the period ended December 31, 2015. The financial results of the Company’s portfolio companies are not consolidated in the financial statements. The accounting records of the Company are maintained in U.S. dollars.

Consolidation

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 946 Financial Services—Investment Companies and will not generally consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of its wholly owned subsidiaries in its consolidated financial statements. The Company does not consolidate its non-controlling interest in THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV. See also the disclosure below under the heading, Significant Accounting Policies—THL Credit Logan JV LLC.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, credit worthiness of the Company’s portfolio companies and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ and these differences could be material.

Cash

Cash consists of funds held in demand deposit accounts at several financial institutions and, at certain times, balances may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit and is therefore subject to credit risk. There were no cash equivalents as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the closing of credit facilities and the public debt offering of Notes. These costs are capitalized at the time of payment and are amortized using the straight line and effective yield methods over the term of the credit facilities and notes, respectively.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, including legal, accounting, printing fees and other related expenses, as well as costs incurred in connection with the filing of a shelf registration statement. These costs are capitalized when incurred and recognized as a reduction of offering proceeds when the offering becomes effective.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenues consist of proceeds received for interest and other fees for which the earnings process is not yet complete. Such amounts will be recognized into income over such time that the income is earned.

Interest Rate Derivative

The Company recognizes derivatives as either interest rate derivative assets or liabilities at fair value on its Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities with valuation changes and interest rate payments recorded as net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative and interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See also the disclosure in Note 7, Interest Rate Derivative.

Partial Loan Sales

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing when accounting for loan participations and other partial loan sales. Such guidance requires a participation or other partial loan sale to meet the definition of a “participating interest”, as defined in the guidance as a pro-rata ownership interest in an entire financial asset, in order for sale treatment to be allowed. Participations or other partial loan sales which do not meet the definition of a participating interest remain on the Company’s consolidated statements of asset and liabilities and the proceeds are recorded as a secured borrowing until the definition is met.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s long-term obligations are disclosed in Note 6, Borrowings.

Valuation of Investments

Investments, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued using market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities, for which market quotations are not readily available or are not considered to be the best estimate of fair value, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. Because the Company expects that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in the Company’s portfolio, it is expected that many of the Company’s portfolio investments’ values will be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company’s board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

•

the Company’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of THL Credit Advisors LLC, or the Advisor;

 

•

to the extent determined by the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors, independent valuation firms are used to conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

•

the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firms to reflect any comments; and

 

•

the Company’s board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing its investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. The Company generally utilizes an income approach to value its debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value its equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, the Advisor and the Company’s board of directors, in consultation with the Company’s independent third party valuation firms, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by the board of directors. For debt investments, the Company generally determines the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. The Company’s estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument. The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors. The enterprise value is used to determine the value of equity investments and for debt investments that are credit impaired, close to maturity or where the Company also holds a controlling equity interest. The method for determining enterprise value uses a multiple analysis, whereby appropriate multiples are applied to the portfolio company’s net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA.

The Company values its interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

The Company values its residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of its residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, the Company uses Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of the Company’s residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rates and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

The Company values its investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing the Company’s investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, the Company’s principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, the Company discloses the fair value of its investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

The Company considers whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if the Company determines that either the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

The Company has adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, the Company estimates the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment if the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for investment companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

Investment Risk

The value of investments will generally fluctuate with, among other things, changes in prevailing interest rates, U.S. federal tax rates, counterparty risk, general economic conditions, the condition of certain financial markets, developments or trends in any particular industry and the financial condition of the issuer. During periods of limited liquidity and higher price volatility, the Company’s ability to dispose of investments at a price and time that the Company deems advantageous may be impaired. The extent of this exposure is reflected in the carrying value of these financial assets and recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Lower-quality debt securities involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the credit quality of the issuer. The value of lower-quality debt securities often fluctuates in response to company, political, or economic developments and can decline significantly over short periods of time or during periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Lower-quality debt securities can be thinly traded or have restrictions on resale, making them difficult to sell at an acceptable price. The default rate for lower-quality debt securities is likely to be higher during economic recessions or periods of high interest rates.

Security Transactions, Payment-in-Kind, Income Recognition, Realized/Unrealized Gains or Losses

Security transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. The Company measures realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation on investments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company reports changes in fair value of the interest rate derivative that is measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that the Company expects to collect such amounts. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date. Original issue discount, principally representing the estimated fair value of detachable equity or warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities, and market discount or premium are capitalized and accreted or amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective yield method. The amortized cost of investments represents the original cost adjusted for the accretion/amortization of discounts and premiums and upfront loan origination fees.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, the Company may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. The Company records the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had one loan on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $4,474 and fair value of $2,962. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no loans on non-accrual.

The Company has investments in its portfolio which contain a contractual paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest provision. PIK interest is computed at the contractual rate specified in each investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, and is recorded as income. The Company will cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or if the Company does not expect amounts to be collectible and will generally only begin to recognize PIK income again when all principal and interest have been paid or upon the restructuring of the investment where the interest is deemed collectable. To maintain the Company’s status as a RIC, PIK interest income, which is considered investment company taxable income, must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though the Company has not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

		Three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Accumulated PIK balance, beginning of period		$	7,041			$	6,064
PIK income capitalized/receivable			593				535
PIK received in cash from repayments			(1,389	)			—
Accumulated PIK balance, end of period		$	6,245			$	6,599

Interest income from the Company’s TRA and CLO residual interests is recorded based upon an estimation of an effective yield to expected maturity using anticipated cash flows. Amounts in excess of income recognized are recorded as a reduction to the cost basis of the investment. The Company monitors the anticipated cash flows from its TRA and CLO residual interests and will adjust its effective yield periodically as needed.

The Company capitalizes and amortizes upfront loan origination fees received in connection with the closing of investments. The unearned income from such fees is accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan based on the effective interest method. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees, and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income.

In certain investment transactions, the Company may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. The Company had no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

The Company may also generate revenue in the form of fees from the management of Greenway and Greenway II, prepayment premiums, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, exit fees, portfolio company administration fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees.

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of March 31, 2015:

 

Description		Fair Value				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
First lien secured debt		$	382,323			$	—			$	—			$	382,323
Second lien debt			165,930				—				—				165,930
Subordinated debt			65,729				—				—				65,729
Equity investments			56,958				—				—				56,958
CLO residual interests			35,192				—				—				35,192
Investment in Logan JV			25,145				—				—				25,145
Investment in payment rights			13,496				—				—				13,496
Investments in funds			3,612				—				—				3,612
Total investments		$	748,385			$	—			$	—			$	748,385
Interest rate derivative			(395	)			—				(395	)			—
Total liability at fair value		$	(395	)		$	—			$	(395	)		$	—

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2014:

 

Description		Fair Value				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
First lien secured debt		$	393,791			$	—			$	—			$	393,791
Second lien debt			168,510				—				—				168,510
Subordinated debt			100,660				—				—				100,660
Equity investments			52,707				—				—				52,707
CLO residual interests			34,935				—				—				34,935
Investment in Logan JV			16,741				—				—				16,741
Investment in payment rights			13,488				—				—				13,488
Investments in funds			3,388				—				—				3,388
Total investments		$	784,220			$	—			$	—			$	784,220
Interest rate derivative			(213	)			—				(213	)			—
Total liability at fair value		$	(213	)		$	—			$	(213	)		$	—

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of March 31, 2015:

 

Industry		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Consumer products		$	120,877			$	121,405				27.12	%
IT services			108,578				106,000				23.68	%
Financial services			79,717				74,173				16.57	%
Healthcare			61,187				66,922				14.95	%
Manufacturing			68,271				66,183				14.78	%
Industrials			60,504				60,172				13.44	%
Retail & grocery			43,122				50,820				11.35	%
Energy / utilities			49,725				48,175				10.76	%
Structured products			33,462				35,192				7.86	%
Business services			32,139				32,304				7.22	%
Food & beverage			22,432				23,256				5.20	%
Restaurants			20,866				20,858				4.66	%
Media, entertainment and leisure			16,020				20,463				4.57	%
Transportation			16,421				16,379				3.66	%
Aerospace & defense			6,125				6,083				1.36	%
Total Investments		$	739,446			$	748,385				167.18	%

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2014:

 

Industry		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Consumer products		$	120,742			$	120,388				27.15	%
IT services			108,705				106,567				24.02	%
Healthcare			77,487				83,164				18.75	%
Financial services			71,420				68,997				15.55	%
Manufacturing			70,817				68,357				15.41	%
Retail & grocery			52,985				55,798				12.58	%
Industrials			54,561				54,050				12.18	%

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

Industry		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Energy / utilities		$	50,284			$	48,989				11.04	%
Food & beverage			38,594				39,251				8.85	%
Structured products			34,213				34,935				7.87	%
Business services			32,182				32,244				7.27	%
Media, entertainment and leisure			25,134				29,688				6.69	%
Restaurants			20,847				20,753				4.68	%
Transportation			14,273				14,259				3.21	%
Aerospace & defense			6,784				6,780				1.53	%
Total Investments		$	779,028			$	784,220				176.78	%

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of March 31, 2015:

 

Region		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Northeast		$	218,391			$	218,980				48.93	%
Southwest			207,607				197,949				44.22	%
Midwest			101,275				100,431				22.43	%
Southeast			88,707				99,821				22.30	%
West			63,866				64,019				14.30	%
Northwest			28,510				35,785				7.99	%
International			31,090				31,400				7.01	%
Total Investments		$	739,446			$	748,385				167.18	%

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2014:

 

Region		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Northeast		$	208,928			$	208,218				46.95	%
Southwest			211,098				204,531				46.10	%
Southeast			109,082				119,214				26.87	%
Midwest			117,329				116,468				26.25	%
West			72,861				73,048				16.47	%
International			31,275				31,600				7.12	%
Northwest			28,455				31,141				7.02	%
Total Investments		$	779,028			$	784,220				176.78	%

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the year ended March 31, 2015 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

		First lien secured debt				Second lien debt				Subordinated debt				Investments in funds(2)				Equity investments				Investment in payment rights				CLO residual interests				Totals
Beginning balance, January 1, 2015		$	393,791			$	168,510			$	100,660			$	20,129			$	52,707			$	13,488			$	34,935			$	784,220
Purchases			8,809				—				—				8,229				810				—				—				17,848
Sales and repayments			(22,067	)			(2,824	)			(33,092	)			—				—				—				(752	)			(58,735	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation)(1)			976				137				(2,167	)			399				3,385				8				1,009				3,747
Realized loss			(6	)			—				—				—				—				—				—				(6	)
Net accretion of premiums, discounts and fees			578				104				31				—				7				—				—				720
PIK			242				3				297				—				49				—				—				591
Ending balance, March 31, 2015		$	382,323			$	165,930			$	65,729			$	28,757			$	56,958			$	13,496			$	35,192			$	748,385
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from investments still held as of the reporting date(1)		$	1,113			$	137			$	(2,168	)		$	399			$	3,386			$	8			$	1,010			$	3,885

 

(1)	All unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)	Includes investment in Logan JV.

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the three months ended March 31, 2014 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

		First lien secured debt				Second lien debt				Subordinated debt				Investments in Funds				Equity investments				Investment in payment rights				CLO residual interest				Totals
Beginning balance, January 1, 2014		$	262,965			$	157,878			$	155,979			$	9,546			$	11,037			$	13,844			$	37,618			$	648,867
Purchases			70,499				47,220				8,275				849				1,793				—				—				128,636
Sales and repayments			(7,316	)			(4,887	)			(16,500	)			(8,354	)			(938	)			—				(1,058	)			(39,053	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation)(1)			2,569				(404	)			(1,629	)			54				(2,057	)			9				849				(609	)
Realized loss(1)			—				—				—				—				(455	)			—				—				(455	)
Net accretion of premiums, discounts and fees			538				104				326				—				—				—				138				1,106
PIK			52				95				388				—				—				—				—				535
Ending balance, March 31, 2014		$	329,307			$	200,006			$	146,839			$	2,095			$	9,380			$	13,853			$	37,547			$	739,027
Net change in unrealized appreciation from investments still held as of the reporting date(1)		$	2,569			$	(404	)		$	(1,008	)		$	54			$	(1,602	)		$	9			$	849			$	467

 

(1)	All unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of March 31, 2015:

 

Description		Fair Value				Valuation Technique		Unobservable Inputs		Range (Average) (1)
First lien secured debt		$	347,508			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		11% - 13% (12%)
			34,815			Market comparable companies (market approach)		EBITDA Multiple		5.5x - 6.1x (5.8x)
Second lien debt			165,930			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		11% - 13% (12%)
Subordinated debt			62,767			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		16% - 19% (18%)
			2,962			Market comparable companies (market approach)		EBITDA Multiple		5.0x - 5.5x (5.3x)
Investments in funds			3,612			Net asset value, as a practical expedient		Net asset value		N/A
Equity investments			47,068			Market comparable companies (market approach)		EBITDA Multiple		5.9x - 6.8x (6.4x)
			9,890			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		15% - 17% (16%)
Investment in Logan JV			25,145			Net asset value, as a practical expedient		Net asset value		N/A
Investment in payment rights			13,496			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		14% - 15% (15%)
								Federal Tax Rates		35% - 40% (38%)
CLO residual interests			35,192			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		13% - 15% (14%)
								Weighted average prepayment rate		25%
								Weighted average default rate		2%
Total Investments		$	748,385

 

(1)	Averages were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2014:

 

Description		Fair Value				Valuation Technique		Unobservable Inputs		Range (Average) (1)
First lien secured debt		$	393,791			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		13% - 14% (13%)
Second lien debt			168,510			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		11% - 13% (12%)
Subordinated debt			100,660			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		15% - 16% (15%)

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

Description		Fair Value				Valuation Technique		Unobservable Inputs		Range (Average) (1)
Investments in funds			3,388			Net asset value, as a practical expedient		Net asset value		N/A
Equity investments			42,870			Market comparable companies (market approach)		EBITDA Multiple		5.8x - 6.5x (6.2x)
			9,837			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		15% - 17% (16%)
Investment in Logan JV			16,741			Net asset value, as a practical expedient		Net asset value		N/A
Investment in payment rights			13,488			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		14% - 15% (15%)
								Federal Tax Rates		35% - 40% (38%)
CLO residual interests			34,935			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		13% - 15% (14%)
								Weighted average prepayment rate		25%
								Weighted average default rate		2%
Total Investments		$	784,220

 

(1)	Averages were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt securities (first lien secured debt, second lien debt and subordinated debt); including income-producing investments in funds and income producing securities, payment rights and CLO residual interests is the weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. Significant increases (decreases) in the WACC in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. In determining the WACC, for the income, or yield approach, the Company considers current market yields and multiples, portfolio company performance, leverage levels, credit quality, among other factors, including U.S. federal tax rates, in its analysis. In the case of CLO residual interests, the Company considers prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based upon historical and projected performance as well as comparable yields for other similar structured products. In the case of the TRA, the Company considers the risks associated with changes in tax rates, the performance of the portfolio company and the expected term of the investment. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate WACC to use in the income approach.

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s equity investments is the EBITDA multiple adjusted by management for differences between the investment and referenced comparables, or the Multiple. Significant increases (decreases) in the Multiple in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. To determine the Multiple for the market approach, the Company considers current market trading and/or transaction multiples, portfolio company performance (financial ratios) relative to public and private peer companies and leverage levels, among other factors. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate Multiple to use in the market approach.

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit Logan JV LLC

On December 3, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Perspecta Trident LLC, an affiliate of Perspecta Trust LLC, or Perspecta, to create THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV, a joint venture, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. All Logan JV investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta.

Logan JV is capitalized with equity contributions which are generally called from its members as transactions are completed. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had equity commitments totaling $150,000, of which the Company committed $120,000 and Perspecta committed $30,000.

Equity contributions are called from each member pro-rata, based on their equity commitments. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had received $31,000 and $8,000 in aggregate capital of which the Company funded $24,800 and $6,400, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had called but not yet received an additional $13,000 in aggregate capital of which the Company’s pro-rata share is $10,400 and, which is record as a payable for investments purchased in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2015, remaining equity commitments to Logan JV totaled $119,000, of which the Company’s share is $95,200 and Perspecta’s share is $23,800. As of December 31, 2014, remaining equity commitments to Logan JV totaled $129,000, of which the Company’s share is $103,200 and Perspecta’s share is $25,800.

The Company has determined that Logan JV is an investment company under ASC 946, however, in accordance with such guidance, the Company will generally not consolidate its investment in a company other than a wholly owned investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate its non-controlling interest in Logan JV.

On December 17, 2014, Logan JV entered into a senior credit facility, or the Logan JV Credit Facility, with Deutsche Bank AG which allows Logan JV to borrow up to $50,000 subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions. The Logan JV Credit Facility can be increased to $200,000 subject to certain conditions. The revolving loan period ends on December 17, 2016 and the final maturity date is December 17, 2019. As of March 31, 2015, Logan JV had $31,500 outstanding debt under the credit facility. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had no outstanding debt under the credit facility. The Logan JV Credit Facility bears interest at three month LIBOR (with no LIBOR floor) plus 2.50%.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had total investments at fair value of $75,036 and $30,678, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV’s portfolio was comprised of senior secured first lien and second lien loans to 46 and 22 different borrowers, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, none of these loans were on non-accrual status. Additionally, as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Logan JV had unfunded commitments to fund revolver and delayed draw loans to its portfolio companies totaling $379 and $170, respectively. The portfolio companies in Logan JV are in industries similar to those in which the Company may invest directly.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company recognized dividend income of $328 related to Logan JV. As of March 31, 2014, Logan JV was not yet formed.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

Below is a summary of Logan JV’s portfolio, followed by a listing of the individual loans in Logan JV’s portfolio as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

		As of March 31,				As of December 31,
		2015				2014
		(Dollars in thousands)				(Dollars in thousands)
First lien secured debt (1)		$	67,097			$	30,237
Second lien debt (1)			8,500				1,000
Total debt investments		$	75,597			$	31,237
Weighted average yield on first lien senior secured loans(2)			6.5	%			6.5	%
Weighted average yield on second lien loans(2)			9.2	%			10.0	%
Weighted average yield on all loans(2)			6.8	%			6.6	%
Number of borrowers in Logan JV			46				22
Largest loan to a single borrower(1)		$	5,000			$	2,500
Total of five largest loans to borrowers(1)		$	16,975			$	8,994

 

(1)	At current principal amount.

(2)	Weighted average yield at their current cost.

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of March 31, 2015

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

Industry

Interest Rate(1)

Initial Acquisition Date

Maturity Date

Principal

Amortized Cost

Fair Value(2)

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

Ability Networks Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6% (LIBOR + 5%)

3/17/2015

05/14/2021

$

1,496

$

1,511

$

1,501

Albertson’s Holdings LLC

Retail

5.5% (LIBOR +4.5%)

12/5/2014

08/25/2021

2,000

2,004

2,019

American Pacific Corporation

Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber

7% (LIBOR +6%)

12/10/2014

02/27/2019

995

995

1,000

AP NMT Acquisition B.V.

Media: Broadcasting & Subscription

6.75% (LIBOR +5.75%)

12/18/2014

08/13/2021

1,493

1,471

1,486

Arctic Glacier U.S.A., Inc

Beverage, Food & Tobacco

6% (LIBOR +5%)

2/12/2015

05/10/2019

997

988

992

Avaya Inc

Telecommunications

6.5% (LIBOR +5.5%)

12/18/2014

03/31/2018

1,491

1,478

1,490

BioScrip, Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6.5% (LIBOR +5.25%)

12/22/2014

07/31/2020

938

940

933

BioScrip, Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6.5% (LIBOR +5.25%)

12/22/2014

07/31/2020

563

564

559

Birch Communications, Inc.

Telecommunications

7.75% (LIBOR +6.75%)

12/5/2014

07/17/2020

972

951

967

Caesars Entertainment Resort Properties, LLC

Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

7% (LIBOR +6%)

1/15/2015

10/11/2020

1,496

1,426

1,420

Cengage Learning Acquisitions, Inc.

Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing

7% (LIBOR +6%)

12/15/2014

03/31/2020

2,487

2,465

2,501

Compuware Corp

Services: Business

6.25% (LIBOR +5.25%)

12/11/2014

12/15/2021

1,496

1,424

1,454

Creative Artists

Media: Diversified & Production

5.5% (LIBOR +4.5%)

3/16/2015

12/17/2021

2,494

2,525

2,527

Crowne Group LLC

Automotive

6% (LIBOR +5%)

1/14/2015

09/30/2020

1,496

1,474

1,488

CT Technologies Intermediate Holdings, Inc.

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

6% (LIBOR +5%)

2/11/2015

12/01/2021

1,995

2,015

2,015

CWGS Group, LLC

Automotive

5.75% (LIBOR +4.75%)

12/22/2014

02/20/2020

1,471

1,475

1,486

Delta 2 Lux Sarl

Telecommunications

4.75% (LIBOR +3.75%)

12/18/2014

07/30/2021

1,500

1,468

1,494

EnergySolutions, LLC

Environmental Industries

6.75% (LIBOR +5.75%)

3/16/2015

05/29/2020

2,000

2,025

2,011

Evergreen Skills Lux S.á r.l.

High Tech

5.75% (LIBOR +4.75%)

1/15/2015

04/28/2021

1,497

1,467

1,483

FR Utility Services LLC

Construction & Building

6.75% (LIBOR +5.75%)

12/18/2014

10/18/2019

1,492

1,489

1,493

FullBeauty Brands LP / OSP Group Inc.

Retail

4.75% (LIBOR +3.75%)

3/20/2015

03/18/2021

1,000

995

1,000

Getty Images, Inc.

High Tech Industries

4.75% (LIBOR +3.5%)

2/18/2015

10/18/2019

997

922

844

Great Wolf Resorts Inc.

Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

5.75% (LIBOR +4.75%)

1/15/2015

08/06/2020

997

997

1,001

GTCR Valor Companies, Inc.

Telecommunications

7.75% (LIBOR +6.75%)

12/5/2014

05/30/2021

1,993

1,974

1,988

IMG LLC/William Morris Endeavor Entertainment, LLC

Media: Diversified & Production

5.25% (LIBOR +4.25%)

12/31/2014

05/06/2021

1,492

1,464

1,484

Insurance Technologies

High Tech

8% (LIBOR +7%)

3/26/2015

12/01/2019

2,000

1,980

1,980

Insurance Technologies(3)

High Tech

0% (LIBOR +0%)

3/26/2015

12/01/2019

—

(3

)

—

IPC Corp

Telecommunications

6.5% (LIBOR +5.5%)

2/3/2015

08/06/2021

2,000

1,978

2,016

KOOSHAREM, LLC

Services: Business

7.5% (LIBOR +6.5%)

2/4/2015

05/15/2020

1,995

1,980

1,980

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio Company		Industry		Interest Rate(1)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity Date				Principal				Amortized Cost				Fair Value(2)
Lattice Semiconductor Corp.		High Tech Industries		5.25% (LIBOR +4.25%)			3/6/2015				03/10/2021			$	1,000			$	990			$	1,004
Margaritaville Holdings LLC		Beverage, Food & Tobacco		7% (LIBOR +6%)			3/12/2015				03/11/2021				5,000				4,950				4,950
Mood Media Corporation		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7% (LIBOR +6%)			12/5/2014				05/01/2019				995				981				989
Novitex Acquisition, LLC		Consumer goods: Non-Durable		7.5% (LIBOR +6.25%)			12/5/2014				07/07/2020				995				979				948
Parq Holdings LP(4)		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR +7.5%)			12/5/2014				12/17/2020				—				(3	)			—
Parq Holdings LP		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR +7.5%)			12/5/2014				12/17/2020				830				814				838
Radio One, Inc.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7.5% (LIBOR +6%)			12/22/2014				03/31/2016				1,492				1,489				1,493
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		6.25% (LIBOR +5.25%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2021				2,494				2,466				2,500
Riverbed Technology, Inc.		High Tech		6% (LIBOR +5%)			2/25/2015				03/25/2022				1,000				995				1,011
Sirva Worldwide, Inc.		Transportation: Cargo		7.5% (LIBOR +6.25%)			12/18/2014				03/27/2019				1,991				1,985				1,991
SourceHOV LLC		Services: Business		6% (LIBOR +5%)			3/17/2015				10/31/2019				1,988				1,904				1,943
Stonewall Gas Gathering LLC		Energy: Oil & Gas		8.75% (LIBOR +7.75%)			1/26/2015				01/28/2022				1,000				951				1,006
TOMS Shoes LLC		Retail		6.5% (LIBOR +5.5%)			12/18/2014				10/31/2020				1,500				1,393				1,393
Varsity Brands		Consumer goods: Durable		6% (LIBOR +5%)			12/10/2014				12/11/2021				998				988				1,010
Verdesian Life Sciences LLC		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		6% (LIBOR +5%)			12/9/2014				07/01/2020				975				974				980
Visant Corp.		Consumer goods: Non-Durable		7% (LIBOR +6%)			1/6/2015				09/23/2021				1,995				1,951				2,007
Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans																		$	66,249			$	66,675
Second Lien Term Loans
Asurion Delivery and Installation Services, Inc.		Telecommunications		8.5% (LIBOR +7.5%)			2/18/2015				03/03/2021				2,000				2,009				2,013
Eastman Kodak Company		High Tech Industries		10.75% (LIBOR +9.5%)			3/24/2015				09/30/2020				1,000				996				1,004
Filtration Group Corporation		Services: Business		8.25% (LIBOR +7.25%)			3/16/2015				11/22/2021				2,000				2,010				2,013
IPC Corp		Telecommunications		10.5% (LIBOR +9.5%)			3/3/2015				02/06/2022				1,500				1,390				1,401
Learfield Communications, Inc.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		8.75% (LIBOR +7.75%)			2/18/2015				10/08/2021				1,000				1,005				1,001
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		10% (LIBOR +9%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2022				1,000				913				929
Total Second Lien Term Loans																		$	8,323			$	8,361
																		$	74,572			$	75,036

 

(1)	Variable interest rates indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option. LIBOR rates are subject to interest rate floors.

(2)	Represents fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820. The determination of such fair value is not included in our board of director’s valuation process described elsewhere herein.

(3)	Represents a revolver commitment of $209, which was unfunded as of March 31, 2015.

(4)	Represents a delayed draw commitment of $170, which was unfunded as of March 31, 2015.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company		Industry		Interest Rate(1)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity Date				Principal				Amortized Cost				Fair Value(2)
Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans
Albertson’s Holdings LLC		Retail		5.5% (LIBOR + 4.5%)			12/05/2014				08/25/2021			$	2,000			$	2,004			$	2,003
American Pacific Corporation		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		7% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/10/2014				02/27/2019				997				997				996
AP NMT Acquisition B.V.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		6.75% (LIBOR + 5.75%)			12/18/2014				08/13/2021				1,496				1,474				1,474
Avaya Inc.		Telecommunications		6.5% (LIBOR + 5.5%)			12/18/2014				03/31/2018				1,496				1,481				1,476
BioScrip, Inc.		Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals		6.5% (LIBOR + 5.25%)			12/22/2014				07/31/2020				1,500				1,504				1,496
Birch Communications, Inc.		Telecommunications		7.75% (LIBOR + 6.75%)			12/05/2014				07/17/2020				972				950				957
Cengage Learning Acquisitions, Inc.		Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing		7% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/15/2014				03/31/2020				2,494				2,470				2,473
Compuware Corp		Services: Business		6.25% (LIBOR + 5.25%)			12/11/2014				12/15/2021				1,500				1,426				1,427
CWGS Group, LLC		Automotive		5.75% (LIBOR + 4.75%)			12/22/2014				02/20/2020				1,490				1,494				1,494
Delta 2 Lux Sarl		Telecommunications		4.75% (LIBOR + 3.75%)			12/18/2014				07/30/2021				1,500				1,466				1,468
FR Utility Services LLC		Construction & Building		6.75% (LIBOR + 5.75%)			12/18/2014				10/18/2019				1,496				1,493				1,491
GTCR Valor Companies, Inc.		Services: Business		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/05/2014				05/30/2021				995				975				972
IMG LLC/William Morris Endeavor Entertainment, LLC		Media: Diversified & Production		5.25% (LIBOR + 4.25%)			12/31/2014				05/06/2021				1,496				1,463				1,451
Mood Media Corporation		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/05/2014				05/01/2019				997				983				979
Novitex Acquisition, LLC		Consumer goods: Non- Durable		7.5% (LIBOR + 6.25%)			12/05/2014				07/07/2020				998				980				958
Parq Holdings L.P.(3)		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR + 7.5%)			12/05/2014				12/17/2020				—				(3	)			—
Parq Holdings L.P.		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR + 7.5%)			12/05/2014				12/17/2020				830				814				818
Radio One, Inc.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7.5% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/22/2014				03/31/2016				1,496				1,492				1,491
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		6.25% (LIBOR + 5.25%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2021				1,500				1,470				1,476
Sirva Worldwide, Inc.		Transportation: Cargo		7.5% (LIBOR + 6.25%)			12/18/2014				03/27/2019				1,496				1,489				1,492
TOMS Shoes LLC		Retail		6.5% (LIBOR + 5.5%)			12/18/2014				10/31/2020				1,500				1,388				1,388
Varsity Brands		Consumer goods: Durable		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/10/2014				12/11/2021				1,000				990				1,001
Verdesian Life Sciences LLC		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/09/2014				07/01/2020				987				986				982
Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans																		$	29,786			$	29,763
Second Lien Term Loans
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		10% (LIBOR + 9%)			12/11/2014				12/17/2022			$	1,000			$	911			$	915
Total Second Lien Term Loans																		$	911			$	915
																		$	30,697			$	30,678

 

(1)	Variable interest rates indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option. LIBOR rates are subject to interest rate floors.

(2)	Represents fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820. The determination of such fair value is not included in our board of director’s valuation process described elsewhere herein.

(3)	Represents a delayed draw commitment of $170, which was unfunded as of December 31, 2014.

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

Below is certain summarized financial information for Logan JV as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015:

Selected Balance Sheet Information

 

		As of March 31,				As of December 31,
		2015				2014
		(Dollars in thousands)				(Dollars in thousands)
Investments at fair value (cost of $74,572 and $30,697, respectively)		$	75,036			$	30,678
Capital contributions receivable			—				13,000
Cash			5,325				3,898
Other assets			1,110				898
Total assets		$	81,471			$	48,474
Loans payable		$	31,500			$	—
Payable for investments purchased			17,898				26,732
Dividends payable			410				—
Other liabilities			231				813
Total liabilities		$	50,039			$	27,545
Members’ Equity		$	31,432			$	20,929
Total liabilities and net assets		$	81,471			$	48,474

Selected Statement of Operations Information

 

		For the three months ended March 31, 2015
		(Dollars in thousands)
Total investment income		$	732
Total expenses			302
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments			483
Net increase in net assets		$	913

As of March 31, 2014, Logan JV was not yet formed.

Investment in Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights

In June 2012, the Company invested in a TRA that entitles it to certain payment rights, or TRA Payment Rights, from Duff & Phelps Corporation, or Duff & Phelps. The TRA transfers the economic value of certain tax deductions, or tax benefits, taken by Duff & Phelps to the Company and entitles the Company to a stream of payments to be received. The TRA payment right is, in effect, a subordinated claim on the issuing company which can be valued based on the credit risk of the issuer, which includes projected future earnings, the liquidity of the underlying payment right, risk of tax law changes, the effective tax rate and any other factors which might impact the value of the payment right.

Through the TRA, the Company is entitled to receive an annual tax benefit payment based upon 85% of the savings from certain deductions along with interest. The payments that the Company is entitled to receive

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

result from cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that Duff & Phelps realizes (i) from the tax savings derived from the goodwill and other intangibles created in connection with the Duff & Phelps initial public offering and (ii) from other income tax deductions. These tax benefit payments will continue until the relevant deductions are fully utilized, which is projected to be 16 years from the initial investment date. Pursuant to the TRA, the Company maintains the right to enforce Duff & Phelps payment obligations as a transferee of the TRA contract. If Duff & Phelps chooses to pre-pay and terminate the TRA, the Company will be entitled to the present value of the expected future TRA payments. If Duff & Phelps breaches any material obligation than all obligations are accelerated and calculated as if an early termination occurred. Failure to make a payment is a breach of a material obligation if the failure occurs for more than three months.

The projected annual tax benefit payment will be accrued on a quarterly basis and paid annually. The payment will be allocated between a reduction in the cost basis of the investment and interest income based upon an amortization schedule. Based upon the characteristics of the investment, the Company has chosen to categorize the investment in the TRA payment rights as investment in payment rights in the fair value hierarchy. The amortized cost basis and fair value of the TRA as of March 31, 2015 was $11,877 and $13,496, respectively. The amortized cost basis and fair value of the TRA as of December 31, 2014 was $11,877 and $13,488, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized interest income totaling $497 and $510, respectively, related to the TRA.

Managed Funds

The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds, and presently serves as an investment adviser to collateralized loan obligations (CLO), THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-1 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). In addition, the Company’s officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds. The Advisor and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Advisor or its affiliates may determine that the Company should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Advisor’s allocation procedures.

Greenway

On January 14, 2011, THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Greenway is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway operates under a limited liability agreement dated January 19, 2011, or the Agreement. Greenway will continue in existence until January 14, 2021, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. Greenway had a two year investment period.

Greenway has $150,000 of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor and is managed by the Company. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway is $15. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway is reflected in the March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 Consolidated Schedules of Investments.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway is classified as an affiliate

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company earned $169 and $207, respectively, in fees related to Greenway, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $220 and $277 of fees and expenses related to Greenway, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Greenway II

On January 31, 2013, THL Credit Greenway Fund II, LLC, or Greenway II LLC, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company and is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway II LLC is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway II LLC operates under a limited liability agreement dated February 11, 2013, as amended, or the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC will continue in existence for eight years from the final closing date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC has a two year investment period.

As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC Agreement, the Company has established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by the Company. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the account of the related investment vehicle. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway II is $5. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway II LLC is reflected in the March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. Greenway II LLC is managed by the Company.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway II is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company earned $426 and $547, respectively, in fees related to Greenway II, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $576 and $748, respectively, of fees and expenses related to Greenway II were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Other deferred costs consist of placement agent expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of partnership interests in Greenway II. These costs are capitalized when the partner signs the Greenway II subscription agreement and are recognized as an expense over the period when the Company expects to collect management fees from Greenway II. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized $56 and $56, respectively, in expenses related to placement agent expenses, which are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $544 and $600, respectively, was included in other deferred costs on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway II invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway II and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

CLO Residual Interests

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had investments in the CLO residual interests, or subordinated notes, which can also be structured as income notes. The subordinated notes are subordinated to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans.

The following table shows a summary of the Company investments in CLO residual interests:

 

												As of March 31, 2015								As of December 31, 2014
Issuer		Security Description		Ownership Interest				Total CLO Amount at initial par				THL Credit Residual Amount at Amortized Cost				THL Credit Residual Amount at Fair Value				THL Credit Residual Amount at Amortized Cost				THL Credit Residual Amount at Fair Value
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			18.7	%		$	517,000			$	7,981			$	8,382			$	8,172			$	8,216
Dryden CLO, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			23.1	%			516,400				7,733				8,299				8,040				8,244
Flagship VII, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			12.6	%			441,810				3,982				4,199				4,105				4,305
Flagship VIII, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			25.1	%			470,895				8,450				8,500				8,450				8,450
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd		Income Notes, Residual Interest			10.4	%			724,534				5,316				5,812				5,446				5,720
Total CLO residual interests												$	33,462			$	35,192			$	34,213			$	34,935

The subordinated notes and income notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes and income notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes and income notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes and income notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized interest income totaling $1,144 and $1,232, respectively, related to CLO residual interests.

Revolving and Unfunded Delayed Draw Loans

For the Company’s investments in revolving and delayed draw loans, the cost basis of the investments purchased is adjusted for the cash received for the discount on the total balance committed. The fair value is also adjusted for price appreciation or depreciation on the unfunded portion. As a result, the purchase of commitments not completely funded may result in a negative value until it is offset by the future amounts called and funded.

Income Taxes, Including Excise Tax

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and currently qualifies, and intends to continue to qualify each year, as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, the Company is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders.

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC, the Company is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% U.S. federal excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no U.S. federal income tax. The Company, at its discretion, may choose not to distribute all of its taxable income for the calendar year and pay a non-deductible 4% excise tax on this income. If the Company chooses to do so, all other things being equal, this would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to stockholders. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions from such taxable income, the Company accrues excise taxes on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned using an annual effective excise tax rate. The annual effective excise tax rate is determined by dividing the estimated annual excise tax by the estimated annual taxable income. See also the disclosure in Note 9, Dividends, for a summary of the dividends paid. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred excise tax expense of $58 and $50, respectively. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred Delaware franchise tax expense of $23 and $23, respectively.

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Company are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from permanent and temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

The following shows the breakdown of current and deferred income tax provisions for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014:

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Current income tax provision or benefit:
Current income tax provision		$	143			$	508
Current provision for taxes on realized gain on investments			—				321
Deferred income tax provision or benefit:
Benefit for taxes on current operating losses			29				—
Benefit for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			173				971

These current and deferred income taxes are determined from taxable income estimates provided by portfolio companies where the Company holds equity or equity-like investments organized as pass-through entities in its tax blocker corporations. These tax estimates may be subject to further change once tax information is finalized for the year. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $87 and $162, respectively, of income tax receivable was included in prepaid expenses and other assets and $5 and $0, respectively, was included as accrued expenses and other payables on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $2,392 and $2,565, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities primarily relating to deferred taxes on unrealized gains on investments held in tax blocker corporations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $313 and $285, respectively of deferred tax assets were included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to net operating loss carryforwards that are expected to be used in future periods.

Because U.S. federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the consolidated financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise

 

F-42

---

Table of Contents

when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

The Company follows the provisions under the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. The provisions require management to determine whether a tax position of the Company is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. There are no unrecognized tax benefits or obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Although the Company files U.S. federal and state tax returns, the Company’s major tax jurisdiction is U.S. federal. The Company’s inception-to-date U.S. federal tax years remain subject to examination by taxing authorities.

Dividends

Dividends and distributions to stockholders are recorded on the applicable record date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend is determined by the Company’s board of directors on a quarterly basis. Net realized capital gains, if any, are generally distributed at least annually out of assets legally available for such distributions, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

Capital transactions in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan are recorded when shares are issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-08, “Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements,” which amends the criteria that define an investment company and clarifies the measurement guidance and requires new disclosures for investment companies. Under ASU 2013-08, an entity already regulated under the 1940 Act will be automatically deemed an investment company under the new GAAP definition. The Company has adopted this standard effective January 1, 2014. The adoption resulted in no additional disclosure requirements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810) – Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis,” which amends the current consolidation guidance and ends the deferral granted to investment companies from applying the VIE guidance. ASU 2015-02 changes the manner in which a reporting entity assesses one of the five characteristics that determine if an entity is a variable interest entity. The Company is currently assessing any additional disclosure requirements. ASU 2015-2 will be effective for annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2015.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which amends the criteria for revenue recognition where an entity enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or where there is a transfer of nonfinancial assets. Under ASU 2014-09, an entity should recognize revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for annual and interim reporting periods after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (Topic 835),” which amends the presentation of debt issuance costs on an entity’s balance sheet. Under ASU 2015-03, an entity would present debt issuance costs as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated liability instead of a separate deferred asset. ASU 2015-03 will be effective for annual and interim reporting periods after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently assessing any additional disclosure requirements.

 

F-43

---

Table of Contents

3. Related Party Transactions

Investment Management Agreement

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s investment management agreement was re-approved by its board of directors, including a majority of the Company’s directors who are not interested persons of the Company. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to the Company.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the Company’s gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of the Company’s assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred base management fees of $3,005 and $2,524, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3,005 and $2,810, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to the Company’s common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Company’s administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by

 

F-44

---

Table of Contents

which the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred $2,978 and $2,689, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3,010 and $3,119, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $1,023 and $1,056, respectively of incentive fees incurred by the Company were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated. There was no capital gains incentive fee payable to the Company’s Advisor under the investment management agreement as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP Incentive Fee”). There can be no assurance that such unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred $0 and $56, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP incentive fee.

Administration Agreement

The Company has also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to the Company. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for the operation of the Company, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which the Company is required to maintain and preparing reports to the Company’s stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns and the printing and dissemination of

 

F-45

---

Table of Contents

reports to the Company’s stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. The Company will reimburse the Advisor for its allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and the Company’s allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of the Company’s chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to the Company. The Company’s board of directors reviews the allocation methodologies with respect to such expenses. Such costs are reflected as administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on behalf of the Company, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that the Company’s Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred administrator expenses of $947 and $927, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $122 and $0, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

License Agreement

The Company and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners, L.P., or THL Partners, under which THL Partners has granted to the Company and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable, worldwide, non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with the Company’s and the Advisor’s respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means the Company is not charged a fee for its use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either the Company or the Advisor at the Company or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL, including any use in the Company’s respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require the Company to withdraw or replace the Company’s names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. The Company is an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with the Company have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due To and From Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on behalf of the Company. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $10 and $0, respectively, of expenses were included in accrued expenses and other payables on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company overpaid $0 and $145 of Administrator expense to the Advisor, respectively, which was included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, Greenway and Greenway II are classified as affiliates of the Company. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $796 and $1,026 of total fees and expenses related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

F-46

---

Table of Contents

We paid certain professional fees related to organizing Logan JV, on behalf of Logan JV. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $46 and $45 of expenses, respectively, included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

4. Realized Gains and Losses on Investments, net of income tax provision

The following shows the breakdown of realized gains and losses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC		$	—			$	(455	)
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.			—				716
Other			30				38
Net realized (losses)/gains		$	30			$	299

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, a tax provision of $321 was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and reflected a revision to previously recognized estimated realized gains and dividend income as a result of adjusted tax estimates from the portfolio company.

5. Net Increase in Net Assets Per Share Resulting from Operations

The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations:

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Numerator—net increase in net assets resulting from operations:		$	15,562			$	10,981
Denominator—basic and diluted weighted average common shares:			33,905				33,905
Basic and diluted net increase in net assets per common share resulting from operations:		$	0.46			$	0.32

Diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations equals basic net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations for each period because there were no common stock equivalents outstanding during the above periods.

6. Borrowings

The following shows a summary of the Company’s borrowings as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

		As of
		March 31, 2015												December 31, 2014
Facility		Commitments				Borrowings Outstanding				Weighted Average Interest Rate				Commitments				Borrowings Outstanding				Weighted Average Interest Rate
Revolving Facility		$	303,500			$	155,351				2.76	%		$	303,500			$	188,351				2.69	%
Term Loan Facility			106,500				106,500				3.44	%			106,500				106,500				3.44	%
2021 Notes			50,000				50,000				6.75	%			50,000				50,000				6.75	%
Total		$	460,000			$	311,851				3.63	%		$	460,000			$	344,851				3.51	%

 

F-47

---

Table of Contents

Credit Facility

On April 30, 2014, the Company entered into an amendment, or the Revolving Amendment, to its existing revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and entered into an amendment, or the Term Loan Amendment, to its Term Loan Facility. The Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility are collectively referred to as the Facilities.

The Revolving Loan Amendment revised the Facility dated May 10, 2012 to, among other things, increase the amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Facility from $232,000 to $303,500 and extend the maturity date from May 2017 to April 2018 (with a one year term out period beginning in April 2017). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments on its loans from the proceeds it receives from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt. The Revolving Amendment also changes the interest rate of the Revolving Facility to LIBOR plus 2.5% (with no LIBOR floor). The non-use fee is 1.0% annually if the Company uses 35% or less of the Revolving Facility and 0.50% annually if the Company uses more than 35% of the Revolving Facility. The Company elects the LIBOR rate on the loans outstanding on its Revolving Facility, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or nine months. The LIBOR rate on the borrowings outstanding on its Revolving Facility currently has a one month maturity.

The Term Loan Amendment revised the Term Loan Facility dated May 10, 2012 to, among other things, increase the amount borrowed from $93,000 to $106,500 and extend the maturity date from May 2018 to April 2019. The Term Loan Amendment also changes the interest rate of the Term Loan Facility to LIBOR plus 3.25% (with no LIBOR Floor) and has substantially similar terms to the existing Revolving Facility (as amended by the Revolving Amendment). The Company elects the LIBOR rate on its Term Loan, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or nine months. The LIBOR rate on its Term Loan currently has a one month maturity.

Each of the Facilities includes an accordion feature permitting the Company to expand the Facilities if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $600,000.

The Facilities generally require payment of interest on a quarterly basis for ABR loans (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), and at the end of the applicable interest period for Eurocurrency loans bearing interest at LIBOR, the interest rate benchmark used to determine the variable rates paid on the Facilities. LIBOR maturities can range between one and nine months at the election of the Company. All outstanding principal is due upon each maturity date. The Facilities also require a mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain customary triggering events (including, without limitation, the disposition of assets or the issuance of certain securities).

Borrowings under the Facilities are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base. The Facilities have certain collateral requirements and/or financial covenants, including covenants related to: (a) limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, (b) limitations on certain investments, (c) limitations on certain restricted payments, (d) limitations on the creation or existence of agreements that prohibit liens on certain properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (e) compliance with certain financial maintenance standards including (i) minimum stockholders’ equity, (ii) a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities not represented by senior securities) to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness, of the Company and its subsidiaries, of not less than 2.10:1.0, (iii) minimum liquidity, (iv) minimum net worth, and (v) a consolidated interest coverage ratio. In addition to the financial maintenance standards, described in the preceding sentence, borrowings under the Facilities (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) are subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in the Company’s portfolio.

The Facilities’ documents also include default provisions such as the failure to make timely payments under the Facilities, the occurrence of a change in control, and the failure by the Company to materially perform

 

F-48

---

Table of Contents

under the operative agreements governing the Facilities, which, if not complied with, could, at the option of the lenders under the Facilities, accelerate repayment under the Facilities, thereby materially and adversely affecting the Company’s liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Each loan originated under the Revolving Facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Company cannot be assured that it will be able to borrow funds under the Revolving Facility at any particular time or at all. The Company is currently in compliance with all financial covenants under the Facilities.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company borrowed $20,500 and repaid $53,500 under the Facilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company borrowed $122,550 and repaid $21,500 under the Facilities.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the carrying amount of the Company’s outstanding Facilities approximated fair value. The fair values of the Company’s Facilities are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Company’s Facilities are estimated based upon market interest rates and entities with similar credit risk. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Facilities would be deemed to be Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Interest expense and related fees, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, of $3,081 and $2,089 were incurred in connection with the Facilities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. The asset coverage as of March 31, 2015 is in excess of 200%.

Notes

On November 18, 2014, the Company closed a public offering of $50,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% notes due 2021, or the Notes. The Notes mature on November 15, 2021, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after November 15, 2017. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.75% per year payable quarterly on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30, of each year, beginning December 30, 2014 and trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “TCRX.”

As of March 31, 2015, the carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s Notes was $50,000 and $50,736, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the carrying amount and fair value of Company’s Notes was $50,000 and $51,620, respectively. The fair value of Company’s Notes are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Notes is based on the closing price of the security, which is a Level 2 input under ASC 820 due to the trading volume. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company incurred $2,125 of fees and expenses. These amounts were capitalized and are being amortized using the effective yield method over the term of the Notes. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company amortized $75 of deferred financing costs, which is listed under Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $2,013 and $2,073, respectively, of remaining deferred financing costs on the Notes, which is listed under Deferred Financing Costs on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company incurred interest expense on the Notes of $844. This interest expense was paid on March 30, 2015.

The indenture and supplements relating to the Notes contain certain covenants, including but not limited to (i) an inability to incur additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt or the sale

 

F-49

---

Table of Contents

of additional debt securities unless the Company’s asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing and (ii) if the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 to file periodic reports with the SEC the Company will provide interim and consolidated financial information to the holders of the Notes and the trustee.

7. Interest Rate Derivative

On May 10, 2012, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50,000, the Company pays a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receives a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. The Company entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

The Company records the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly interest rate swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss) through interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company recognized a realized loss for three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 of $116 and $113, respectively, which is reflected as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized ($182) and $54, respectively, of net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from the swap agreement, respectively, which is listed under net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company’s fair value of its swap agreement is ($395) and ($213), respectively, which is listed as an interest rate derivative liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

8. Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

From time to time, the Company, or the Advisor, may become party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings related to the enforcement of the Company’s rights under contracts with its portfolio companies. Neither the Company, nor the Advisor, is currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

Unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are not reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s unfunded commitments may be significant from time to time. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as are the on-balance sheet financial instruments that the Company holds. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company intends to use cash flow from normal and early principal repayments and proceeds from borrowings and offerings to fund these commitments. Funding to Logan JV will only be made pursuant to unanimous approval from the Company and Perspecta.

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company has the following unfunded commitments to portfolio companies:

 

		As of
		March 31, 2015				December 31, 2014
Unfunded delayed draw facilities		$	27,487			$	29,826
Unfunded revolving commitments			4,478				4,478
Unfunded commitments to investments in funds			1,624				1,854
Unfunded commitments to Logan JV			95,200				113,600
Total unfunded commitments		$	128,789			$	149,758

 

F-50

---

Table of Contents

9. Dividends

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain its status as a RIC, it is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no U.S. federal income tax. The Company intends to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of its net investment income. In addition, although the Company intends to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, it may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

In addition, the Company may be limited in its ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to the Company as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

The following table summarizes the Company’s dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares, including dividends reinvested, if any:

 

Date Declared		Record Date		Payment Date		Amount Per Share
August 5, 2010		September 2, 2010		September 30, 2010		$	0.05
November 4, 2010		November 30, 2010		December 28, 2010		$	0.10
December 14, 2010		December 31, 2010		January 28, 2011		$	0.15
March 10, 2011		March 25, 2011		March 31, 2011		$	0.23
May 5, 2011		June 15, 2011		June 30, 2011		$	0.25
July 28, 2011		September 15, 2011		September 30, 2011		$	0.26
October 27, 2011		December 15, 2011		December 30, 2011		$	0.28
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$	0.29
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$	0.05
May 2, 2012		June 15, 2012		June 29, 2012		$	0.30
July 26, 2012		September 14, 2012		September 28, 2012		$	0.32
November 2, 2012		December 14, 2012		December 28, 2012		$	0.33
December 20, 2012		December 31, 2012		January 28, 2013		$	0.05
February 27, 2013		March 15, 2013		March 29, 2013		$	0.33
May 2, 2013		June 14, 2013		June 28, 2013		$	0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$	0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$	0.08
October 30, 2013		December 16, 2013		December 31, 2013		$	0.34
March 4, 2014		March 17, 2014		March 31, 2014		$	0.34
May 7, 2014		June 16, 2014		June 30, 2014		$	0.34
August 7, 2014		September 15, 2014		September 30, 2014		$	0.34
November 4, 2014		December 15, 2014		December 31, 2014		$	0.34
March 6, 2015		March 20, 2015		March 31, 2015		$	0.34
May 5, 2015		June 15, 2015		June 30, 2015		$	0.34

The Company may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow it to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If the Company does not distribute a certain percentage of its income annually, it will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of its status as a regulated investment company. The Company cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level.

The Company maintains an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. There were no dividends reinvested for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 under the dividend reinvestment plan.

 

F-51

---

Table of Contents

Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, the Company reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, the Company may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

Distributions in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of the Company’s distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon its taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore, a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of the Company’s distributions for a full year. If the Company had determined the tax attributes of its 2015 distributions as of March 31, 2015, 100% would be from ordinary income, 0% would be from capital gains and 0% would be a return of capital. There can be no certainty to stockholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of the Company’s 2015 distributions to stockholders will actually be. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to the Company’s stockholders.

10. Financial Highlights

 

		For the three months ended March 31,
		2015				2014
Per Share Data:
Net asset value, beginning of period		$	13.08			$	13.36
Net investment income, after taxes(1)			0.35				0.32
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments(1)(2)			0.11				(0.03	)
Benefit for taxes on unrealized gain on investments(1)			0.01				0.03
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of interest rate derivative(1)			(0.01	)			—
Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net			—				—
Net realized gain on investments			—				—
Income tax provision, realized gain			—				—
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations			0.46				0.32
Distributions to stockholders from net investment income			(0.34	)			(0.27	)
Distributions to stockholders from net realized gains			—				(0.07	)
Net asset value, end of period		$	13.20			$	13.34
Per share market value at end of period		$	12.29			$	13.80
Total return(3)(4)			7.40	%			(14.25	%)
Shares outstanding at end of period			33,905				33,905
Ratio/Supplemental Data:
Net assets at end of period		$	447,655			$	452,395
Ratio of total expenses to average net assets (5) (6)			10.64	%			8.50	%
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets			10.93	%			9.57	%
Portfolio turnover			3.69	%			5.73	%

 

(1)	Calculated based on weighted average common shares outstanding.

(2)	Includes the cumulative effect of rounding.

(3)	Total return is based on the change in market price per share during the period. Total return takes into account dividends and distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.

 

F-52

---

Table of Contents

(4)	Not annualized

(5)	Annualized, except for dividend income, the reversal of previously accrued interest income, taxes and the related impact of incentive fees.

(6)

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the ratio components included 2.73% of base management fee, 2.73% of incentive fee, 3.19% of the cost of borrowing, 1.97% of other operating expenses, and 0.02% of the impact of all taxes. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the ratio components included 2.26% of base management fee, 2.34% of incentive fee, 2.15% of the cost of borrowing, 1.75% of other operating expenses, and 0.00% of the impact of all taxes.

11. Subsequent Events

From April 1, 2015 through May 11, 2015, the Company made new and follow-on investments totaling $29,481 in the consumer products, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing and transportation industries. Of the new and follow-on investments, 9.4% were first lien senior secured debt, 56.6% were second lien debt, 17.0% were subordinated debt and 17.0% were income-producing preferred equity securities. Of the new and follow-on debt investments, 79.6% were floating rate and 20.4% were fixed rate based upon principal balance. The follow-on debt investments and income-producing preferred equity investment had a weighted average yield based upon cost at the time of the investment of 12.0%.

On April 13, 2015, Logan JV board of directors authorized an increase in equity commitments to $250,000, of which the Company committed $200,000 and Perspecta committed $50,000. As a result, total remaining equity commitments to Logan JV as of May 11, 2015 totaled $219,000, of which the Company’s share is $175,200 and Perspecta’s share is $43,800.

On May 1, 2015, in accordance with the terms of the Logan JV Credit Facility, Deutsche Bank AG increased its commitment amount from $50,000 to $75,000. Commitments under the Logan JV Credit Facility can be increased to $200,000 subject to certain conditions.

On May 4, 2015, the Company completed the sale of $10,986 of its first lien senior secured debt and $691 of its equity in Igloo Products Corp., and affiliated entities, for a gain.

On May 5, 2015, the Company’s board of directors declared a dividend of $0.34 per share payable on June 30, 2015 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 15, 2015.

As of May 11, 2015, Logan JV has $75,620 of investments in 48 companies with a weighted average yield, based upon current cost, of 6.9%.

 

F-53

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

THL Credit, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in net assets, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of THL Credit, Inc. and its subsidiaries (together the “Company”) at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations, their changes in net assets, and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule appearing on page F-102 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page 191. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits, which included confirmation of securities at December 31, 2014 by correspondence with the issuer, the custodian, transfer agent or broker, and the application of alternative auditing procedures where replies had not been received, provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 10, 2015

 

F-54

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		December 31, 2014				December 31, 2013
Assets:
Investments at fair value:
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (cost of $726,811 and $645,911, respectively)		$	732,862			$	648,860
Controlled investments (cost of $52,208 and $0, respectively)			51,349				—
Non-controlled, affiliated investments (cost of $9 and $7, respectively)			9				7
Total investments at fair value (cost of $779,028 and $645,918, respectively)		$	784,220			$	648,867
Cash			2,656				7,829
Receivable for investments sold			9,538				—
Deferred financing costs			7,021				4,604
Interest receivable			6,221				7,225
Due from affiliate			1,216				1,025
Prepaid expenses and other assets			684				441
Other deferred assets			600				825
Receivable for paydown of investments			329				275
Escrow receivable			—				1,800
Total assets		$	812,485			$	672,891
Liabilities:
Loans payable		$	294,851			$	204,300
Notes payable			50,000				—
Payable for investment purchased			10,400				4,400
Accrued incentive fees			4,175				3,421
Base management fees payable			2,810				2,243
Deferred tax liability			2,565				2,414
Accrued expenses			1,856				1,617
Other deferred liabilities			1,418				—
Accrued credit facility fees and interest			576				567
Interest rate derivative			213				284
Due to affiliate			—				474
Accrued administrator expenses			—				158
Income taxes payable			—				71
Total liabilities			368,864				219,949
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Net Assets:
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 preferred shares authorized, no preferred shares issued and outstanding			—				—
Common stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 common shares authorized, 33,905 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively			34				34
Paid-in capital in excess of par			448,726				450,043
Net unrealized appreciation on investments, net of provision for taxes of $2,565 and $2,414, respectively			2,627				535
Net unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative			(213	)			(284	)
Accumulated undistributed net realized (losses) gains			(13,360	)			2,023
Accumulated undistributed net investment income			5,807				591
Total net assets			443,621				452,942
Total liabilities and net assets		$	812,485			$	672,891
Net asset value per share		$	13.08			$	13.36

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-55

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Investment Income:
From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:
Interest income		$	83,155			$	66,787			$	49,808
Dividend income			3,125				4,074				456
Other income			1,891				790				269
From non-controlled, affiliated investments:
Other income			2,997				2,999				2,592
From controlled investments:
Interest income			610				—				—
Other income			150				—				—
Total investment income			91,928				74,650				53,125
Expenses:
Incentive fees			11,184				10,682				7,017
Base management fees			11,142				7,521				4,943
Credit facility interest and fees			9,781				5,623				3,138
Administrator expenses			3,780				3,608				3,225
Other general and administrative expenses			2,738				1,977				1,344
Professional fees			2,096				1,288				1,200
Amortization of deferred financing costs			1,351				1,470				968
Directors’ fees			626				581				517
Total expenses			42,698				32,750				22,352
Income tax provision and excise tax			1,040				511				581
Net investment income			48,190				41,389				30,192
Realized Gain (Loss) and Change in Unrealized Appreciation on Investments:
Net realized (loss) gain on non-controlled, non-affiliated investments			(12,855	)			2,604				353
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments:
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments			3,102				309				(1,240	)
Controlled, non-affiliated investments			(859	)			—				—
Non-controlled, affiliated investments			—				—				(1	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments			2,243				309				(1,241	)
Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain from investments			(10,612	)			2,913				(888	)
Provision for taxes on realized gain on investments			(249	)			—				—
Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			(151	)			(1,960	)			(454	)
Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net			(458	)			(433	)			(180	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative			71				769				(1,053	)
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	36,791			$	42,678			$	27,617
Net investment income per common share:
Basic and diluted		$	1.42			$	1.37			$	1.38
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per common share:
Basic and diluted		$	1.08			$	1.41			$	1.26
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic and diluted			33,905				30,287				21,852

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Increase in net assets from operations:
Net investment income		$	48,190			$	41,389			$	30,192
Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net			(458	)			(433	)			(180	)
Net realized (loss) gain on investments			(12,855	)			2,604				353
Income tax provision, realized gain			(249	)			—				—
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			2,243				309				(1,241	)
Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			(151	)			(1,960	)			(454	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative			71				769				(1,053	)
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations			36,791				42,678				27,617
Distributions to stockholders
Distributions to stockholders from net investment income			(44,191	)			(42,999	)			(28,493	)
Distributions to stockholders from net realized gain			(1,921	)			(400	)			(918	)
Total distributions to stockholders			(46,112	)			(43,399	)			(29,411	)
Capital share transactions:
Issuance of common stock			—				110,966				85,879
Less offering costs			—				(4,787	)			(4,218	)
Net increase in net assets from capital share transactions			—				106,179				81,661
Total (decrease) increase in net assets			(9,321	)			105,458				79,867
Net assets at beginning of year			452,942				347,484				267,617
Net assets at end of year		$	443,621			$	452,942			$	347,484
Common shares outstanding at end of year			33,905				33,905				26,315
Capital share activity:
Shares sold			—				7,590				6,095

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-57

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	36,791			$	42,678			$	27,617
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used for operating activities:
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments			(2,243	)			(309	)			1,241
Net change in unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on interest rate derivative			(71	)			(769	)			1,053
Net realized loss on investments			12,874				—				—
Increase in investments due to PIK			(2,309	)			(3,250	)			(4,027	)
Amortization of deferred financing costs			1,351				1,470				968
Accretion of discounts on investments and other fees			(4,795	)			(4,397	)			(3,615	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Purchases of investments, net of payable for investment purchased			(352,970	)			(411,135	)			(298,493	)
Proceeds from sale and paydown of investments, net of receivable for investments sold			210,500				168,824				177,671
Decrease (increase) in interest receivable			1,004				(4,631	)			(1,154	)
Decrease (increase) in escrow receivable			1,800				(1,800	)			—
Decrease (increase) in other deferred expenses			225				(825	)			—
Increase (decrease) in due from affiliate			(191	)			(605	)			91
Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses and other assets			(243	)			(307	)			108
Increase in accrued expenses			168				878				216
Increase in accrued credit facility fees and interest			9				452				110
(Decrease) increase in income taxes payable			(71	)			71				—
Increase in deferred tax liability			151				1,960				454
Increase in base management fees payable			567				729				501
Decrease in accrued administrator expenses			(158	)			(146	)			(34	)
Increase in other deferred liabilities			1,418				—				—
Increase in accrued incentive fees payable			754				142				589
(Decrease) increase in due to affiliate			(474	)			474				(21	)
Increase in dividend payable			—				—				1,316
Net cash used in operating activities			(95,913	)			(210,496	)			(95,409	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings under credit facility			334,800				453,700				189,900
Repayments under credit facility			(244,249	)			(299,400	)			(144,900	)
Issuance of notes			50,000				—				—
Issuance of shares of common stock			—				110,966				85,879
Distributions paid to stockholders			(46,112	)			(44,715	)			(29,411	)
Financing and offering costs paid			(3,699	)			(7,045	)			(6,813	)
Net cash provided by financing activities			90,740				213,506				94,655
Net (decrease) increase in cash			(5,173	)			3,010				(754	)
Cash, beginning of year			7,829				4,819				5,573
Cash, end of year		$	2,656			$	7,829			$	4,819
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Cash interest paid		$	7,937			$	3,770			$	1,499
Income taxes paid		$	1,076			$	646			$	457
PIK income earned		$	2,316			$	3,179			$	4,124

Non-cash Operating Activities:

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company converted the cost basis of a subordinated note, certain interest due and warrants of C&K Markets, Inc. totaling $14,272 to common and preferred equity. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a realized loss of $1,000.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company converted the cost basis of a subordinated note of Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc. as part of a restructuring of the business totaling $18,447 to the common equity of an affiliate, Dimont & Associates, Inc. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a realized loss of $11,878.

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-58

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares /     No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—170.46% of net asset value
First lien secured debt
20-20 Technologies Inc.(5)		IT services		10.8%(6)		9/12/2012		3/31/2019		$	31,600			$	31,275			$	31,600
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC		Aerospace & defense		11.0%		9/7/2011		3/7/2016			4,000				3,939				3,980
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC		Aerospace & defense		11.0%		6/24/2014		3/7/2016			2,600				2,563				2,587
Allied Wireline Services, LLC		Energy / Utilities		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)		2/28/2014		2/28/2019			9,928				9,524				9,630
BeneSys Inc.		Business services		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)		3/31/2014		3/31/2019			8,611				8,457				8,525
BeneSys Inc.(7)(8)		Business services		10.8% (LIBOR + 9.8%)		8/1/2014		3/31/2019			—				(10	)			—
Charming Charlie, LLC.		Retail & grocery		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)		12/18/2013		12/31/2019			26,798				26,446				26,459
Copperweld Bimetallics LLC		Industrials		12.0%		12/11/2013		12/11/2018			20,625				19,934				20,212
CRS Reprocessing, LLC		Manufacturing		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)		6/16/2011		6/16/2015			15,461				15,447				14,687
Dodge Data & Analytics LLC		IT services		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.8%)		11/20/2014		10/31/2019			13,000				12,745				12,745
Duff & Phelps Corporation(9)		Financial services		4.5% (LIBOR + 3.5%)		5/15/2013		4/23/2020			246				249				244
Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.		IT services		10.7%(6)		2/15/2013		12/28/2017			9,300				9,208				9,300
Food Processing Holdings, LLC		Food & beverage		10.5% (LIBOR +9.5%)		10/31/2013		10/31/2018			22,202				21,842				22,202
Harrison Gypsum, LLC		Industrials		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.5% and 0.5% PIK)(10)		12/21/2012		12/21/2017			25,963				25,699				25,444
Hart InterCivic, Inc.		IT services		12.3% (LIBOR + 9.8% Cash + 1.0% PIK)		7/1/2011		7/1/2016			8,556				8,496				8,342
Hart InterCivic, Inc.(7)		IT services		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8% Cash)		7/1/2011		7/1/2016			3,000				2,982				3,000
HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.		Healthcare		13.6%(6)		8/31/2012		8/30/2017			8,558				8,403				8,173
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		5/29/2013		5/29/2018			24,227				23,841				23,500
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.(7)		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		5/29/2013		5/29/2018			—				—				—
Igloo Products Corp.		Consumer products		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)		3/28/2014		3/28/2020			38,286				37,479				37,425
Ingenio Acquisition, LLC		Media, entertainment and leisure		11.3% (10.3% Cash + 1.0% PIK)		5/9/2013		3/14/2019			9,108				8,971				9,108

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-59

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares /     No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)		8/8/2013		8/8/2018			12,849				12,651				12,849
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.		Media, entertainment and leisure		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.3%)		5/29/2014		8/8/2018			2,874				2,823				2,874
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.(7)(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)		8/8/2013		8/8/2018			—				(21	)			—
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.3%)		5/29/2014		8/8/2018			—				(54	)			—
LAI International, Inc.		Manufacturing		10.1%(6)		10/22/2014		10/22/2019			19,308				18,899				18,899
LAI International, Inc.		Manufacturing		10.1%(6)		10/22/2014		10/22/2019			—				—				—
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)		9/28/2012		9/28/2017			8,828				8,686				7,990
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(7)		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)		9/28/2012		9/28/2017			4,000				4,000				3,620
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(7)		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)		7/16/2014		9/28/2017			3,500				3,439				3,168
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK)(10)		10/7/2010		10/7/2015			26,597				26,376				24,735
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing		15.0% (12.5% Cash + 2.5% PIK)(10)		6/6/2014		10/7/2015			3,044				3,036				2,892
Virtus Pharmaceuticals, LLC		Healthcare		10.7%(6)		7/17/2014		7/17/2019			20,124				19,667				19,822
Wheels Up Partners, LLC		Transportation		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)		1/31/2014		10/15/2022			9,629				9,510				9,533
Wheels Up Partners, LLC		Transportation		9.6% (LIBOR + 8.6%)		8/27/2014		7/15/2023			3,763				3,763				3,726
						Subtotal first lien secured debt				$	396,753			$	390,265			$	387,271
Second lien debt
Aerogroup International Inc.		Consumer products		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)		6/9/2014		12/9/2019		$	13,648			$	13,397			$	13,102
Aerogroup International Inc.(7)(8)		Consumer products		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)		6/9/2014		12/9/2019			—				(45	)			—
Alex Toys, LLC		Consumer products		11.0% (LIBOR + 10.0%)		6/30/2014		12/30/2019			17,000				16,683				16,683
Allen Edmonds Corporation		Consumer products		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		11/26/2013		5/27/2019			7,333				7,210				7,223
BBB Industries US Holding, Inc.		Manufacturing		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.8%)		10/7/2014		11/18/2022			7,500				7,059				7,144
Connecture, Inc.		Healthcare		12.0% (LIBOR + 11.0%)		3/18/2013		7/15/2018			21,831				21,609				22,049
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.		Business services		12.5% (LIBOR + 10.3% and 0.8% PIK)(10)		6/21/2013		10/3/2018			12,703				12,849				12,576

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-60

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares /     No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.		Business services		13.0% PIK		6/21/2013		10/3/2018			144				—				143
Hostway Corporation		IT services		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.8%)		12/27/2013		12/13/2020			12,000				11,785				11,880
Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC		Financial services		10.5%		9/30/2013		9/30/2018			13,246				13,035				13,312
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		13.2% (LIBOR + 11.7%)		12/20/2011		12/20/2016			11,426				11,292				11,426
Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC		Restaurants		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)		7/16/2013		7/16/2018			20,977				20,656				20,453
Synarc-Biocore Holdings, LLC		Healthcare		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)		3/13/2014		3/13/2022			11,000				10,898				10,010
Vision Solutions, Inc.		IT services		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)		3/31/2011		7/23/2017			11,625				11,577				11,509
Washington Inventory Service		Business services		10.3% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		12/27/2012		6/20/2019			11,000				10,886				11,000
						Subtotal second lien secured debt				$	171,433			$	168,891			$	168,510
Subordinated debt
A10 Capital, LLC(7)		Financial services		12.0%		8/25/2014		2/25/2021		$	5,444			$	5,391			$	5,431
Country Pure Foods, LLC		Food & beverage		13.0%		8/13/2010		2/13/2017			16,181				16,181				16,181
Dr. Fresh, LLC		Consumer products		14.0% (12% Cash & 2% PIK)		5/15/2012		11/15/2017			14,743				14,565				14,448
Gold, Inc.		Consumer products		12.0%		12/31/2012		6/30/2019			16,788				16,788				16,620
Martex Fiber Southern Corp.		Industrials		13.5% (12% Cash & 1.5% PIK)		4/30/2012		10/31/2019			9,026				8,928				8,394
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		17.0% (10.0% Cash + 7.0% PIK)(11)		12/20/2011		12/20/2017			2,040				2,020				2,040
The Studer Group, L.L.C.		Healthcare		12.0%		9/29/2011		1/31/2019			16,910				16,910				16,910
Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.		IT services		15.8% (12.5% Cash + 3.3% PIK)(10)		3/4/2013		3/4/2019			18,918				18,637				16,080
						Subtotal subordinated debt				$	100,050			$	99,420			$	96,104
Equity investments(13)
A10 Capital, LLC(12)(14)(23)		Financial services				8/25/2014					2,967			$	9,837			$	9,837
Aerogroup International Inc.(24)		Consumer products				6/9/2014					253,616				11				—
Aerogroup International Inc.(25)		Consumer products				6/9/2014					28,180				1,108				467
AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Media, entertainment and leisure				6/21/2012					0.763636				764				857

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-61

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(4) No.  of Shares /     No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(24)		Aerospace & defense				9/7/2011					511,812				113				9
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(23)		Aerospace & defense				9/17/2013					225,000				169				204
Allied Wireline Services, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Energy / Utilities				2/28/2014					619				619				779
Allied Wireline Services, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Energy / Utilities				2/28/2014					501				175				302
Firebirds International, LLC(24)		Restaurants				5/17/2011					1,906				191				300
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(24)		Food & beverage				4/20/2010					162.44				163				226
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(24)		Food & beverage				4/20/2010					406.09				408				642
Hostway Corporation(24)		IT services				12/27/2013					20,000				200				—
Hostway Corporation(24)		IT services				12/27/2013					1,800				1,800				2,111
Igloo Products Corp.(12) (24)		Consumer products				4/30/2014					2,406				2,407				2,241
OEM Group, Inc.(24)(25)		Manufacturing				10/7/2010					—				—				—
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.(12)(24)		Healthcare				4/20/2013					469,673				—				6,200
Wheels Up Partners, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Transportation				1/31/2014					1,000				1,000				1,000
YP Equity Investors, LLC(12)(15)(24)		Media, entertainment and leisure				5/8/2012					—				—				4,000
						Subtotal equity								$	18,965			$	29,175
CLO residual interests
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		12.8%		3/27/2013					—			$	8,172			$	8,216
Dryden CLO, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		13.8%		9/12/2013					—				8,040				8,244
Flagship VII, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		13.8%		12/18/2013					—				4,105				4,305
Flagship VIII, Ltd.(5)(16)		Structured Products		12.8%		10/3/2014					—				8,450				8,450
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd(5)(16)		Structured Products		14.5%		3/12/2013					—				5,446				5,720
						Subtotal CLO residual interests								$	34,213			$	34,935
Investment in payment rights
Duff & Phelps Corporation(9)(16)		Financial services		16.8%		6/1/2012					—			$	11,877			$	13,488
						Subtotal investment in payment rights								$	11,877			$	13,488

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-62

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest Rate(3)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares /     No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Investments in funds(17)
Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP		Financial services					6/14/2013							$	2,314			$	2,314			$	2,316
Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.		Financial services					11/20/2012								1,251				866				1,063
							Subtotal investments in funds							$	3,565			$	3,180			$	3,379
Total non-controlled/non-affiliated investments —170.46% of net asset value														$	671,801			$	726,811			$	732,862
Controlled investments —6.32% of net asset value
First lien secured debt
Thibaut, Inc(18)		Consumer products		12.0%			6/19/2014				6/19/2019			$	6,520			$	6,445			$	6,520
Subtotal first lien secured debt														$	6,520			$	6,445			$	6,520
Subordinated debt
Dimont & Associates, Inc.(18)(20)		Financial services		11.0% PIK			10/20/2014				4/20/2018			$	4,556			$	4,473			$	4,556
Subtotal subordinated debt														$	4,556			$	4,473			$	4,556
Equity investments
C&K Market, Inc.(18)(19)(24)		Retail & grocery					11/3/2010								1,967,367			$	2,271			$	6,036
C&K Market, Inc.(18)(19)(23)		Retail & grocery					11/3/2010								1,967,367				10,956				9,837
Dimont & Associates, Inc.(18)(20)(24)		Financial services					10/20/2014								50,004				6,569				2,000
Thibaut, Inc(12)(13)(18)(21)(23)		Consumer products					6/19/2014								4,747				4,694				4,874
Thibaut, Inc(12)(13)(18)(24)		Consumer products					6/19/2014								20,639				—				785
Subtotal equity																		$	24,490			$	23,532
Investments in Logan JV
THL Credit Logan JV LLC(12)(18)(22)(24)		Financial services					12/3/2014								—				16,800				16,741
Subtotal investments in funds																		$	16,800			$	16,741
Total controlled investments — 6.32% of net asset value														$	11,076			$	52,208			$	51,349

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-63

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/Portfolio company(1)(2)		Industry		Interest  Rate(3)				Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(4) No.  of Shares /     No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value
Investments in funds
THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC(12) (17) (24)		Financial services							1/27/2011												5				5
THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC(12) (17) (24)		Financial services							3/1/2013												4				4
Subtotal investments in funds																				$	9			$	9
Total non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value																				$	9			$	9
Total investments—176.78% of net asset value																$	682,877			$	779,028			$	784,220
Derivative Instruments
Counterparty		Instrument		Interest Rate				Expiration Date				# of Contracts				Notional				Cost				Fair Value
ING Capital Markets, LLC		Interest Rate Swap – Pay Fixed/ Receive Floating			1.1425%/LIBOR				5/10/2017				1			$	50,000			$	—			$	(213	)
Total derivative instruments—0.03% of net asset value																$	50,000			$	—			$	(213	)

 

(1)	All debt investments are income-producing, unless otherwise noted. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)	All investments are pledged as collateral under the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility.

(3)

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of September 30, 2014. LIBOR loans are typically indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option, and ABR rates are typically indexed to the current prime rate or federal funds rate. Both LIBOR and ABR rates are subject to interest floors.

(4)	Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(5)	Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(6)	Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(7)	Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on delayed draw term loan and revolving loan facility.

(8)	The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-64

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(9)	Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(10)	At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(11)	Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

(12)	Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.

(13)	Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(14)	Preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 12% cash and 2% PIK due on a monthly basis

(15)	Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(16)	Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of December 31, 2014.

(17)	Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(18)

As defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, the Company is deemed to control this portfolio company because it owns more than 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities. See Schedule 12-14 in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for transactions during the year ended December 31, 2014 in which the issuer was a portfolio company that the Company is deemed to control.

(19)

C&K Market, Inc., or C&K, filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. On August 12, 2014, the date C&K emerged from bankruptcy, the cost basis of the senior subordinated note, certain interest due and warrants totaling $14,272 were converted to common and preferred equity. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a loss in the amount of $1,000. See Note 4, Realized Gains and Losses on Investments for additional detail.

(20)

On October 20, 2014, THL Credit restructured its investment in Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc., or Wingspan. As part of the restructuring, THL Credit exchanged the cost basis of its subordinated term loan totaling $18,447 for a controlled equity position of an affiliated entity, Dimont Acquisition Inc., or Dimont. In connection with the restructuring and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a loss in the amount of $11,878 and invested $4,557 in the subordinated term loan of Dimont. See Note 4, Realized Gains and Losses on Investments for additional detail.

(21)	Part of our preferred stock investment return is income-producing with a stated rate of 3% due on a quarterly basis.

(22)

On December 3, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Perspecta to create THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV, a joint venture, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. All Logan JV investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta. Although the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities of Logan JV, the Company does not believe that it has control over Logan JV for purposes of the 1940 Act or otherwise.

(23)	Preferred stock

(24)	Common stock, member interest, and warrants

(25)	Warrants received at initial acquisition date at no cost to the Company

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-65

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/Portfolio company(1)		Industry		Interest Rate(2)		Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(3) No. of  Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—143.26% of net asset value
First lien secured debt
20-20 Technologies Inc.(4)		IT services		13.6%(5)		9/12/2012		9/12/2017		$	13,650			$	13,378			$	13,582
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC		Aerospace & defense		11.0%		9/7/2011		3/7/2016			4,000				3,894				3,970
Charming Charlie, LLC.		Retail & grocery		9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)		12/18/2013		12/31/2019			27,000				26,595				26,595
Copperweld Bimetallics LLC		Industrials		12.0%		12/11/2013		12/11/2018			21,725				20,863				20,863
CRS Reprocessing, LLC		Manufacturing		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)		6/16/2011		6/16/2015			17,647				17,587				17,647
Cydcor LLC(20)		Business services		9.8% (LIBOR + 7.3%)		6/17/2013		6/12/2017			13,442				13,442				13,442
Duff & Phelps Corporation(11)		Financial services		4.5% (LIBOR + 3.5%)		6/1/2012		12/31/2029			249				252				249
Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.		IT services		10.7%(5)		2/15/2013		12/28/2017			9,817				9,692				9,743
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(4)		Food & beverage		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)		10/31/2013		10/31/2018			22,202				21,770				21,770
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(10)		Food & beverage		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)		10/31/2013		10/31/2018			—				—				—
Harrison Gypsum, LLC		Industrials		10.5%(6) (LIBOR + 8.5% and 0.5% PIK)		12/21/2012		12/21/2017			24,369				24,065				24,247
Hart InterCivic, Inc.		IT services		11.5% (LIBOR + 9.0% and 1% PIK)(6)		7/1/2011		7/1/2016			8,696				8,597				8,522
Hart InterCivic, Inc.(10)		IT services		10.5% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		7/1/2011		7/1/2016			800				770				800
HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.		Healthcare		11.9%(5)		8/31/2012		8/30/2017			9,175				8,958				8,624
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		5/29/2013		5/29/2018			24,227				23,751				24,227
Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.(10)		Energy / Utilities		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		5/29/2013		5/29/2018			—				—				—
Hostway Corporation		IT services		6.0% (LIBOR + 4.8%)		12/27/2013		12/13/2019			10,000				9,900				9,900
Ingenio Acquisition, LLC		Media, entertainment and leisure		12.8%(6) (11.3% Cash and 1.5% PIK)		5/9/2013		5/9/2018			9,606				9,433				9,558
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)		8/8/2013		8/8/2018			13,178				12,931				12,947
Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.(10)		Media, entertainment and leisure		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)		8/8/2013		8/8/2018			1,478				1,451				1,478
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)		9/28/2012		9/28/2017			8,828				8,642				8,608
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(10)		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)		9/28/2012		9/28/2017			—				—				—
Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.(10)		Energy / Utilities		9.3% (LIBOR + 8.3%)		9/28/2012		9/28/2017			—				—				—
NCM Group Holdings, LLC		Industrials		12.5% (LIBOR + 11.5%)		8/29/2013		8/29/2018			26,727				25,711				26,193
Subtotal First lien secured debt										$	266,816			$	261,682			$	262,965

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-66

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/Portfolio company(1)		Industry		Interest Rate(2)		Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity/ Dissolution Date		Principal(3) No. of  Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Second lien debt
Allen Edmonds Corporation		Consumer products		10% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		11/26/2013		5/27/2019		$	7,333			$	7,189			$	7,189
Blue Coat Systems, Inc.		IT services		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.5%)		6/27/2013		6/27/2020			15,000				14,860				15,150
Connecture, Inc.		Healthcare		10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		3/18/2013		7/15/2018			7,000				6,875				7,000
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.		Business services		12.5%(6) (LIBOR +10.2% and 0.8% PIK)		6/21/2013		10/3/2018			18,727				18,987				18,821
Hostway Corporation		IT services		10.0% (LIBOR + 8.8%)		12/27/2013		12/13/2020			12,000				11,760				11,760
Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC		Financial services		10.5%		9/30/2013		9/30/2018			13,943				13,676				13,676
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing		15.0%(6) (12.5% Cash and 2.5% PIK)		10/7/2010		10/7/2015			15,162				14,974				14,480
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		13.2% (LIBOR + 11.7%)		12/20/2011		12/20/2016			11,426				11,234				11,425
Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC		Restaurants		11.3% (LIBOR + 9.8%)		7/16/2013		7/16/2018			20,977				20,587				20,587
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.		Healthcare		9.8% (LIBOR + 8.5%)		4/19/2013		4/11/2020			15,000				14,652				15,000
Vision Solutions, Inc.		IT services		9.5% (LIBOR + 8.0%)		3/31/2011		7/23/2017			11,625				11,561				11,625
Washington Inventory Service		Business services		10.3% (LIBOR + 9.0%)		12/27/2012		6/20/2019			11,000				10,861				11,165
Subtotal Second lien secured debt										$	159,193			$	157,216			$	157,878
Subordinated debt
C&K Market, Inc.		Retail & grocery		18.0%(18)		11/3/2010		11/3/2015		$	13,650			$	13,302			$	10,237
Country Pure Foods, LLC		Food & beverage		13.0%		8/13/2010		2/13/2017			16,181				16,183				16,061
Dr. Fresh, LLC		Consumer products		14.0%(6) (12.0% Cash and 2.0% PIK)		5/15/2012		11/15/2017			14,447				14,223				14,375
Express Courier International, Inc.		Business services		15.0%(13) (PIK)		1/17/2012		7/17/2016			8,595				7,652				6,601
Gold, Inc.		Consumer products		11.0%		12/31/2012		6/30/2019			16,788				16,788				16,788
Martex Fiber Southern Corp.		Industrials		13.5%(6) (12.0% Cash and 1.5% PIK)		4/30/2012		10/31/2019			8,890				8,778				8,445
SeaStar Solutions (f.k.a. Marine Acquisition Corp)		Manufacturing		13.5%(6) (11.5% Cash and 2.0% PIK)		9/18/2012		5/18/2017			16,500				16,209				16,830
Sheplers, Inc.		Retail & grocery		17.0%(17) (10.0% Cash and 7.0% PIK)		12/20/11		12/20/2017			1,904				1,879				1,904
Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.		IT services		15.8%(6) (12.5% Cash and 3.3% PIK)		3/4/2013		3/4/2019			18,307				17,981				17,941
The Studer Group, L.L.C.		Healthcare		12.0%		9/29/2011		1/31/2019			16,910				16,910				16,910
Trinity Services Group, Inc.		Food & beverage		14.5%(6) (12.0% Cash and 2.5% PIK)		3/29/2012		9/29/2017			14,411				14,252				14,122
Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc.		Financial services		15.5%(19)		5/21/2013		11/21/2016			18,768				18,447				15,765
Subtotal Subordinated debt										$	165,351			$	162,604			$	155,979

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-67

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio  company(1)		Industry		Interest  Rate(2)				Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(3) No. of  Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Equity investments
AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC(7)(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure							6/21/2012				—				0.763636			$	764			$	1,000
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(9)		Aerospace & defense							9/7/2011				—				512				112				135
Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC(9)		Aerospace & defense							9/17/2013				—				225				169				255
C&K Market, Inc.		Retail & grocery							11/3/2010				—				—				349				—
Firebirds International, LLC(9)		Restaurants							5/17/2011				—				1,906				191				257
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(9)		Food & beverage							4/20/2010				—				162.44				163				202
Food Processing Holdings, LLC(9)		Food & beverage							4/20/2010				—				406.09				408				150
Hostway Corporation(9)		IT services							12/27/2013				—				20				200				200
Hostway Corporation(9)		IT services							12/27/2013				—				2				1,800				1,800
Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC(7)(8)		Healthcare							4/20/2010				—				1,393				1,393				938
OEM Group, Inc.		Manufacturing							10/7/2010				—				—				—				—
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.(8)(9)		Healthcare							4/20/2013				—				469,673				—				2,000
YP Equity Investors, LLC(7)(8)		Media, entertainment and leisure							5/8/2012				—				—				—				4,100
Subtotal Equity																				$	5,549			$	11,037
CLO residual interests
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.(4)		Structured products			13.7%(12)				3/27/2013				4/15/2024				—			$	9,171			$	9,110
Dryden CLO, Ltd.		Structured products			13.6%(12)				9/12/2013				11/15/2025				—				9,129				9,300
Flagship VII, Ltd.(4)		Structured products			13.9%(12)				12/18/2013				1/20/2026				—				4,400				4,400
Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.		Structured products			15.5%(12)				12/19/2012				1/15/2024				—				8,579				8,656
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd		Structured products			13.2%(12)				3/12/2013				4/15/2025				—				6,064				6,152
																					—				—
Subtotal CLO residual interests																				$	37,343			$	37,618
Investment in payment rights
Duff & Phelps Corporation(11)		Financial services			16.2%(12)				6/1/2012				12/31/2029				—			$	12,163			$	13,844
Subtotal Investment in payment rights																				$	12,163			$	13,844

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-68

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/ Portfolio company(1)		Industry		Interest  Rate(2)				Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity/ Dissolution Date				Principal(3) No. of  Shares / No. of Units				Amortized Cost				Fair Value
Investments in funds
Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP(16)		Financial services							6/14/2013							$	801			$	801			$	801
Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P. (16)		Financial services							11/20/2012				12/21/2018				1,251				199				384
LCP Capital Fund LLC (8) (15) (16)		Media, entertainment and leisure			12.6%(12)				4/20/2010				2/15/2015				8,354				8,354				8,354
Subtotal Investments in funds																$	10,406			$	9,354			$	9,539
Total non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—143.26% of net asset value																$	601,766			$	645,911			$	648,860
Non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value
Investments in funds
THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC(8)(16)		Financial services							1/27/2011				1/14/2021				—			$	5			$	5
THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC(8)(16)		Financial services							3/1/2013				10/10/2021				—				2				2
Subtotal Investments in funds																				$	7			$	7
Total non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value																				$	7			$	7
Total investments—143.26% of net asset value																$	601,766			$	645,918			$	648,867
Derivative Instruments
Counterparty		Instrument		Interest Rate				Expiration Date				# of Contracts				Notional				Cost				Fair Value
ING Capital Markets, LLC		Interest Rate Swap—Pay Fixed/ Receive Floating			1.1425%/LIBOR				5/10/2017				1			$	50,000			$	—			$	(284	)
Total derivative instruments—0.06% of net asset value																$	50,000			$	—			$	(284	)

 

(1)	All debt investments are income-producing. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)	Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of December 31, 2013. These variable rates reset monthly or quarterly, subject to interest rate floors.

(3)	Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(4)	Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-69

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(5)	Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(6)	At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(7)	Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(8)	Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.

(9)	Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(10)	Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on revolving loan facility.

(11)	Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(12)	Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of December 31, 2013.

(13)

Loan was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013. Issuer’s contractual rate is 15.0% PIK until December 31, 2013 and then for each of the quarters ending March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, the lesser of excess cash flow for the quarter or 12% paid in cash with the remainder amount paid in PIK up to a total rate of 15%.

(14)	Debt investment interest held in companies related to the portfolio company.

(15)

The Company’s investment in LCP Capital Fund LLC is in the form of membership interests and its contributed capital is for the most recent quarter maintained in a collateral account held by a custodian and acts as collateral for certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-1 equity interest. See Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(16)	Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

(17)	Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

(18)	C&K Market, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. Loan was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013. Contractual default rate of interest is 18.0%.

(19)	Contractual default rate of interest is 15.5%. Certain interest payments have been deferred until April 15, 2014.

(20)	Of the $13,442 senior secured term loans outstanding, $11,981 is based in the United States and $1,461 is based in Canada.

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-70

---

Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014

(in thousands, except per share data)

1. Organization

THL Credit, Inc., or the Company, was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009. The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or 1940 Act. The Company has elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as amended, the Code. In 2009, the Company was treated for tax purposes as a corporation. The Company’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through privately negotiated investments in debt and equity securities of middle market companies.

On April 20, 2010, in anticipation of completing an initial public offering and formally commencing principal operations, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement with THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., or BDC Holdings, an affiliate of the Company, to effectuate the sale by THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. to the Company of certain securities valued at $62,107, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, and on the same day issued 4,140 shares of common stock to BDC Holdings valued at $15.00 per share, pursuant to such agreement, in exchange for the aforementioned securities. Subsequently, the Company filed an election to be regulated as a BDC.

On April 21, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering, formally commencing principal operations, and sold 9,000 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $13.00 per share, less an underwriting discount and commissions totaling $0.8125 per share. Concurrently, the Company sold 6,308 shares of its common stock to BDC Holdings at $13.00 per share, the sale of which was not subject to an underwriting discount and commission. On April 27, 2010, the Company closed the sale of the aforementioned 15,308 shares and received $190,684 of net proceeds, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On May 26, 2010, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option under the underwriting agreement and elected to purchase an additional 337 shares of common stock at $13.00 per share resulting in additional net proceeds of $3,892, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On September 25, 2012, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 6,095 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.09 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $81,657 in net proceeds.

On June 24, 2013, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 7,590 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.62 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $106,179 in net proceeds.

In November 2014, the Company closed a public debt offering selling $50,000 of Notes due 2021, including the exercise of the over allotment option, through a group of underwriters, less an underwriting discount, and received net proceeds of $48,500.

The Company has established wholly owned subsidiaries, THL Credit AIM Media Holdings Inc., THL Credit Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings Inc., which are structured as Delaware entities, or tax blockers, to hold equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies, or LLCs (or other forms of pass-through entities). Tax blockers are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may incur income tax expense as a result of their ownership of portfolio companies.

The Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, THL Corporate Finance, Inc. and THL Corporate Finance, LLC, its wholly owned subsidiary, serves as the administrative agent on certain investment transactions.

 

F-71

---

Table of Contents

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company generally will not consolidate its interest in any company other than in investment company subsidiaries and controlled operating companies substantially all of whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Regulation S-X. The financial results of our portfolio companies are not consolidated in the financial statements. The accounting records of the Company are maintained in U.S. dollars.

Consolidation

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 946 Financial Services—Investment Companies and will not generally consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of its wholly owned subsidiaries in its consolidated financial statements. The Company does not consolidate its non-controlling interest in THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV. See also the disclosure in Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies—THL Credit Logan JV LLC.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, credit worthiness of our portfolio companies and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ and these differences could be material.

Cash

Cash consists of funds held in demand deposit accounts at several financial institutions and, at certain times, balances may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit and is therefore subject to credit risk. There were no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the closing of credit facilities and public debt offering of Notes. These costs are capitalized at the time of payment and are amortized using the straight line and effective yield methods over the term of the credit facilities and notes, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, including legal, accounting, printing fees and other related expenses, as well as costs incurred in connection with the filing of a shelf registration statement. These costs are capitalized when incurred and recognized as a reduction of offering proceeds when the offering becomes effective.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenues consists of proceeds received for interest and other fees for which the earnings process is not yet complete. Such amounts will be recognized into income over such time that the income is earned.

 

F-72

---

Table of Contents

Escrow Receivable

Escrow receivable represents the Company’s claims to amounts set aside for indemnification claims or purchase price adjustments from the sale of certain investments. Escrow receivable is presented at net realizable value on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Interest Rate Derivative

The Company recognizes derivatives as either interest rate derivative assets or liabilities at fair value on its Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities with valuation changes and interest rate payments recorded as net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative and interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See also the disclosure in Note 8, Interest Rate Derivative.

Partial Loan Sales

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing when accounting for loan participations and other partial loan sales. Such guidance requires a participation or other partial loan sale to meet the definition of a “participating interest”, as defined in the guidance as a pro-rata ownership interest in an entire financial asset, in order for sale treatment to be allowed. Participations or other partial loan sales which do not meet the definition of a participating interest remain on the Company’s consolidated statements of asset and liabilities and the proceeds are recorded as a secured borrowing until the definition is met.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s long-term obligations are disclosed in Note 6, Credit Facility and Note 7, Notes.

Valuation of Investments

Investments, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued using market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities, for which market quotations are not readily available or are not considered to be the best estimate of fair value, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. Because the Company expects that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in the Company’s portfolio, it is expected that many of the Company’s portfolio investments’ values will be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company’s board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

•

the Company’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the THL Credit Advisors LLC, or the Advisor;

 

F-73

---

Table of Contents

•

to the extent determined by the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors, independent valuation firms used by the Company to conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

•

the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firms to reflect any comments; and

 

•

the Company’s board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing its investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. The Company utilizes an income approach to value its debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value its equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, the Advisor and the Company’s board of directors, in consultation with the Company’s independent third party valuation firms, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by the board of directors. For debt investments, the Company determines the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. The Company’s estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument . The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors.

The Company values its interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

The Company values its residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of its residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, the Company uses Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of the Company’s residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rates and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

The Company values its investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing the Company’s investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the

 

F-74

---

Table of Contents

current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, the Company’s principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, the Company discloses the fair value of its investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

The Company considers whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if the Company determines that either the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

The Company has adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, the Company estimates the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment if the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for investment companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

Investment Risk

The value of investments will generally fluctuate with, among other things, changes in prevailing interest rates, federal tax rates, counterparty risk, general economic conditions, the condition of certain financial markets, developments or trends in any particular industry and the financial condition of the issuer. During periods of limited liquidity and higher price volatility, the Company’s ability to dispose of investments at a price and time that the Company deems advantageous may be impaired. The extent of this exposure is reflected in the carrying value of these financial assets and recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Lower-quality debt securities involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the credit quality of the issuer. The value of lower-quality debt securities often fluctuates in response to company, political, or economic developments and can decline significantly over short periods of time or during

 

F-75

---

Table of Contents

periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Lower-quality debt securities can be thinly traded or have restrictions on resale, making them difficult to sell at an acceptable price. The default rate for lower-quality debt securities is likely to be higher during economic recessions or periods of high interest rates.

Security Transactions, Payment-in-Kind, Income Recognition, Realized/Unrealized Gains or Losses

Security transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. The Company measures realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation on investments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company reports changes in fair value of the interest rate derivative that is measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that the Company expects to collect such amounts. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date. Original issue discount, principally representing the estimated fair value of detachable equity or warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities, and market discount or premium are capitalized and accreted or amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective yield method. The amortized cost of investments represents the original cost adjusted for the accretion/amortization of discounts and premiums and upfront loan origination fees.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, the Company may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. The Company records the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no loans on non-accrual. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had two loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $20,954 and fair value of $16,838.

The Company has investments in its portfolio which contain a contractual paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest provision. PIK interest is computed at the contractual rate specified in each investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, and is recorded as income. The Company will cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or if the Company does not expect amounts to be collectible and will generally only begin to recognize PIK income again when all principal and interest have been paid or upon the restructuring of the investment where the interest is deemed collectable. To maintain the Company’s status as a RIC, PIK interest income, which is considered investment company taxable income, must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though the Company has not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash.

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Accumulated PIK balance, beginning of year		$	6,064			$	5,807			$	3,488
PIK income capitalized/receivable			2,316				3,179				4,124
PIK received in cash from repayments			(1,339	)			(2,922	)			(1,805	)
Accumulated PIK balance, end of year		$	7,041			$	6,064			$	5,807

Interest income from the Company’s TRA and CLO residual interests is recorded based upon an estimation of an effective yield to expected maturity using anticipated cash flows. Amounts in excess of income recognized are recorded as a reduction to the cost basis of the investment. The Company monitors the anticipated cash flows from its TRA and CLO residual interests and will adjust its effective yield periodically as needed.

 

F-76

---

Table of Contents

The Company capitalizes and amortizes upfront loan origination fees received in connection with the closing of investments. The unearned income from such fees is accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan based on the effective interest method. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees, and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income.

In certain investment transactions, the Company may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. The Company had no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the years end December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

The Company may also generate revenue in the form of fees from the management of Greenway and Greenway II, prepayment premiums, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, exit fees, portfolio company administration fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees.

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2014:

 

Description		Fair Value				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
First lien secured debt		$	393,791			$	—			$	—			$	393,791
Second lien debt			168,510				—				—				168,510
Subordinated debt			100,660				—				—				100,660
Equity investments			52,707				—				—				52,707
CLO residual interests			34,935				—				—				34,935
Investment in Logan JV			16,741				—				—				16,741
Investment in payment rights			13,488				—				—				13,488
Investments in funds			3,388				—				—				3,388
Total investments		$	784,220			$	—			$	—			$	784,220
Interest rate derivative			(213	)			—				(213	)			—
Total liability at fair value		$	(213	)		$	—			$	(213	)		$	—

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2013:

 

Description		Fair Value				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
First lien secured debt		$	262,965			$	—			$	—			$	262,965
Subordinated debt			155,979				—				—				155,979
Second lien debt			157,878				—				—				157,878
CLO residual interest			37,618				—				—				37,618
Investment in payment rights			13,844				—				—				13,844
Investments in funds			9,546				—				—				9,546
Equity investments			11,037				—				—				11,037
Total investments		$	648,867			$	—			$	—			$	648,867
Interest rate derivative			(284	)			—				(284	)			—
Total liability at fair value		$	(284	)		$	—			$	(284	)		$	—

 

F-77

---

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2014:

 

Industry		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Consumer products		$	120,742			$	120,388				27.15	%
IT services			108,705				106,567				24.02	%
Healthcare			77,487				83,164				18.75	%
Financial services			71,420				68,997				15.55	%
Manufacturing			70,817				68,357				15.41	%
Retail & grocery			52,985				55,798				12.58	%
Industrials			54,561				54,050				12.18	%
Energy / utilities			50,284				48,989				11.04	%
Food & beverage			38,594				39,251				8.85	%
Structured products			34,213				34,935				7.87	%
Business services			32,182				32,244				7.27	%
Media, entertainment and leisure			25,134				29,688				6.69	%
Restaurants			20,847				20,753				4.68	%
Transportation			14,273				14,259				3.21	%
Aerospace & defense			6,784				6,780				1.53	%
Total Investments		$	779,028			$	784,220				176.78	%

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2013:

 

Industry		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
IT services			100,501				101,023				22.31	%
Industrials			79,418				79,748				17.61	%
Financial services			53,899				53,080				11.72	%
Food & beverage			52,774				52,304				11.55	%
Healthcare			48,790				50,472				11.14	%
Retail & grocery			53,358				50,163				11.07	%
Business services			50,941				50,029				11.05	%
Manufacturing			48,770				48,956				10.81	%
Consumer products			38,200				38,352				8.47	%
Structured products			37,343				37,618				8.31	%
Energy / utilities			32,393				32,835				7.25	%
Media, entertainment and leisure			24,578				29,083				6.42	%
Restaurants			20,778				20,844				4.60	%
Aerospace & defense			4,175				4,360				0.96	%
Total Investments		$	645,918			$	648,867				143.27	%

 

F-78

---

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2014:

 

Region		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Northeast		$	208,928			$	208,218				46.95	%
Southwest			211,098				204,531				46.10	%
Southeast			109,082				119,214				26.87	%
Midwest			117,329				116,468				26.25	%
West			72,861				73,048				16.47	%
International			31,275				31,600				7.12	%
Northwest			28,455				31,141				7.02	%
Total Investments		$	779,028			$	784,220				176.78	%

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

Region		Amortized Cost				Fair Value				% of Net Assets
Northeast		$	138,835			$	140,292				30.97	%
West			126,770				128,423				28.35	%
Midwest			124,248				124,817				27.56	%
Southwest			119,357				116,573				25.74	%
Southeast			109,679				114,943				25.38	%
International			13,378				13,582				3.00	%
Northwest			13,651				10,237				2.26	%
Total Investments		$	645,918			$	648,867				143.26	%

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the year ended December 31, 2014 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

		First lien secured debt				Second lien debt				Subordinated debt				Investments in funds(2)				Equity investments				Investment in payment rights				CLO residual interest				Totals
Beginning balance, January 1, 2014		$	262,965			$	157,878			$	155,979			$	9,546			$	11,037			$	13,844			$	37,618			$	648,867
Purchases			176,376				117,195				18,036				19,115				39,593				—				8,451				378,766
Sales and repayments			(73,440	)			(77,765	)			(67,117	)			(8,487	)			(938	)			(286	)			(11,718	)			(239,751	)
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation)(1)			(2,415	)			(2,828	)			3,390				(45	)			3,765				(70	)			446				2,243
Realized loss			—				(250	)			(11,955	)			—				(804	)			—				—				(13,009	)
Net amortization of premiums,
discounts and fees			2,465				1,378				804				—				10				—				138				4,795
PIK			213				529				1,523				—				44				—				—				2,309
Transfers between categories(3)			27,627				(27,627	)			—				—				—				—				—				—
Ending balance, December 31, 2014		$	393,791			$	168,510			$	100,660			$	20,129			$	52,707			$	13,488			$	34,935			$	784,220
Net change in unrealizedappreciation (depreciation) from investments still held as of the reporting date(1)		$	(1,933	)		$	(2,191	)		$	(2,916	)		$	(45	)		$	2,960			$	(70	)		$	524			$	(3,671	)

 

(1)	All unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)	Includes investment in Logan JV.

 

F-79

---

Table of Contents

(3)	Transfers represent a transfer of $27,627 out of second lien debt into first lien secured debt due to the change in the nature of the investment in OEM Group, Inc.

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the year ended December 31, 2013 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

		First lien secured debt				Second lien debt				Subordinated debt				Investments in funds				Equity investments				Investment in payment rights				CLO residual interests				Totals
Beginning balance, January 1, 2013		$	102,256			$	70,035			$	183,319			$	10,259			$	6,818			$	12,262			$	9,400			$	394,349
Purchases			203,789				129,343				49,645				1,076				2,169				—				29,514				415,536
Sales and repayments			(45,377	)			(44,167	)			(75,754	)			(1,273	)			(469	)			(100	)			(1,834	)			(168,974	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation)(1)			909				1,188				(5,748	)			(516	)			2,519				1,682				275				309
Net amortization of premiums, discounts and fees			1,235				1,062				1,837				—				—				—				263				4,397
PIK			153				417				2,680				—				—				—				—				3,250
Ending balance, December 31, 2013		$	262,965			$	157,878			$	155,979			$	9,546			$	11,037			$	13,844			$	37,618			$	648,867
Net change in unrealized appreciation from investments still held as of the reporting date(1)		$	1,098			$	1,304			$	(6,086	)		$	(515	)		$	2,519			$	1,682			$	275			$	277

 

(1)	All unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2014:

 

Description		Fair Value				Valuation Technique		Unobservable Inputs		Range (Average)(1)
First lien secured debt		$	393,791			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		13% - 14% (13%)
Second lien debt			168,510			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		11% - 13% (12%)
Subordinated debt			100,660			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		15% - 16% (15%)
Investments in funds			3,388			Net asset value, as a practical expedient		Net asset value		N/A
Equity investments			42,870			Market comparable companies (market approach)		EBITDA Multiple		5.8x - 6.5x (6.2x)
			9,837			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		15% - 17% (16%)
Investment in Logan JV			16,741			Net asset value, as a practical expedient		Net asset value		N/A
Investment in payment rights			13,488			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		14% - 15% (15%)
								Federal Tax Rates		35% - 40% (38%)
CLO residual interests			34,935			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		13% - 15% (14%)
								Weighted average prepayment premium		25%
								Weighted average default rate		2%
Total Investments		$	784,220

 

F-80

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)	Ranges were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2013:

 

Description:		Fair Value				Valuation Technique		Unobservable Inputs		Range (Average)(1)
First lien secured debt		$	262,965			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		11% - 13% (12%)
Second lien debt			157,878			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		12% - 14% (13%)
Subordinated debt			155,979			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		14% - 17% (15%)
Investments in funds			8,361			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		13%
			1,185			Net asset value, as a practical expedient		Net asset value		N/A
Equity investments			10,100			Market comparable companies (market approach)		EBITDA multiple		6.7x - 7.4x (7.1x)
			937			Recent transaction		Sale price		N/A
Investment in payment rights			13,844			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		14% - 15% (15%)
								Federal tax rates		35% - 40% (38%)
CLO residual interest			37,618			Discounted cash flows (income approach)		Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)		14%
								Weighted average prepayment premium		24%
								Weighted average default rate		2%
Total investments		$	648,867

 

(1)	Ranges were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt securities (first lien secured debt, second lien debt and subordinated debt), including income-producing investments in funds and income producing securities, payment rights and structured products is the weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. Significant increases (decreases) in the WACC in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. In determining the WACC, for the income, or yield approach, the Company considers current market yields and multiples, portfolio company performance, leverage levels, credit quality, among other factors, including federal tax rates, in its analysis. In the case of structured products, the Company considers prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based upon historical and projected performance as well as comparable yields for other similar structured products. In the case of the TRA, the Company considers the risks associated with changes in tax rates, the performance of the portfolio company and the expected term of the investment. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate WACC to use in the income approach.

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s equity investments is the EBITDA multiple adjusted by management for differences between the investment and referenced comparables, or the Multiple. Significant increases (decreases) in the Multiple in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. To determine the Multiple for the market approach, the Company considers current market trading and/or transaction multiples, portfolio company performance (financial ratios) relative to public and private peer companies and leverage levels, among

 

F-81

---

Table of Contents

other factors. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate Multiple to use in the market approach.

THL Credit Logan JV LLC

On December 3, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Perspecta Trident LLC, an affiliate of Perspecta Trust LLC, or Perspecta,, to create THL Credit Logan JV LLC, or Logan JV, a joint venture, which will invest primarily in senior secured first lien term loans. All Logan JV investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta.

Logan JV is capitalized with equity contributions which are generally called from its members as transactions are completed. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had equity commitments totaling $150,000, of which the Company committed $120,000 and Perspecta committed $30,000. Equity contributions are called from each member pro-rata, based on their equity commitments. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had received $8,000 in aggregate capital of which the Company funded $6,400. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had called but not yet received an additional $13,000 in aggregate capital of which the Company’s pro-rata share is $10,400 and, which is record as a payable for investments purchased in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of December 31, 2014, remaining equity commitments to Logan JV totaled $129,000, of which the Company’s share is $103,200 and Perspecta’s share is $25,800, respectively.

The Company has determined that Logan JV is an investment company under ASC 946 and as such the Company will not consolidate our non-controlling interest in Logan JV.

On December 17, 2014, Logan JV entered into a senior credit facility, or the Logan JV Credit Facility, with Deutsche Bank AG which allows Logan JV to borrow up to $50,000 subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions. The Logan JV Credit Facility can be increased to $200,000 subject to certain conditions. The revolving loan period ends on December 17, 2016 and the final maturity date is December 17, 2019. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had no outstanding debt under the credit facility. The Logan JV Credit Facility bears interest at three month LIBOR (with no LIBOR floor) plus 2.50%.

As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had total investments at fair value of $30,678. As of December 31, 2014, Logan JV’s portfolio was comprised of senior secured first lien loans and a second lien loan to 22 different borrowers. As of December 31, 2014, none of these loans was on non-accrual status. Additionally, as of December 31, 2014, Logan JV had commitments to fund a delayed draw loan to one portfolio company totaling $170. The portfolio companies in Logan JV are in industries similar to those in which the Company may invest directly.

Below is a summary of Logan JV’s portfolio, followed by a listing of the individual loans in Logan JV’s portfolio as of December 31, 2014:

 

		As of December 31,
		2014
		(Dollars in thousands)
First lien secured debt(1)		$	30,237
Second lien debt(1)			1,000
Total debt investments		$	31,237
Weighted average yield on senior secured loans(2)			6.70	%
Weighted average yield on second lien loans(2)			10.0	%
Number of borrowers in Logan JV			22
Largest loan to a single borrower(1)		$	2,500
Total of five largest loans to borrowers(1)		$	8,994

 

(1)	At current principal amount.

(2)	Weighted average yield at their current cost.

 

F-82

---

Table of Contents

Logan JV Loan Portfolio as of December 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company		Industry		Interest Rate(1)		Initial Acquisition Date				Maturity Date				Principal				Amortized Cost				Fair Value(2)
Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans
Albertson’s Holdings LLC		Retail		5.5% (LIBOR + 4.5%)			12/05/14				08/25/2021			$	2,000			$	2,004			$	2,003
American Pacific Corporation		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		7% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/10/14				02/27/2019				997				997				996
AP NMT Acquisition B.V.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		6.75% (LIBOR + 5.75%)			12/18/14				08/13/2021				1,496				1,474				1,474
Avaya Inc.		Telecommunications		6.5% (LIBOR + 5.5%)			12/18/14				03/31/2018				1,496				1,481				1,476
BioScrip, Inc.		Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals		6.5% (LIBOR + 5.25%)			12/22/14				07/31/2020				1,500				1,504				1,496
Birch Communications, Inc.		Telecommunications		7.75% (LIBOR + 6.75%)			12/05/14				07/17/2020				972				950				957
Cengage Learning Acquisitions, Inc.		Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing		7% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/15/14				03/31/2020				2,494				2,470				2,473
Compuware Corp		Services: Business		6.25% (LIBOR + 5.25%)			12/11/14				12/15/2021				1,500				1,426				1,427
CWGS Group, LLC		Automotive		5.75% (LIBOR + 4.75%)			12/22/14				02/20/2020				1,490				1,494				1,494
Delta 2 Lux Sarl		Telecommunications		4.75% (LIBOR + 3.75%)			12/18/14				07/30/2021				1,500				1,466				1,468
FR Utility Services LLC		Construction & Building		6.75% (LIBOR + 5.75%)			12/18/14				10/18/2019				1,496				1,493				1,491
GTCR Valor Companies, Inc.		Services: Business		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/05/14				05/30/2021				995				975				972
IMG LLC/William Morris Endeavor Entertainment, LLC		Media: Diversified & Production		5.25% (LIBOR + 4.25%)			12/31/14				05/06/2021				1,496				1,463				1,451
Mood Media Corporation		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/05/14				05/01/2019				997				983				979
Novitex Acquisition, LLC		Consumer goods: Non- Durable		7.5% (LIBOR + 6.25%)			12/05/14				07/07/2020				998				980				958
Parq Holdings L.P.(3)		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR + 7.5%)			12/05/14				12/17/2020				—				(3	)			—
Parq Holdings L.P.		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		8.5% (LIBOR + 7.5%)			12/05/14				12/17/2020				830				814				818
Radio One, Inc.		Media: Broadcasting & Subscription		7.5% (LIBOR + 6%)			12/22/14				03/31/2016				1,496				1,492				1,491
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		6.25% (LIBOR + 5.25%)			12/11/14				12/17/2021				1,500				1,470				1,476
Sirva Worldwide, Inc.		Transportation: Cargo		7.5% (LIBOR + 6.25%)			12/18/14				03/27/2019				1,496				1,489				1,492
TOMS Shoes LLC		Retail		6.5% (LIBOR + 5.5%)			12/18/14				10/31/2020				1,500				1,388				1,388
Varsity Brands		Consumer goods: Durable		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/10/14				12/11/2021				1,000				990				1,001
Verdesian Life Sciences LLC		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		6% (LIBOR + 5%)			12/09/14				07/01/2020				987				986				982
Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans																		$	29,786			$	29,763
Second Lien Term Loans
RentPath, Inc.		Media: Diversified & Production		10% (LIBOR + 9%)			12/11/14				12/17/22			$	1,000			$	911			$	915
Total Second Lien Term Loans																		$	911			$	915
																		$	30,697			$	30,678

 

(1)	Variable interest rates indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option. LIBOR rates are subject to interest rate floors.

(2)	Represents fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820. The determination of such fair value is not included in our board of director’s valuation process described elsewhere herein.

(3)	Represents a delayed draw commitment of $0.2 million, which was unfunded as of December 31, 2014.

 

F-83

---

Table of Contents

Below is certain summarized financial information for Logan JV as of December 31, 2014 and for the period from December 3, 2014 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2014:

Selected Balance Sheet Information

 

		As of December 31, 2014
Investments at fair value (cost of $30,697)		$	30,678
Capital contributions receivable			13,000
Cash			3,898
Other assets			898
Total assets		$	48,474
Payable for investments purchased		$	26,732
Other liabilities			813
Total liabilities		$	27,545
Net assets		$	20,929
Total liabilities and net assets		$	48,474

Selected Statement of Operations Information

 

		For the period from December 3, 2014 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2014
Total revenues		$	27
Total expenses			79
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			(19	)
Net decrease in net assets		$	(71	)

Investment in Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights

In June 2012, the Company invested in a TRA that entitles it to certain payment rights, or TRA Payment Rights, from Duff & Phelps Corporation, or Duff & Phelps. The TRA transfers the economic value of certain tax deductions, or tax benefits, taken by Duff & Phelps to the Company and entitles the Company to a stream of payments to be received. The TRA payment right is, in effect, a subordinated claim on the issuing company which can be valued based on the credit risk of the issuer, which includes projected future earnings, the liquidity of the underlying payment right, risk of tax law changes, the effective tax rate and any other factors which might impact the value of the payment right.

Through the TRA, the Company is entitled to receive an annual tax benefit payment based upon 85% of the savings from certain deductions along with interest. The payments that the Company is entitled to receive result from cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that Duff & Phelps realizes (i) from the tax savings derived from the goodwill and other intangibles created in connection with the Duff & Phelps initial public offering and (ii) from other income tax deductions. These tax benefit payments will continue until the relevant deductions are fully utilized, which is projected to be 16 years. Pursuant to

 

F-84

---

Table of Contents

the TRA, the Company maintains the right to enforce Duff & Phelps payment obligations as a transferee of the TRA contract. If Duff & Phelps chooses to pre-pay and terminate the TRA, the Company will be entitled to the present value of the expected future TRA payments. If Duff & Phelps breaches any material obligation than all obligations are accelerated and calculated as if an early termination occurred. Failure to make a payment is a breach of a material obligation if the failure occurs for more than three months.

The projected annual tax benefit payment will be accrued on a quarterly basis and paid annually. The payment will be allocated between a reduction in the cost basis of the investment and interest income based upon an amortization schedule. Based upon the characteristics of the investment, the Company has chosen to categorize the investment in the TRA payment rights as investment in payment rights in the fair value hierarchy.

The amortized cost basis and fair value of the TRA as of December 31, 2014 was $11,877 and $13,488, respectively. The amortized cost basis and fair value of the TRA as of December 31, 2013 was $12,163 and $13,844, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company recognized interest income totaling $2,069, $1,974, and $1,171, respectively, related to the TRA.

Managed Funds

The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds, and presently serves as an investment adviser to a collateralized loan obligation (CLO), THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-1 CLO, Ltd., THL Credit Wind River 2014-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). In addition, the Company’s officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds. The Advisor and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Advisor or its affiliates may determine that the Company should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Advisor’s allocation procedures.

Greenway

On January 14, 2011, THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Greenway is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway operates under a limited liability agreement dated January 19, 2011, or the Agreement. Greenway will continue in existence until January 14, 2021, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. Greenway had a two year investment period.

Greenway has $150,000 of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor and is managed by the Company. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway is $15. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway is reflected in the December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 Consolidated Schedules of Investments.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company earned $940, $1,692 and $2,592 , respectively, in fees related to Greenway, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $277 and $240 of fees related to Greenway, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

F-85

---

Table of Contents

Greenway invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Greenway II

On January 31, 2013, THL Credit Greenway Fund II, LLC, or Greenway II LLC, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company and is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway II LLC is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway II LLC operates under a limited liability agreement dated February 11, 2013, as amended, or the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC will continue in existence for eight years from the final closing date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC has a two year investment period.

As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC Agreement, the Company has established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by the Company. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the account of the related investment vehicle. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway II is $5. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway II LLC is reflected in the December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. Greenway II LLC is managed by the Company.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway II is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company earned $2,057 and $1,307, respectively, in fees related to Greenway II, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $748 and $760, respectively, of fees related to Greenway II were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold a portion of its investments in seven portfolio companies at fair value, for total proceeds of $19,533, to Greenway II. Fair value was determined in accordance with the Company’s valuation policies.

Other deferred costs consist of placement agent expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of partnership interests in Greenway II. These costs are capitalized when the partner signs the Greenway II subscription agreement and are recognized as an expense over the period when the Company expects to collect management fees from Greenway II. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $225 and $75, respectively, in expenses related to placement agent expenses, which are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $600 and $825, respectively, was included in other deferred costs on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway II invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway II and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Investment in Funds

LCP Capital Fund LLC

The Company had invested in a membership interest of LCP Capital Fund LLC, or LCP, a private investment company that was organized to participate in investment opportunities that arose when a special

 

F-86

---

Table of Contents

purpose entity, or SPE, or sponsor thereof, needed to raise capital to achieve ratings, regulatory, accounting, tax, or other objectives. LCP was a closed investment vehicle which provided for no liquidity or redemption options and was not readily marketable. LCP was managed by an unaffiliated third party. The Company had originally contributed $12,000 of capital in the form of membership interests in LCP, which was invested in an underlying SPE referred to as Series 2005-01.

The Company expected that Series 2005-01 would terminate on February 15, 2015; however, on February 3, 2014, LCP was liquidated and the Company received proceeds of $8,354, which was the remaining value of the Company’s interest.

The Company’s contributed capital in LCP was maintained in a collateral account held by a third-party custodian, who was neither affiliated with the Company nor with LCP, and acted as collateral on certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-01 for which LCP received fixed premium payments throughout the year, adjusted for expenses incurred by LCP. The SPE purchased assets on a non-recourse basis and LCP agreed to reimburse the SPE up to a specified amount for potential losses. LCP held the contributed cash invested for an SPE transaction in a segregated account that secured the payment obligation of LCP.

CLO Residual Interests

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had investments in the CLO residual interests, or subordinated notes, which can also be structured as income notes. The subordinated notes are subordinated to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans.

The following table shows a summary of the Company investments in CLO residual interests:

 

												As of December 31, 2014								As of December 31, 2013
Issuer		Security Description		Ownership Interest				Total CLO Amount at initial par				THL Credit Residual Amount at Amortized Cost				THL Credit Residual Amount at Fair Value				THL Credit Residual Amount at Amortized Cost				THL Credit Residual Amount at Fair Value
Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			18.7	%		$	517,000			$	8,172			$	8,216			$	9,171			$	9,110
Dryden CLO, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			23.1	%			516,400				8,040				8,244				9,128				9,300
Flagship VII, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			12.6	%			441,810				4,105				4,305				4,400				4,400
Flagship VIII, Ltd.		Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest			25.1	%			470,895				8,450				8,450				—				—
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd		Income Notes, Residual Interest			10.4	%			724,534				5,446				5,720				6,064				6,152
Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.		Income Notes, Residual Interest			17.7	%			625,900				—				—				8,579				8,656
		Total CLO residual interestss										$	34,213			$	34,935			$	37,342			$	37,618

The subordinated notes and income notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes and income notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes and income notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes and income notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

 

F-87

---

Table of Contents

For the years ended December 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized interest income totaling $4,661, $3,536, and $52, respectively, related to CLO residual interests.

Revolving and Unfunded Delayed Draw Loans

For the Company’s investments in revolving and delayed draw loans, the cost basis of the investments purchased is adjusted for the cash received for the discount on the total balance committed. The fair value is also adjusted for price appreciation or depreciation on the unfunded portion. As a result, the purchase of commitments not completely funded may result in a negative value until it is offset by the future amounts called and funded.

Income Taxes, Including Excise Tax

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and currently qualifies, and intends to continue to qualify each year, as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, the Company is not subject to federal income tax on the portion of its taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders.

In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC, the Company is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no federal income tax. The Company, at its discretion, may choose not to distribute all of its taxable income for the calendar year and pay a non-deductible 4% excise tax on this income. If the Company chooses to do so, all other things being equal, this would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to stockholders. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions from such taxable income, the Company accrues excise taxes on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned using an annual effective excise tax rate. The annual effective excise tax rate is determined by dividing the estimated annual excise tax by the estimated annual taxable income. See also the disclosure in Note 11, Dividends, for a summary of the dividends paid. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred excise tax expense of $348, $175 and $125, respectively.

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Company are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from permanent and temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

The following shows the breakdown of current and deferred income tax provisions for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Current income tax provision:
Current income tax provision		$	692			$	336			$	456
Current provision for taxes on realized gain on investments			249				—				—
Deferred income tax provision:
Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			151				1,960				454

These current and deferred income taxes are determined from taxable income estimates provided by portfolio companies where the Company holds equity or equity-like investments organized as pass-through

 

F-88

---

Table of Contents

entities in its tax blocker corporations. These tax estimates may be subject to further change once tax information is finalized for the year. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $162 and $381, respectively, of income tax receivable was included in prepaid expenses and other assets and $0 and $71, respectively, was included as income taxes payable on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2,565 and $2,414, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities primarily relating to deferred taxes on unrealized gains on investments held in tax blocker corporations. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $285 and $0, respectively of deferred tax assets were included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to net operating loss carryforwards that are expected to be used in future periods.

Because federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the consolidated financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

The Company follows the provisions under the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. The provisions require management to determine whether a tax position of the Company is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. There are no unrecognized tax benefits or obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Although the Company files federal and state tax returns, the Company’s major tax jurisdiction is federal. The Company’s inception-to-date federal tax years remain subject to examination by taxing authorities.

Dividends

Dividends and distributions to stockholders are recorded on the applicable record date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend is determined by the Company’s board of directors on a quarterly basis. Net realized capital gains, if any, are generally distributed at least annually out of assets legally available for such distributions, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

Capital transactions in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan are recorded when shares are issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-08, “Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements,” which amends the criteria that define an investment company and clarifies the measurement guidance and requires new disclosures for investment companies. Under ASU 2013-08, an entity already regulated under the 1940 Act will be automatically deemed an investment company under the new GAAP definition. The Company has adopted this standard effective January 1, 2014. The adoption resulted in no additional disclosure requirements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810) – Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis,” which amends the current consolidation guidance and ends the deferral granted to investment companies from applying the VIE guidance. ASU 2015-02 changes the manner in which a reporting entity assesses on of the five characteristics that determine if an entity is a variable interest entity. The Company is currently assessing any additional disclosure requirements. ASU 2015-2 will be effective for annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2015.

 

 

F-89

---

Table of Contents

3. Related Party Transactions

Investment Management Agreement

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s investment management agreement was re-approved by its board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are not interested persons of the Company. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to the Company.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the Company’s gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of the Company’s assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred base management fees of $11,142, $7,521 and $4,943, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2,810 and $2,243, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which our preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net

 

F-90

---

Table of Contents

assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of our preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred $11,868, $10,414 and $7,442, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $3,119 and $2,074, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, $1,056 and $1,277, respectively of incentive fees incurred by the Company were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated. There was no capital gains incentive fee payable to our Advisor under the investment management agreement as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP Incentive Fee”). There can be no assurance that such unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company (reversed) incurred $(684), $268 and $(459), respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP incentive fee.

Administration Agreement

The Company has also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to the Company. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for the operation of the Company, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which the Company is required to maintain and preparing reports to the Company’s stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to the Company’s stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. The

 

F-91

---

Table of Contents

Company will reimburse the Advisor for its allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and our allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to the Company. Such costs are reflected as administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on behalf of the Company, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that our Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred administrator expenses of $3,780, $3,608 and $3,225, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0 and $158, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

License Agreement

The Company and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners, L.P., or THL Partners, under which THL Partners has granted to the Company and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable, worldwide, non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with the Company’s and the Advisor’s respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means the Company is not charged a fee for its use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either the Company or the Advisor at the Company or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL, including any use in the Company’s respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require the Company to withdraw or replace the Company’s names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. The Company is an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with the Company have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due To and From Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on behalf of the Company. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0 and $14, respectively, of expenses were included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company overpaid $145 and $0 of Administrator expense to the Advisor, respectively, which was included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, Greenway and Greenway II are classified as affiliates of the Company. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1,026 and $1,011 of total fees and expenses related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0 and $463 was included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities related to the portion of the escrow receivable, due to THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as the administrative agent, to Greenway.

We paid certain professional fees related to organizing Logan JV, on behalf of Logan JV. As of December 31, 2014, $45 of expenses were included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

F-92

---

Table of Contents

4. Realized Gains and Losses on Investments, net of income tax provision

The following shows the breakdown of realized gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Escrow receivable settlement(a)		$	(1,030	)		$	—			$	—
BBB Industries, Inc.			135				—				—
Blue Coat Systems, Inc.			563				—				—
Expert Global Solutions, Inc.			(250	)			—				—
C&K Market, Inc.(b)			(1,000	)			—				—
Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC			(455	)			—				—
Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.			191				—				—
Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.			716				688				—
YP Equity Investors, LLC(c)			—				2,027				—
Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc.(d)			(11,878	)			—				—
Other			153				(111	)			353
Net realized (losses)/gains		$	(12,855	)		$	2,604			$	353

 

(a)

Escrow receivable settlement in connection with arbitration proceedings. Escrow related to the sale of IMDS Corporation in a prior period. In addition to the realized loss, the Company reversed $270 of previously accelerated amortization income against interest income recognized for the year ended December 31, 2014.

(b)

On August 12, 2014, the date C&K emerged from bankruptcy, the cost basis of the subordinated note, certain interest due and warrants totaling $14,272 were converted to common and preferred equity. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity, the Company recognized a realized loss in the amount of $1,000, which was offset by a corresponding change in unrealized appreciation.

(c)

For the year ended December 31, 2014, an offsetting tax provision of $249 was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012 there was no tax provision. These amounts reflect a revision to previously recognized estimated realized gains and dividend income as a result of adjusted tax estimates from the portfolio company.

(d)

On October 20, 2014, the cost basis of the subordinated note totaling $18,447 was converted to common equity as part of a restructuring of the business. In connection with the extinguishment and conversion to equity of an affiliate, Dimont & Associates, Inc., the Company recognized a realized loss in the amount of $11,878, which was offset by a corresponding change in unrealized appreciation.

The change in realized (losses) and gains for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is primarily attributable to realized losses recognized on C&K Market Inc., and Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc. as a result of converting subordinated debt and warrants into controlling equity ownership interests as part of a restructuring of each business as well as the loss on the IMDS Corporation escrow.

The change in realized (losses) and gains for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is primarily attributable to distributions from equity investments in Surgery Center Holdings, Inc. and YP Equity Investors, LLC.

 

F-93

---

Table of Contents

5. Net Increase in Net Assets Per Share Resulting from Operations

The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Numerator—net increase in net assets resulting from operations:		$	36,791			$	42,678			$	27,617
Denominator—basic and diluted weighted average common shares:			33,905				30,287				21,852
Basic and diluted net increase in net assets per common share resulting from operations:		$	1.08			$	1.41			$	1.26

Diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations equals basic net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations for each period because there were no common stock equivalents outstanding during the above periods.

6. Credit Facility

On April 30, 2014, the Company entered into an amendment, or the Revolving Amendment, to its existing revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and entered into an amendment, or the Term Loan Amendment, to its Term Loan Facility. The Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility are collectively referred to as the Facilities.

The Revolving Loan Amendment revised the Facility dated May 10, 2012 to, among other things, increase the amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Facility from $232,000 to $303,500 and extend the maturity date from May 2017 to April 2018 (with a one year term out period beginning in April 2017). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments on its loans from the proceeds it receives from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt. The Revolving Amendment also changes the interest rate of the Revolving Facility to LIBOR plus 2.5% (with no LIBOR floor). The non-use fee is 1.0% annually if the Company uses 35% or less of the Revolving Facility and 0.50% annually if the Company uses more than 35% of the Revolving Facility. The Company elects the LIBOR rate on the loans outstanding on its Revolving Facility, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or nine months. The LIBOR rate on the borrowings outstanding on its Revolving Facility currently has a one month maturity.

The Term Loan Amendment revised the Term Loan Facility dated May 10, 2012 to, among other things, increase the amount borrowed from $93,000 to $106,500 and extend the maturity date from May 2018 to April 2019. The Term Loan Amendment also changes the interest rate of the Term Loan Facility to LIBOR plus 3.25% (with no LIBOR Floor) and has substantially similar terms to the existing Revolving Facility (as amended by the Revolving Amendment). The Company elects the LIBOR rate on its Term Loan, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or nine months. The LIBOR rate on its Term Loan currently has a one month maturity.

Each of the Facilities includes an accordion feature permitting the Company to expand the Facilities if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $600,000.

The Facilities generally require payment of interest on a quarterly basis for ABR loans (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), and at the end of the applicable interest period for Eurocurrency loans bearing interest at LIBOR, the interest rate benchmark used to determine the variable rates paid on the Facilities. LIBOR maturities can range between one and nine months at the election of the Company. All outstanding principal is due upon each maturity date. The Facilities also require a mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain customary triggering events (including, without limitation, the disposition of assets or the issuance of certain securities).

 

F-94

---

Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Facilities are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base. The Facilities have certain collateral requirements and/or financial covenants, including covenants related to: (a) limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, (b) limitations on certain investments, (c) limitations on certain restricted payments, (d) limitations on the creation or existence of agreements that prohibit liens on certain properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (e) compliance with certain financial maintenance standards including (i) minimum stockholders’ equity, (ii) a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities not represented by senior securities) to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness, of the Company and its subsidiaries, of not less than 2.10:1.0, (iii) minimum liquidity, (iv) minimum net worth, and (v) a consolidated interest coverage ratio. In addition to the financial maintenance standards, described in the preceding sentence, borrowings under the Facilities (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) are subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in the Company’s portfolio.

The Facilities’ documents also include default provisions such as the failure to make timely payments under the Facilities, the occurrence of a change in control, and the failure by the Company to materially perform under the operative agreements governing the Facilities, which, if not complied with, could, at the option of the lenders under the Facilities, accelerate repayment under the Facilities, thereby materially and adversely affecting the Company’s liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Each loan originated under the Revolving Facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Company cannot be assured that it will be able to borrow funds under the Revolving Facility at any particular time or at all. The Company is currently in compliance with all financial covenants under the Facilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company borrowed $334,800 and repaid $244,249 under the Facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company borrowed $453,700 and repaid $299,400 under the Facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company borrowed $189,900 and repaid $144,900 under the Facilities.

The following shows a summary of the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

As of December 31, 2014
in thousands
Facility		Commitments				Borrowings Outstanding				Weighted Average Interest Rate
Revolving Facility		$	303,500			$	188,351				2.69	%
Term Loan Facility			106,500				106,500				3.44	%
Total		$	410,000			$	294,851				2.96	%
As of December 31, 2013
in thousands
Facility		Commitments				Borrowings Outstanding				Weighted Average Interest Rate
Revolving Facility		$	232,000			$	111,300				3.19	%
Term Loan Facility			93,000				93,000				4.17	%
Total		$	325,000			$	204,300				3.63	%

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the Company’s outstanding Facilities approximated fair value. The fair values of the Company’s Facilities are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Company’s Facilities are estimated based upon market interest rates and entities with similar credit risk. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Facilities would be deemed to be Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-95

---

Table of Contents

Interest expense and related fees, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, of $9,781, $5,623 and $3,138 were incurred in connection with the Facilities during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. The asset coverage as of December 31, 2014 is in excess of 200%.

7. Notes

On November 18, 2014, we closed a public offering of $50,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% notes, or the Notes. The Notes mature on November 15, 2021, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after November 15, 2017. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.75% per year payable quarterly on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30, of each year, beginning December 30, 2014 and trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “TCRX.”

As of December 31, 2014, the carrying amount and fair value of our Notes was $50,000 and $51,620, respectively. The fair value of our Notes are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Notes is based on the closing price of the security, which is a Level 2 input under ASC 820 due to the trading volume. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we incurred $2,109 of fees and expenses. These amounts were capitalized and are being amortized using the effective yield method over the term of the Notes. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we amortized approximately $36 of deferred financing costs, which is listed under Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $2,073 of remaining deferred financing costs on the Notes, which is listed under Deferred Financing Costs on our Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

For the year ending December 31, 2014, we incurred interest expense on the Notes of approximately $394. This interest expense was paid on December 30, 2014.

The indenture and supplements relating to the Notes contain certain covenants, including but not limited to (i) an inability to incur additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt or the sale of additional debt securities unless the Company’s asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing and (ii) if we are not subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 to file periodic reports with the SEC we will provide interim and consolidated financial information to the holders of the Notes and the trustee.

8. Interest Rate Derivative

On May 10, 2012, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50,000, the Company pays a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receives a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. The Company entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

The Company records the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly interest rate swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss) through interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company recognized a realized loss for years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $458, $433 and $180, respectively, which is reflected as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-96

---

Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $71 and $769, respectively, of net change in unrealized depreciation from the swap agreement, which is listed under net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s fair value of its swap agreement is ($213) and ($284), respectively, which is listed as an interest rate derivative liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

9. Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

From time to time, the Company, or the Advisor, may become party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings related to the enforcement of the Company’s rights under contracts with its portfolio companies. Neither the Company, nor the Advisor, is currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

Unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are not reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s unfunded commitments may be significant from time to time. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as are the on-balance sheet financial instruments that the Company holds. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company intends to use cash flow from normal and early principal repayments and proceeds from borrowings and offerings to fund these commitments. Funding to Logan JV will only be made pursuant to unanimous approval from the Company and Perspecta.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company has the following unfunded commitments to portfolio companies:

 

		As of
		December 31, 2014				December 31, 2013
Unfunded delayed draw facilities		$	29,826			$	9,500
Unfunded revolving commitments			4,478				9,200
Unfunded commitments to investments in funds			1,854				3,970
Unfunded commitments to Logan JV			113,600				—
Total unfunded commitments		$	149,758			$	22,670

10. Distributable Taxable Income

The following reconciles net increase in net assets resulting from operations to taxable income:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	36,791			$	42,678
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments			(2,243	)			(309	)
Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments			151				1,960
Net change in unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative			(71	)			(769	)
Expenses not currently deductible and income and realized losses not currently includable			13,767				704
Non-deductible expenses and income not includable			1,316				150
Taxable income before deductions for dividends paid or deemed paid		$	49,711			$	44,414

The above amount of 2014 taxable income before deductions for dividends is an estimate. Taxable income will be finalized before the Company files its Federal tax return by September 2015.

 

F-97

---

Table of Contents

The tax character of distributions declared and paid in 2014 represented $44,191 from ordinary income, $1,921 from capital gains and $0 from tax return of capital. The tax character of distributions declared and paid in 2013 represented $42,999 from ordinary income, $400 from capital gains and $0 from tax return of capital. Generally accepted accounting principles require adjustments to certain components of net assets to reflect permanent differences between financial and tax reporting. These adjustments have no affect on net asset value per share.

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded the following adjustments for permanent book to tax differences to reflect their tax characteristics. The adjustments only change the classification in net assets in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013
Accumulated undistributed net realized gains (losses)		$	(358	)		$	(529	)
Accumulated undistributed net investment income			1,216				(54	)
Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net			458				433
Paid-in capital in excess of par			(1,316	)			150

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the cost of investments for tax purposes was $796,456 and $647,021, respectively, resulting in net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of $(12,236) and $1,846 , respectively. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had estimated net operating losses of $712 and $0, respectively, which can be carried back to the two preceding tax years or carried forward twenty years before expiration. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had estimated net capital loss carryforwards not subject to expiration of $584 and $0, respectively.

11. Dividends

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain its status as a RIC, it is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no federal income tax. The Company intends to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of its net investment income. In addition, although the Company intends to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, it may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

In addition, the Company may be limited in its ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to the Company as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

 

F-98

---

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares, including dividends reinvested, if any:

 

Date Declared		Record Date		Payment Date		Amount Per Share
August 5, 2010		September 2, 2010		September 30, 2010		$0.05
November 4, 2010		November 30, 2010		December 28, 2010		$0.10
December 14, 2010		December 31, 2010		January 28, 2011		$0.15
March 10, 2011		March 25, 2011		March 31, 2011		$0.23
May 5, 2011		June 15, 2011		June 30, 2011		$0.25
July 28, 2011		September 15, 2011		September 30, 2011		$0.26
October 27, 2011		December 15, 2011		December 30, 2011		$0.28
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$0.29
March 6, 2012		March 20, 2012		March 30, 2012		$0.05
May 2, 2012		June 15, 2012		June 29, 2012		$0.30
July 26, 2012		September 14, 2012		September 28, 2012		$0.32
November 2, 2012		December 14, 2012		December 28, 2012		$0.33
December 20, 2012		December 31, 2012		January 28, 2013		$0.05
February 27, 2013		March 15, 2013		March 29, 2013		$0.33
May 2, 2013		June 14, 2013		June 28, 2013		$0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$0.34
August 2, 2013		September 16, 2013		September 30, 2013		$0.08
October 30, 2013		December 16, 2013		December 31, 2013		$0.34
March 4, 2014		March 17, 2014		March 31, 2014		$0.34
May 7, 2014		June 16, 2014		June 30, 2014		$0.34
August 7, 2014		September 15, 2014		September 30, 2014		$0.34
November 4, 2014		December 15, 2014		December 31, 2014		$0.34
March 6, 2015		March 20, 2015		March 31, 2015		$0.34

The Company may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow it to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If the Company does not distribute a certain percentage of its income annually, it will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of its status as a regulated investment company. The Company cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level.

The Company maintains an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. There were no dividends reinvested for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 under the dividend reinvestment plan. With respect to our dividends and distributions paid to stockholders during the year ended December 31, 2012, dividends reinvested pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan totaled $26.

Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, the Company reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, the Company may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore, a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to the Company’s stockholders of record.

 

 

F-99

---

Table of Contents

12. Financial Highlights

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012				2011				2010
Per Share Data:
Net asset value, beginning of period		$	13.36			$	13.20			$	13.24			$	13.06			$	12.99
Net investment income, after taxes(1)			1.42				1.37				1.38				1.04				0.31
Net realized (loss) gains on investments(1)			(0.38	)			0.09				0.01				0.05				—
Income tax provision, realized gain(1)			(0.01	)			—				—				—				—
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments(1)(2)			0.06				0.01				(0.06	)			0.11				0.06
Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments(1)			—				(0.07	)			(0.02	)			—				—
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of interest rate derivative(1)(2)			—				0.02				(0.06	)			—				—
Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net			(0.01	)			(0.01	)			—				—				—
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations			1.08				1.41				1.25				1.20				0.37
Accretive effect of share issuance			—				0.18				0.05				—				—
Distributions to stockholders from net investment income			(1.30	)			(1.42	)			(1.29	)			(1.02	)			(0.30	)
Distributions to stockholders from net realized gains			(0.06	)			(0.01	)			(0.05	)			—				—
Net asset value, end of period		$	13.08			$	13.36			$	13.20			$	13.24			$	13.06
Per share market value at end of period		$	11.76			$	16.49			$	14.79			$	12.21			$	13.01
Total return(3)			(20.96	%)			22.10	%			33.43	%			1.87	%			2.38	%
Shares outstanding at end of period			33,905				33,905				26,315				20,220				19,616
Ratio/Supplemental Data:
Net assets at end of period		$	443,621			$	452,942			$	347,484			$	267,617			$	260,016
Ratio of total expenses to average net assets(4)			9.79	%			8.73	%			8.14	%			6.18	%			3.47	%
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets			10.70	%			10.25	%			10.39	%			7.94	%			3.39	%
Portfolio turnover			28.98	%			33.09	%			53.95	%			15.43	%			8.63	%

 

(1)	Calculated based on weighted average common shares outstanding.

(2)	Includes the cumulative effect of rounding.

(3)	Total return is based on the change in market price per share during the period. Total return takes into account dividends and distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.

(4)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the ratio components included 2.47%, 1.86%, 1.72%, 1.51% and 1.49% of base management fee, 2.48%, 2.64%, 2.43%, 1.80% and 0.00% of incentive fee, 2.47%, 1.76%, 1.43%, 0.65% and 0.00% of the cost of borrowing, 2.05%, 1.85%, 2.19%, 2.20% and 1.95% of other operating expenses, and 0.09%, 0.49%, 0.16%, 0.00% and 0.00% of the impact of all taxes, respectively.

13. Subsequent Events

From January 1, 2015 through March 10, 2015, the Company made follow-on investments totaling $15,347 in the industrials, transportation and financial services industries. Of the follow-on investments, 47.9% were floating rate first lien secured debt investments and 52.1% were an investment in funds. The follow-on debt investments had a weighted average yield based upon cost at the time of the investment of 10.4%.

 

F-100

---

Table of Contents

From January 1, 2015 through March 10, 2015, the Company sold $9,987 of a first lien secured term loan in Charming Charlie, LLC and $3,000 of a second lien term loan in BBB Industries and recognized a nominal gain.

On February 12, 2015, the Company received proceeds of $16,910 from the prepayment of a subordinated term loan in The Studer Group, LLC at par.

On February 24, 2015, the Company received proceeds of $16,181 from the prepayment of a subordinated term loan in Country Pure Foods, LLC at par.

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s investment management agreement was re-approved by the Company’s board of directors.

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s board of directors declared a dividend of $0.34 per share payable on March 31, 2015 to stockholders of record at the close of business on March 20, 2015.

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s board of directors authorized a $25.0 million stock repurchase program. The timing and amount of any stock repurchases will depend on the terms and conditions of the repurchase program and no assurances can be given that any common stock, or any particular amount, will be purchased. The Company will provide our stockholders with notice of our intention to repurchase shares of our common stock in accordance with 1940 Act requirements. Unless extended by the Company’s board of directors, the stock repurchase program will terminate on March 6, 2016 and may be modified or terminated at any time for any reason without prior notice.

On March 6, 2015, upon the recommendation of the Governance Committee, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the appointment of Sam W. Tillinghast and Christopher J. Flynn as directors of the Company, with immediate effect.

As of March 10, 2015, Logan JV has $49,907 of investments in 37 companies with a weighted average yield, based upon cost at the time of the investment, of 7.0%.

 

F-101

---

Table of Contents

Schedule 12-14

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Schedule of Investments in and Advances to Affiliates

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Type of Investment/Portfolio company(1)		Amount of interest or fees credited in income(2)				Fair Value at December 31, 2013				Gross Additions(3)				Gross Reductions(4)				Fair Value at December 31, 2014
Control Investments
C&K Market, Inc.(5)
1,967,367 shares of common stock		$	150			$	—			$	6,036			$	—			$	6,036
1,967,367 shares of preferred stock			—				—				10,956				(1,119	)			9,837
Dimont & Associates, Inc.(6)
Subordinated term loan 11.0% PIK due 4/16/2018			104				—				4,556								4,556
50,004 shares of common stock			—				—				6,569				(4,569	)			2,000
Thibaut, Inc
Senior secured term loan 12.0% cash due 6/19/19			423				—				6,552				(32	)			6,520
4,747 shares of series A preferred stock			83				—				4,874				—				4,874
20,639 shares of common stock			—				—				785				—				785
THL Credit Logan JV LLC(7)
80% economic interest			—				—				16,800				(59	)			16,741
Total Control Investments		$	760			$	—			$	57,128			$	(5,779	)		$	51,349
Affiliate Investments
THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC(8)
Investment in fund			940				5				—				(1	)			4
THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC(8)
Investment in fund			2,057				2				3				—				5
Total Affiliate Investments		$	2,997			$	7			$	3			$	(1	)		$	9
Total Control and Affiliate Investments		$	3,757			$	7			$	57,131			$	(5,780	)		$	51,358

 

(1)	The principal amount and ownership detail as shown in the Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2014. Common stock and preferred stock, in some cases, are generally non-income producing.

(2)	Represents the total amount of interest and fees credited to income for the portion of the year an investment was included in the Control and Affiliate categories

(3)

Gross additions include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, follow-on investments, accrued PIK interest and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities. Gross additions also include net increases in unrealized appreciation.

(4)	Gross reductions include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal payments or sales and exchanges of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities. Gross reductions also include net increases in unrealized depreciation.

(5)	C&K Market, Inc., or C&K, filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. On August 12, 2014, the date C&K emerged from bankruptcy, the cost basis of the senior subordinated note, certain interest due and warrants totaling $14,272 were converted to common and preferred equity.

(6)

On October 20, 2014, THL Credit restructured its investment in Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc., or Wingspan. As part of the restructuring, THL Credit exchanged the cost basis of its subordinated term loan totaling $18,447 for a controlled equity position of an affiliated entity, Dimont Acquisition Inc., or Dimont.

 

F-102

---

Table of Contents

(7)

Together with Perspecta Trident LLC, or Perspecta, an affiliate of Perspecta Trust LLC, the Company invests in THL Credit Logan JV LLC, of Logan JV. Logan JV is capitalized through equity contributions from its members and investment decisions must be unanimously approved by the Logan JV investment committee consisting of one representative from each of the Company and Perspecta.

(8)	Income includes certain fees relating to investment management services provided by the Company, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction.

 

F-103

---

Table of Contents

 

 

$300,000,000

THL Credit, Inc.

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

                    , 2015

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

PART C—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 25.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

1. Financial Statements

The following financial statements of THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in this registration statement in “Part A—Information Required in a Prospectus”:

 

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited) and December 31, 2014			F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited)			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014  (unaudited)			F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited)			F-5
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited) and December 31, 2014			F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)			F-21
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-54
Consolidated Statements of Assets & Liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013			F-55
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-56
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-57
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-58
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013			F-59
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-71
Schedule 12-14			F-102

---

Table of Contents

2. Exhibits

 

Exhibit Number		Description
a		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
b		Bylaws (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on July 15, 2009).
d.1		Form of Specimen Certificate (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
d.2		Form of Indenture and related exhibits. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.3		First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 18, 2014, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on November 18, 2014).
d.4		Form of Warrant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.5		Form of Subscription Agent Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.6		Form of Subscription Certificate. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.7		Form of Certificate of Designation. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on October 18, 2011).
d.8*		Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1.
d.9		Form of 6.75% Note due 2021 (included as part of Exhibit (d)(3).
d.10		Form of 6.75% Note due 2021 (Over-Allotment Note). (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on December 11, 2014)
e		Dividend Reinvestment Plan (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
f.1		Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated March 11, 2011 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2011).
f.2		Amendment No. 1 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated May 10, 2012 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 15, 2012).
f.3		Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated February 13, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 7, 2014).

 

C-1

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description
f.4		Amendment No. 3 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated March 15, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 20, 2013).
f.5		Amendment No. 4 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated as of October 9, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 4, 2013).
f.6		Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated May 10, 2012 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 15, 2012).
f.7		Amendment No. 1 to Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated February 13, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 7, 2014).
f.8		Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated March 15, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 20, 2013).
f.9		Amendment No. 3 to Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated as of October 9, 2013, (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 4, 2013).
f.10		Amendment No. 5 to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2014, by and among the Company as borrower, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 1, 2014).
f.11		Amendment No. 7 to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2015, by and among the Company as borrower, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2015)
f.11		Amendment No. 4 to the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2014, by and among the Company as borrower, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 1, 2014).
f.12		Amendment No. 6 to the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of March 5, 2015, by and among the Company as borrower, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2015)
f.13		THL Credit Logan JV LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement dated December 3, 2014 between THL Credit, Inc. and Perspecta Trident LLC (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 3, 2014).
g		Investment Management Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit number to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
h.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement for equity securities. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on June 4, 2014).
h.2		Form of Underwriting Agreement for debt securities. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on June 4, 2014).

 

C-2

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description
j		Custody Agreement between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
k.1		Administration Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
k.2		Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
k.3		Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among the Company, THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
k.4		License Agreement by and among Thomas H. Lee Partners, the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
l.1		Opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on June 4, 2014).
n.1*		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
n.2		Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP (included in Exhibit l.1).
n.3*		Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
p.1		Subscription Agreement—THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
p.2		Subscription Agreement—THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
r		Code of Ethics. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective amendment No.1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on September 10, 2012).
s.1		Form of Prospectus Supplement For Common Stock Offerings (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on March 27, 2015).
s.2		Form of Prospectus Supplement For Preferred Stock Offerings (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on March 27, 2015).
s.3		Form of Prospectus Supplement For Debt Offerings (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on March 27, 2015).
s.4		Form of Prospectus Supplement For Rights Offerings (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on March 27, 2015).
s.5		Form of Prospectus Supplement For Warrant Offerings (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on March 27, 2015).

 

C-3

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description
99.1		Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on March 27, 2015).

 

*	Filed herewith.

 

Item 26.

Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” of the prospectus is incorporated herein by reference, and any information concerning any underwriters will be contained in any prospectus supplement, if any, accompanying this prospectus.

 

Item 27.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering (excluding placement fees):

 

		Amount
SEC registration fee		$	20,737
FINRA filing fee		$	24,650
NASDAQ listing fee		$	7,500
Accounting fees and expenses		$	150,000
Legal fees and expenses		$	375,000
Printing expenses		$	125,000
Miscellaneous		$	25,000
Total		$	727,887

 

Item 28.

Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

THL Credit Holdings, Inc., THL Corporate Finance, Inc.; THL Credit SBIC, LP, THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC, THL Credit AIM Media Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc. are our wholly owned subsidiaries. THL Corporate Finance LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Corporate Finance, Inc. THL Credit YP Holdings, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc. We serve as the sole limited partner of THL Credit SBIC, LP and, our wholly owned subsidiary, THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC, serves as the general partner of THL Credit SBIC, LP. We own a controlling interest in THL Credit Design Holdings, LLC, which holds our common equity investment in an affiliated entity of Thibaut, Inc. We also hold a controlling interest in our investments in C&K Market, Inc., Dimont & Associates, Inc., and THL Credit Logan JV LLC. Accordingly, we may be deemed to control, directly or indirectly, the following entities:

 

•

THL Credit Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Corporate Finance, Inc. (Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Credit SBIC, LP (Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC (Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Corporate Finance LLC (Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Credit AIM Media Holdings, Inc.(Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc.(Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Credit YP Holdings, LLC (Delaware)—100%

 

•

THL Credit Design Holdings, LLC (Delaware)—69%

 

•

C&K Market, Inc. (Oregon)—33%

 

C-4

---

Table of Contents

•

Dimont & Associates, Inc. (California)—50%

 

•

THL Credit Logan JV LLC (Delaware)—80%

 

Item 29.

Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of stockholders of record of the Company’s common stock as of May 26, 2015:

 

Title of Class		Number of Record Holders
Common stock, par value $.001 per share			2

 

Item 30.

Indemnification

The information contained under the heading “Description of Our Capital Stock” is incorporated herein by reference.

As permitted by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the Registrant has adopted provisions in its certificate of incorporation, as amended, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of its directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for: any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant is permitted to offer indemnification to its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the

 

C-5

---

Table of Contents

corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. The Registrant carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis.

The investment management agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Advisor and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Advisor’s services under the investment management agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Administrator and its officers, manager, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Item 31.

Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which THL Credit Advisors LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of THL Credit Advisors, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled

 

C-6

---

Table of Contents

“The Advisor.” Additional information regarding THL Credit Advisors and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-71201), and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 32.

Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

(1)

the Registrant, THL Credit Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110;

 

(2)

the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, NY 10038;

 

(3)

the Custodian, State Street, c/o DTC / New York Window, 55 Water Street, New York, NY 10041; and

 

(4)

the Advisor, THL Credit Advisors, LLC, 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

Item 33.

Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 34.

Undertakings

The Registrant undertakes:

 

1.

to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds (if applicable) as stated in the prospectus.

 

2.

Not applicable.

 

3.

Not applicable.

 

4.

 

a.

to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

i.

to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

ii.

to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

 

iii.

to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

b.

to file, in connection with any offering of securities, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement under Rule 462(d) to include as an exhibit a legal opinion regarding the valid issuance of any shares of common stock being sold.

 

c.

that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

d.

to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

 

C-7

---

Table of Contents

e.

that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectus filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness, provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

 

f.

that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

 

i.

any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;

 

ii.

the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

iii.

any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

g.

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant the registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective under the 1993 Act, in the event the shares of the Registrant are trading below its net asset value and either (a) the Registrant receives, or has been advised by its independent registered accounting firm that it will receive, an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding the Registrant’s ability to continue as a going concern or (b) the Registrant has concluded that a fundamental change has occurred in its financial position or results of operations and

 

5.

Not applicable.

 

6.

Not applicable.

 

7.

to not seek to sell shares under a prospectus supplement to the registration statement, or a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, of which the prospectus forms a part (the “current registration statement”) if the cumulative dilution to the Registrant’s net asset value (“NAV”) per share arising from offerings from the effective date of the current registration statement through and including any follow-on offering would exceed 15% based on the anticipated pricing of such follow-on offering. This limit would be measured separately for each offering pursuant to the current registration statement by calculating the percentage dilution or accretion to aggregate NAV from that offering and then summing the anticipated percentage dilution from each subsequent offering. If the Registrant files a new post-effective amendment, the threshold would reset.

 

8.

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with any rights offering off of the registration statement.

 

C-8

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston, and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 27^th day of May, 2015.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on May 27, 2015. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Name		Title
/S/ SAM W. TILLINGHAST Sam W. Tillinghast		Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
/S/ CHRISTOPHER J. FLYNN Christopher J. Flynn		Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
/S/ TERRENCE W. OLSON Terrence W. Olson		Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
* James K. Hunt		Chairman of the Board of Directors
* David K. Downes		Director
* Nancy Hawthorne		Director
* Keith W. Hughes		Director
James D. Kern		Director
* John A. Sommers		Director
* David P. Southwell		Director

 

*	Signed by Terrence W. Olson pursuant to a power of attorney signed by each individual and filed with this Registration Statement on April 4, 2014.